[PHOTOGRAPH: PORTSTEWART, NORTHERN IRELAND.]

 

 

INDEX

 

 

751THE CROWNING OF JOSHUA AND THE MAN
WHOSE NAME IS THE BRANCH By David Baron.
[PART ONE]

 

752 THE WISE VIRGINS

 

753 THE UNEQUAL YOKE

 

754 PEACE AND REST THROUGH MESSIAH-JESUS

 

755 FROM A KIKUYU PASTOR’S DIARY

 

756 THE APOSTLE PAUL By D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

757 THE IDEAL PREACHER By D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

758 ANTICHRIST IN FICTION AND FACT By George H. Stevens, M. TH.

 

759 THE LAST DAYS By L. W. Kemmis.

 

760 THE CROWNING OF JOSHUA AND THE MAN
WHOSE NAME OS THE BRANCH By David Baron.
[PART TWO]

 

761 THE SECOND COMING By D. R. Davies.

 

762 ELEVENTH HOUR LABOURERS

 

763 THE HEART By D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

764 PRAYER - BY ANOTHER NAME  By A. G. Tilney.

 

765 THE SECOND DEATH By Lt.-Col. L. Merston Davies.

 

766 THE SERMON ON THE MOUNT By Robert Govett, M. A. (From Matt. 7: 9)

 

767 THE AWFULNESS OF SIN By S Norton.

 

768 GOD HEALED ME By Dr. Oswald J. Smith.

 

769 THE CROWNING OF JOSHUA AND THE MAN

WHOSE NAME IS THE BRANCH By David Baron.

 

770 OUR ANCHOR By D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

771 AN EXPOSITION OF THE EPISTLE TO
THE HEBREWS
(From Heb. 9: 26) By Robert Govett, M.A.

 

772 THE WOMAN ON THE SEVEN HILLS

 

773 FREEDOM AS INTERPRETED BY ROME By A. Stuart Mc Nairn.

 

774 FROM EGYPT TO CANAAN

Let us labour…’) By Arlen L. Chitwood.

 

775 THE HOPE SET BEFORE US By Philip Mauro.

 

776 ATTAINING THE PRIZE By G. H. Lang.

 

777 THE ISRAEL TYPE

 

778 BE YE ALSO READY By D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

779 THE CHURCH AT WAR

 

780 THE MILLENNIAL TEMPLE By Samuel E. Bendor.

 

781 THE NEW PASSOVER By Alexander Maclaren, D.D. Litt. D.

 

782 SINNING WILFULLY By Philip Mauro

 

783 ‘SEE TO THAT’ By Alexander Maclaren, D.D. Litt.D.

 

784 MIRACULOUS GIFTS By D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

785 WHO ARE THE SPIRITS IN SPIRITUALISM?

 

786 ATTAINING THE PRIZE By G. H. Lang.

 

787 PEACE LIKE A RIVER

 

788 IS THE BIBLE THE WORD OF GOD? By Percy Crawford

 

789 THE GREAT TRIBULATION By G. H. Lang.

 

790 PRAYING FOR THE ADVENT By D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

791 THE SERMON ON THE MOUNT

By Robert Govett, M.A. (From Matt. 7: 21.)

 

792 THECHURCH IN THE LAST CRISIS By Leonard Ravenhill.

 

793 THOUGH YOUR SINS BE AS SCARLET By Lionel P. Coeckelberghs.

 

794 WHAT IS COMMUNISM?

 

795 MORE ABUNDANCE By William Arthur.

 

796 THE JOY OF THE SON By C. A. Coates.

 

797 THE JUDGMENT SEAT OF CHRIST By D. M. Panton. B.A.

 

798 RIGHTLY DIVIDING THE WORD OF TRUTH By Earnest J. Long.

 

799 THE KINGDOM OF THE THOUSAND YERS By Nathaniel West.

 

800 WILL BELIEVERS HAVE PART IN THE
THOUSAND YEARS? BY Robert Govett, M.A.

 

 

 

 

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

751

 

THE CROWNING OF JOSHUA

 

AND

 

THE MAN WHOSE NAME IS THE BRANCH

 

(Zechariah 6: 9-15)

 

 

By DAVID BARON

 

 

[PATR ONE]

 

 

 

“The word of Jehovah came unto me, saying, Take of them of the captivity, even of Heldai, of Tobijah, and of Jedaiah; and come thou the same day, and go into the house of Josiah the son of Zephaniah, whither they are come from Babylon; yea, take of them silver and gold, and make crowns, and set them upon the head of Joshua the son of Jehozadak, the high priest; and speak unto him, saying, Thus speaketh Jehovah of hosts, saying, Behold, the Man whose name is the Branch: and He shall grow up out of His place; and He shall build the Temple of Jehovah; even He shall build the Temple of Jehovah; and He shall bear the glory, and shall sit and rule upon His throne; and He shall be a priest upon His throne; and the counsel of peace shall be between them both. And the crowns shall be to Helem, and to Tobijah, and to Jedaiah, and to Hen the son of Zephaniah, for a memorial in the Temple of Jehovah. And they that are far off shall come and build in the Temple of Jehovah; and ye shall know that Jehovah of hosts hath sent Me unto you. And this shall come to pass, if ye will diligently obey the voice of Jehovah your God

 

 

-------

 

 

THE series of eight visions is followed by a very significant symbolical transaction, which must be regarded as the crowning act - the headstone of the rich symbolico-prophetical teaching which was unfolded to the prophet on that memorable night.

 

 

It shows us what will follow the banishment of evil from the land, and the overthrow of world-power in the earth, as set forth particularly in the last three visions - namely, the crowning, of the true King, the Mediator of Salvation, who shall be “a Priest upon His throne and build the true temple of Jehovah, into which not only Israel, but “they that are far off” - the Gentiles - shall have access.

 

 

To indicate that the visions are now ended, the prophet adopts the usual formula by which the prophets always authenticated that they spake, not of themselves, but as they were moved by the Holy Spirit: “And the word of Jehovah came unto me, saying The whole section divides itself into two parts - the first (vers. 9-11) gives the account of the symbolical transaction; and the second (vers. 13-15) records the verbal prophecy.

 

 

The symbolical act was occasioned by the following circumstance: There arrived in Jerusalem, probably on the very morning after the vision, three prominent men as a deputation from the Haggolah, “the Captivity” - that is, from those who were still settled in Babylon, whither they were originally carried “captive” - bringing with them an offering of silver and gold for the Temple, which was then still in building. The sight of these men from “far-off” Babylon, bearing their offering for the Lord’s House, was the occasion of the opening of the prophet’s eyes by the Spirit of God to behold the future glorious [Millennial] Temple, which in Messiah’s time shall be established in Jerusalem as ‘an House of Prayer for all nations* and to which even the Gentile peoples which are “far off” shall flock, bringing their worship and their offerings.

 

[* See Mark 11: 17. Cf. Isaiah 56: 7; Jer. 7: 11, R.V. & A.S.V.]

 

 

The incident recorded in John 12: 20-33 may in a sense be regarded as parallel to this. There the coming of Andrew and Philip to our Lord with the touching request made in the first instance to the latter of these two disciples by the Greeks who came up to Jerusalem among those who came up to worship at the feast: “Sir, we would see Jesus took our Saviour’s mind to the time [yet future] when “all men without distinction of race or nationality, shall be “drawn” unto Him, and to the only possible way by which this could be brought about. In the temple of His pre-resurrection body, as the Son of David, there was no room for these poor Gentiles. The Son of Man must be lifted up: ‘except the corn of wheat fall into the ground and die, it abideth alone; but if it die, it bringeth forth much fruit So here the appearance in Jerusalem of these strangers takes the prophet’s mind from the Temple they were then building, over the second outer court of which when completed there was the inscription put up in Greek and Latin: “No stranger may enter here on pain of death* to the future Temple, which Messiah, the true Prince and Priest, of whom Zerubbabel and Joshua the son of Josedech, were types, would build; which, as already said, shall be an House of Prayer for all nations, and in which those that are “far off” by which we must understand not only the Jews who were still in the far lands of their “captivity,” but the Gentiles, “from the rising of the sun even unto the going down of the same as the last post-exilic prophet Malachi predicts - “shall come and build

 

* The interesting discovery in 1871 by Clermont-Ganneau, the learned Oriental archaeologist (the same who discovered and translated the inscription of the Moabite Stone), of the block of stone with the Greek version of this inscription, which was actually built into the wall or enclosure of the Second Temple, separating the “Court of the Gentiles” from the “Court of the Women,” is now well known. I have myself more than once seen and examined the block with the inscription on it, which, with many other precious archaeological treasures, is now in the Constantinople Museum. The actual words of the Greek inscription upon which our Lord Jesus and Paul most probably looked more than once, read, translated, thus: “No stranger born may enter within the circuit of the barrier and enclosure that is around the sacred court. And whoever shall be caught there, upon himself be the blame of the death which will consequently followJosephus (Aittiq. xv. 11. 5), speaking of the enclosures, or Courts of the Temple, which he describes as very spacious and surrounded by cloisters of much grandeur, says: “Thus was the first enclosure. In the midst of which, and not far from it, was the second, to be gone up by a few steps; this was encompassed by a stone wall for a partition, With an inscription which forbade any foreigner to go in under pain of death.”

 

How significant, in the light of this fact, are the words of the apostle: “But now in Christ Jesus ye who sometimes were far off are made nigh by the blood of Christ. For He is our peace who bath made both (i.e., Jew and Gentile) one, and bath broken down the middle wall of partition” (Eph. 2: 13, 14).

 

 

The symbolical act itself which the prophet is commanded to perform was as follows:

 

 

He was to go to the house of Josiah the son of Zephaniah, “whither they (i.e., these distinguished strangers) are come from Babylon,” as the original words in the 18th verse are properly rendered in the Revised Version - the 14th verse indicating, as we shall see, that this Josiah, like a true son of Abraham, was a man “given to hospitalityand lodged these strangers in his house as an act of “kindness.” Having gone that “same day” to that hospitable house, he was to take some of the silver and gold which they had brought as an offering from those still in Babylon, and make ’ataroth. The word is in the plural, and is rendered in the Authorised Version and in the text of the Revised Version “crowns* some commentators supposing that there were at least two crowns - one made of silver and the other of gold: the first for the high priest, or at any rate as an emblem of the priestly dignity; and the other of royalty. But what follows does not at all agree with this supposition, for the prophet is commanded to put the ’ataroth upon the head of Joshua; and, as Keil and Lange well observe. “You do not put two or more crowns upon the head of one manEwald, Hitzig, and others, to meet the supposed difficulty, would interpolate the words “and upon the head of Zerubabbel” in the 11th verse, as if one crown was to be put upon the head of Zerubbabel and the other upon Joshua; but there is no justification whatever for such a free-and-easy method of handling the sacred text, and the interpretation based upon their “reconstruction” only obscures the rich significance and spiritual beauty of the truth set forth in this symbolical transaction.

 

* In the margin of the R. V. it is rendered in the singular, “a crown

 

 

There is no mention whatever of Zerubbabel in this passage, neither was a silver crown, or indeed any crown, ever worn by the high priest - the priestly mitre being never so designated.* In fact, the whole significance of the incident lies in the fact that these crowns, or crown, was placed upon the head of Joshua. The plural “’ataroth” is used in Job 21: 36 for one crown, and what most probably is meant is a single “splendid royal crown,” consisting of a number of gold and silver twists or circlets woven together.

 

*“The silver might have formed a circlet in the crown of gold, as in modern times the iron crown of Lombardy was called iron because it had a plate of iron in its summit, being else of gold and most precious.” - Pusey.

 

In Rev. 19. our Lord Jesus is spoken of as wearing many crowns; but what is probably meant is a diadem composed of, or encircled with, many crowns.

 

 

The Verbal Prophecy

 

 

Having placed this crown upon the head of Joshua, the prophet was, by the Lord’s command, to deliver to him the following message: “Thus speaketh Jehovah of hosts, saying, Behold the Man whose name is the Branch, and He shall grow up out of His place, and He shall build the Temple of the Lord: even He shall build the Temple of the Lord: and He shall bear the glory, and shall sit and rule upon His throne; and He shall be a priest upon His throne; and the counsel of peace shall be between them both

 

 

This is one of the most remarkable and precious Messianic prophecies, and there is no plainer prophetic utterance in the whole Old Testament as to the Person of the promised Redeemer, the offices He was to fill, and the mission He was to accomplish. Let us examine the sentence in detail.

 

 

“Behold the Man - an expression which has become famous and of profound significance, since some five centuries later, in the overruling providence of God, it was used by Pilate on the day when He Who came to bring life into the world was Himself led forth to a death of shame.

 

 

Here, however, it is not to the Son of Man in His humiliation, to the “Man of Sorrows and acquainted with grief that our attention is directed by God Himself, but to the only true Man after God’s own heart - the Man par excellence - the Ideal and Representative of the race, Who, after having for our salvation worn the crown of thorns, shall [return to that same “cursed ground” (Gen. 3: 17, A.S.V.)] as the reward of His sufferings, be “crowned with glory and honour and have all things put in subjection under His feet.

 

 

“Behold the Man! Behold MY Servant!” (Isa. 42: 1, 52: 13), “Behold thy King!” (Zech. 9: 9), “Behold your God!” (Isa. 40: 9): thus variously, as calling attention to the different aspects of the character of the same blessed Person, is this word “Behold” used by God Himself.

 

 

“Behold the Man - the words are indeed addressed to Joshua, but by no possibility can they be made to apply to him as the subject, as modern Jews and some rationalistic Christian interpreters seek to do.*

 

* Rashi, Aben Ezra, and Kimchi assert that “the Man, the Branch,” is Zerubbabel; but, for obvious controversial reasons, they have departed from the older received interpretation, as is seen from Targum of Jonathan, where the passage (ver. 12) is paraphrased thus: “Behold the Man; Messiah is His Name. He will be revealed, and He will become great and build the Temple of God

 

The Messianic interpretation is also defended with great force by Abarbanel, who thus decisively refutes the interpretation adopted by the great trio of Jewish commentators, Rashi, Aben Ezra, and Kimchi. He says, “Rashi has written that the words, ‘Behold the Man Whose Name is the Branch,’ have by some been interpreted of the Messiah.” He here means Jonathan, whose interpretation he did not receive, for he adds that the building here spoken of refers altogether to the Second Temple; but I wish that I could ask them, if this prophecy refers to the Second Temple and Zerubabbel, why it said, “The Man Whose Name is the Branch,” “and He shall grow up from beneath Him.” Surely we know that every man grows up to manhood, and even to old age and hoary hairs. Rashi, perceiving this objection, has interpreted this to mean that He shall be of the royal seed; but this is not correct, for the word (“from beneath Him”) teaches nothing about the royal family. ... But, at all events, I should like to ask them, if these words be spoken of Zerubbabel, why does the prophet add that “He shall build the Temple of the Lord: even He shall build the Temple of the Lord.” Why this repetition to express one single event? The commentators have got no answer but this, “It is to confirm the matter.” But, if this be the case, it would be better to repeat the words three or four times, for then the confirmation would have been greater still. I should further ask them how they can interpret of Zerubbabel those words, “He shall bear the glory, and shall sit and rule upon His throne”; “for he (Zerubbabel) never ruled in Jerusalem, and never sat upon the throne of the kingdom, but only occupied himself in building the Temple, and afterwards returned to Babylon” (Abarbanel, Comment. in loc.).

 

Dr. Alexander McCaul says on this passage, “The prophecy promises these particulars: first, ‘He shall he a priest upon His throne’; secondly, ‘He shall build the Temple of the Lord’; thirdly, ‘He shall bear the glory (the “majesty”), and shall sit and rule upon His throne, and they that are far off shall come and build the Temple of the Lord.’” It is not necessary to point out the well-known passages which prove that these four particulars are all features of Messiah’s character, and in that of no one else. It is also easy to identify these features in the character of Jesus of Nazareth. He is represented in the New Testament as a High Priest, as a King; and it is certain that the Gentiles, who were then afar off, have acknowledged His dignity; and, as for building a Temple, He did this also. (See John 2: 29; Eph. 2: 22.)

 

 

Joshua himself knew of a certainty that that which was set forth by the symbolical act of his being crowned, and the great prophecy contained in the words which followed, could not refer to himself.

 

 

Perhaps if it had been Zerubbabel - who was a prince of the House of David - who had been so crowned, and to whom the words had been addressed, there might have been some shadow of ground for such a mistake; but Joshua, as priest, never could wear a crown, nor sit and rule upon a throne, since as long as the old Dispensation lasted the priesthood and royalty were, by God’s appointment, apportioned to different tribes, and no true prophet would ever think or speak of any one but a son of David as having a right to sit and rule on a throne in Jerusalem. This, in all probability, was the reason why the crown was placed on the head, not of Zerubbabel, but of Joshua. But Zechariah, who was a priest-prophet, and Joshua, to whom the words are addressed, knew well that there were predictions in the former prophets that in a time to come the Redeemer, whom God promised to raise up in Israel out of the House of David, would combine in His own Person the two great mediatorial offices of Priest and King, and be at the same time the last and greatest Prophet, through Whom God would reveal Himself more fully and perfectly to man. Thus, for instance, in the 110th Psalm it is predicted of the theocratic King, Who “shall strike through kings in the day of His wrath and “judge among nations” -

 

“The Lord hath sworn, and will not repent.

Thou art a priest for ever, after the order of Melchizedek

 

 

Now, of this royal Priest, whose priesthood was to be “for ever Joshua was already told in the 3rd chapter that both he and his “fellows” of the Aaronic family were anshei mophcth - literally, “men that are a signi.e., types - so that there could be no shadow of a possibility of his understanding this new and fuller message about the Priest-King in the 6th chapter as referring to himself, beyond the fact that in his official capacity as high priest he (like all the other priests of the House of Aaron) foreshadowed the Person and office of the One who should be the true and only Mediator between God and man.

 

 

To return for a moment to the symbolical action which preceded the delivery of the verbal message, there is truth in Pusey’s observation, that the act of placing the crown on the head of Joshua, the high priest, pictured not only the union of the offices of Priest and King in the person of the Messiah, but that He should be King, being first our High Priest. “Joshua was already high priest; being such, the kingly crown was added to him. It says in act what the Apostle says in plain words, that Christ Jesus, being found in fashion as a man, humbled Himself, and became obedient unto death, even the death of the Cross. Wherefore God also hath highly exalted Him

 

 

But to remove any possibility of mistake or doubt, “the Man” to whom the attention of Joshua is directed away from himself is introduced by the well-known Messianic title, which in the Book of Zechariah is used as a proper name of the promised Deliverer.

 

 

“Behold the man Tsemach -  The Branch - is His Name

 

 

We have fully entered into this point in the exposition of the 8th verse of chap. 3., and have there shown also how, under this title, the Messiah is brought before us in the Old Testament prophecy in the four different aspects of His character to which reference has already been made above - namely, as the King (Jer. 23: 5, 6), the Servant (Zech. 3: 8), the Man (Zech. 6: 12), and as “the Branch of Jehovah” (Isa. 4: 2): which answer so beautifully to the fourfold portraiture of the Christ of history which the Spirit of God has, through the Evangelists, given us in the four different Gospels. We therefore pass on to the next clause.

 

 

“And He shall grow up out of His place” - umitachtav itsmach* - literally, “He shall branch up from under Him” - from His own root or stock.

 

* The only other place where “umitachtav” is found in the Old Testament is Ex. 10: 23, where it means “out of his own place

 

 

First, as to the race or nation, He shall be of the seed of Abraham, of the tribe of Judah, and of the family of David; and, secondly, as to the soil or country, it shall be “Immanuel’s Land,” and out of Bethlehem Ephratha, that this glorious Branch shall spring up, as foretold by the former prophets.

 

 

At the same time it is true, as Hengstenberg observes, that the expression presupposes the lowliness from which He will first rise by degrees to glory. “Thus,” to quote another writer, “in this one significant sentence the lowly origin of the Messiah on the one hand, and His royal dignity on the other, are both not obscurely referred to*

 

*Dr. Wright.

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

752

 

THE WISE VIRGINS

 

 

 

IN the face of all opposition, the midnight cry (Matt. 25: 6) will wax louder and stronger, and more definite and uncompromising than ever.*

 

* Prophetic students should circulate as many prophetic books, pamphlets and tracts as possible, and give an earnest Gospel exhortation to sinners to come to Jesus Christ in faith and prayer for forgiveness and salvation.

 

 

The public journals, reviews and periodicals will be forced by the growing interest in the subject to notice the movement, and write articles upon it: and probably it will often be attacked with all the artillery of their satire, logic, and denunciation. It is emphatically in relation to such a period that Peter predicts, “There shall come in the last days scoffers, saying, Where is the promise of His coming: for since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning of the creation This predicts that the derision of worldly men is to be directed not so much against the Gospel in general as against the doctrine of Christ’s personal Coming, in particular; and various philosophers, scientific professors, and politicians will probably maintain it to be incredible that the ordinary course of events in the material and political world should now be arrested by so violent and unnatural an interruption as these prophecies foretell; and they will maintain that the world is in an era of enlightenment, and commercial prosperity. The idea of a fresh religious persecution will be scouted by them, as contrary to the advanced spirit of the age; and the predictions that the maker of the seven-years’ covenant with the Jews is necessarily to become the Man of Sin will be denounced as groundless and uncharitable (2 Thess. 2).

 

 

Nevertheless, all Christians will more or less be aroused by the Covenant and the startling signs of the times, so much so that the prophecy foretells that the foolish virgins - the representatives of Christians who are ignorant and bewildered in regard to these Second Advent doctrines - will anxiously come to the wise virgins, who are Christians thoroughly understanding and believing the doctrines: and will earnestly entreat them, “Give us of your oil (the oil of prophetic discernment), for our lamps are going out (not gone out).” But the wise answer, saying, “Not so, lest there be not enough for us and you, but go ye rather to them that sell (namely, the three Persons in one God, the Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, who impart knowledge without money and without price), and buy for yourself Here the foolish Christians, who have only sufficient grace to believe in the ordinary doctrines of the Gospel, and who have not obtained by prayer and searching of the Scriptures the more ample supply of the illuminating oil and teaching of the Holy Spirit, which alone can enable them rightly to interpret the signs of the times and to understand Prophecy, betake themselves in their perplexity to the wise Christians who have obtained that higher spiritual anointing, and ask them to impart to them a satisfactory comprehension of the subject. This request cannot be fulfilled by the wise Christians, because the argument and explanations which are conclusive to them prove only vague and inconclusive to those who have not obtained by earnest prayer and meditation upon God’s word the prophetic teaching of the Divine Spirit.

 

 

The foolish Christians are, therefore, recommended to resort in supplication to the mercy-seat for a further supply of Divine grace and enlightening faith to enable them to believe and confess the immediate nearness of Christ’s return. But while they are occupied in seeking by prayer and study of the prophecies for this required grace and faith, and have not quite arrived at any decided belief on the subject, so as openly to bear testimony and unite in the midnight-cry-suddenly Christ comes, and takes away to heaven those who are plainly confessing their belief in the proximity of His Advent, and who are thus holding forth brightly burning lamps of testimony, and crying, Behold, the Bridegroom cometh.

 

* The same advice is given to the Laodiceans, who prophetically represent the foolish virgins in Rev. 3: 18. “I counsel thee to buy of me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see.” Compare Rev. 16: 15. Many writers understand the seven churches to be prophetic of seven successive states of the Church Militant - Sardis the era of the Reformation; the Philadelphian church, the wise virgins; the Laodicean church, the church of the foolish virgins who are left behind, but assured of forgiveness, if they will be zealous and repent, and of admission to the marriage supper, although excluded from entering with the wise virgins to the marriage.

 

 

The foolish undecided Christians then finding themselves left behind on earth, engage in agonising prayer, “Lord, Lord, open to us.” This shows that they are not mere hypocrites or unconverted, for, if so, they would not be very likely to pray. “But he answered and said, Verily, I say unto you, I know you not Christ’s refusal of their request will virtually be equivalent to saying, I know you not. He does not recognise them as fit at that time to be admitted to heaven, because they are in a worldly, Laodicean, lukewarm state; but still they are not consigned to perdition. Nothing further is said in that parable about their subsequent destiny. But various Scriptures show that during the succeeding period of great tribulation, multitudes will repent and call upon the name of the Lord, and be ultimately saved, although not taken to heaven at the same period as the wise virgins.*

 

* Christ is only contemplated as a Bridegroom throughout the parable of the Ten Virgins, and not at all as a Redeemer, Intercessor, or Judge. As a Bridegroom, He knows them not, because they have not the waiting spirit of a bride; but still, at that same time, He may know them as their Saviour, Intercessor, and Friend.

 

 

Various expositors, such as the Revs. Dr. Seiss, E. Bickersteth, J. Hooper, R. Govett, etc., justly reject the common idea that the foolish virgins are false professing Christians, and they consider them to be really converted Christians but unbelievers in the personal Coming of Christ, or backsliders, and afterwards to have mercy extended to them.

 

                                                      The Midnight Cry.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

753

 

THE UNEQUAL YOKE

 

 

By SARA  P.  SHIELDS.

 

 

 

ONE afternoon, while travelling on a bus, a young woman spoke to me. I didn’t recognise her at first, but when she said she had met me “at Mrs. Jones’s house,” I remembered who she was.

 

 

Quite frankly, she said, “Mrs. Jones is a lovely Christian woman; she led me to the Lord, but I haven’t seen much of her lately, because she doesn’t approve of my being engaged to an unsaved man. I keep telling her that even if Harry isn’t a Christian before we are married, I’m sure I will be able to win him, afterward

 

 

Before I could reply, the young woman had reached her stop and got off. I began to think of the fine Christian woman of whom she had been speaking. I prize that woman’s friendship, and, many times, her wise counsel has helped me. One of the texts she often quotes is, “Be ye not unequally yoked together with unbelievers: for what fellowship hath righteousness with unrighteousness? and what communion hath light with darkness?” (2 Cor. 6: 14).

 

 

One day she said to me:

 

 

“What I suffered for wilful disobedience only God knows. I knew he drank a little, but he stopped it during the months I was engaged to him. So many Church people thought I was doing a big thing, reforming a man. They told me how great my influence was on him, and, mind you, some of the good people were Christians. Even the minister of our church, who was known as a conference speaker, and outstanding in many ways, encouraged me to go through with the marriage. My dear Christian mother wasn’t happy about it. She did warn me that I ought to wait at least another year. She died the year I was married, so she never knew the unhappiness I experienced.

 

 

“I soon discovered that reformation doesn’t mean regeneration. My husband had never accepted Jesus Christ as his personal Saviour. He knew nothing about the precious blood that cleanses from sin, and I also discovered that he expected to take me his way, when all the time I had expected he would walk with me in the ways of the Lord.

 

 

“He brought his unsaved drinking friends to our home. He expected me to be friendly with them. He allowed them to openly insult me. I can tell you with the utmost sincerity that only the marvellous grace of God saved my reason.

 

 

“It is over twenty-five years since I married this man, and he isn’t a Christian yet. But how wonderful is the loving-kindness of our God. As I watched my husband going deeper into sinful living, God helped me to go deeper in His ways. He has blessed and kept me, and protected me so often from my husband and his wicked friends.

 

 

“There is a degree of peace, now, between my husband and me. He is kinder now, and none of those bad people come to our home any more. But, oh, what I missed in the way of married happiness and companionship, and Christian fellowship!

 

 

“Those church people who encouraged me to marry this man didn’t know God’s Word. But it doesn’t excuse me at all. I was a Christian. I had access to the throne of grace to find the wisdom and guidance I needed, Instead of relying on the living Word, I took the advice of other so-called Christians, and my own way. I went against the Holy Spirit’s warnings.

 

 

“How I pray to warn Christian young people against the unequal yoke. I have heard people of God say, ‘God guides us through circumstances.’ Yes, that is true, but I beg Christian young people contemplating marriage, Stick to God’s Word. I learned in childhood that ‘The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom’ (Psa. 111: 10). If I had heeded that instead of taking my own way and the advice of others, I could have been saved many years of misery.

 

 

“You have commented often on my quiet, serene way, haven’t you? But I haven’t always known the peace of God I possess today. I married an unsaved man. I thought he was a Christian; he said he was. But I didn’t wait long enough to get the Lord’s will in the matter. I thought I loved him, and felt I couldn’t live without him.

 

 

“I stayed with my husband, when many times I was tempted to go so far away from him. God gave me grace to stay by the vows I took on my wedding day. He gave me grace to do my duty, and He continues that grace. Yes, you are right when you say I have a quiet peace and serenity. He gives me that. Praise Him! And He keeps me day by day. But oh, with all my heart I pray, Christian young people, beware of the unequal yoke.”

 

 

*        *       *

 

 

THE PRINTED WORD

 

 

IN scattering divine literature, we liberate thistledown laden with precious seed, which, blown by the winds of the Spirit, floats over the world. The printed page never flinches, never shows cowardice; it is never tempted to compromise; it never tires, never grows disheartened; it travels cheaply, and requires no hired hall; it works while we sleep; it never loses its temper, and it works long after we are dead.

 

 

The printed page is a visitor which gets inside the home and stays there; it always catches a man in the right mood, for it speaks to him only when he is reading it; it always sticks to what it has said and never answers back, and it is bait left permanently in the pool.

 

 

The printed page is deathless; you can destroy one, but the press can produce millions more; as often as it is martyred, it is raised again; the ripple started by the given tract can widen down the centuries until it reaches the Great White Throne.

 

- The Indian Christian.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

754

 

PEACE AND REST THROUGH MESSIAH-JESUS

 

 

Testimony heard at the 66th Anniversary Meeting of the American Messianic

Fellowship at Cicero Bible Church, October 29th, 1953.

 

 

(Stenographically reported).

 

 

 

IN this church, during the Sunday Evening service of December 14th last, I came forward. It was a long aisle, and I would not have made it but for the encouragement and the assistance of Deacon James. After the services when Mr. McCarrell asked for persons to come forward and accept the Lord I did not do so, but when Deacon James approached and asked if I would go with him and discuss the matter I did. And he spoke to me and I accepted the Lord Jesus then and there. After that, there was much doubt in my mind and he introduced me to Pastor McCarrell, who spoke to me personally and comforted me.

 

 

I said that it was a long aisle. It led not only from my seat to the front of this church, but also from Judaism to Christianity over the campus of a University, by way of the American Messianic Fellowship, then known as the Chicago Hebrew Mission.

 

 

I have come from a Jewish background. I have not been brought up too strictly in the faith, as many of my brethren are not. But I have had a curious mind and I was well provided for. I was well fed, well clothed, and well polished. I was not given the Bible at the age of nine, but I was given a set of The Book of Knowledge which is a child’s encyclopaedia.

 

 

At the age of fourteen I had outgrown The Book of Knowledge and turned to Encyclopaedia Brittanica, and then I began to try to satisfy my natural curiosity by the study of languages, by the study of mathematics, by the study of English Literature, and later by the study of Philosophy, Sociology, no Zoology, but every other “ology” you can think of.

 

 

After my undergraduate days at the University I went to Law School and received my Law Degree, was admitted to the Bar and began to practice. But my curiosity had not as yet been satisfied. When I enrolled in University I wanted to know what life was. When I graduated the question had only been magnified.

 

 

So I returned for graduate work to the University. Again I received another degree but not an answer to my question. I had become convinced that I did not know what life was, and neither did anyone else, for surely my Professors knew nothing.

 

 

It was during this discouraged condition that I found myself at a lecture in the Jewish People’s Institute about a year ago last September. The subject was Palestine and a young man was present, Joseph S., who I later learned had accepted Jesus as his Messiah-Saviour only one week before. He began to speak to some other young men in the group about Jesus. He told them that we Jews are not the only ones guilty of the crime of killing Jesus. Jesus came to die to be crucified for the sins of all men.

 

 

As a lawyer I was interested, for this seemed to absolve me and my people from the charge as “Christ-killers,” and so I asked Joe where he received this information, and he urged me to meet him the following Sunday at 816, Independence Blvd., and did not tell me that it was the Chicago Hebrew Mission.

 

 

I was there the following Sunday afternoon. I could not accept the Virgin birth. I could not accept the Resurrection and I argued with the Superintendent, Milton Lindberg, but I also realised that these people were good people, that they truly loved us, that they were lending their weight against anti-Semitism, against the claim of some so-called Christians who blame us Jews alone for the death of Christ. And so, after arguing that afternoon with Mr. Lindberg I apologised and told him that I would not return because I did not wish to continue offending him; but I wished him well in his work. He said that I had not offended him, and invited me to return and continue the argument with him.

 

 

At the University I had learned one thing, never leave an argument - and I will tell you why. I was going to win this argument and that is why I returned the following Sunday. That is why I continued returning. But one November Sunday afternoon during the “Home Hour” Mr. Constable, the Vice-President of Moody Bible Institute, was speaker of the afternoon. He did not seem like a fanatic to me. Somehow, he was a business man. He was a man I could speak to and I did. I began to become convinced then and there that if Mr. Constable could believe this then perhaps it was rational, for what a reasonable man believes is rational.

 

 

Before that time there was a part of me that wanted to believe. As Moses Gitlin once said, another Christian Hebrew, a Jew must be converted four times - once with his heart, once with his intellect, once with his stomach, and once with his pocketbook. It was a week or so before that I had experienced a conversion of the heart, but my intellect, as one of our Missionaries here has said so often occurs, would not accept it. My intellect was rebelling.

 

 

But now I had spoken to Mr. Constable I became convinced that this was not only something that satisfied the emotions but could also satisfy the intellect. Moreover, Mr. Constable suggested that I read the book Therefore Stand by Wilbur Smith. I read the book. The book had not been written by a fanatic. My intellect had also been convinced.

 

 

I came to this church that Sunday evening prepared to accept the Lord, not prepared to accept Him publicly, or formally, but prepared to accept Jesus as my Lord as a silent believer, as many of us Jewish people do. We remain silent because the cost of salvation is very high if one is a Jew. A Jew sometimes loses all his friends, his family, his business, and everything else he possesses, and the question is always “Is what you are buying worth the price

 

 

I was not yet convinced that salvation was worth that price. But I knew that I had not found satisfaction in the world and that I had longed for peace and comfort and joy and I became envious of the Christians whose testimonies I had heard at the Mission. They were happy. And for me I was convinced that Schopenhauer was correct, that there was no enduring happiness in life - that life was nothing more than a few moments of pleasure followed by hours of pain. And no one wants pain, and so I fled from the world to the spiritual where I could experience enduring pleasure, where I would not fear death, and not fearing death, would not fear life.

 

 

I rejoice that for me the Day of Atonement is no more only for this year, but for all time, that I may honour my Lord not by fasting, but by feasting with thanksgiving, that because of one Divine Atonement I shall never be called upon to sacrifice my love for Him, that He will comfort me in time of death, will also strengthen me and prepare me to meet the issues of life. And so I now acknowledge and confess that I am a true Believer.

 

 

*       *       *

 

 

THE WORLD’S FUTURE

 

 

FROM a purely human viewpoint the future becomes steadily more frightening. Last Easter [during 1955] the Pope referred to the means of destruction available to man which are capable of causing the total extermination of all animal and vegetable life in this world. They were no idle words. More recently it has been estimated that 400 one-ton cobalt bombs would be sufficient to destroy all life on earth. When cobalt is bombarded with neutrons, it becomes highly radio-active, giving off radiations over 300 times more powerful than the gamma rays given off by radium. Prof. Harrison Brown says that “a cobalt bomb containing a ton of deuterium (a variant or isotope of hydrogen) could be exploded on a north-south line in the Pacific about a thousand miles west of California. The radio-active dust would reach California in about a day and New York in four or five days, killing most life as it traversed the continent. Similarly, the Western Powers could explode a cobalt-hydrogen bomb on a north-south line about the longitude of Prague that would destroy all life within a strip 1,500 miles wide, extending from Leningrad to Odessa, and 3,000 miles deep, from Prague to the Ural MountainsThank God, ultimate power is held in His hands and He still controls the world of men. - The Advent Witness.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

755

 

FROM A KIKUYU PASTOR’S DIARY

 

 

 

ON Friday, February 13th, at 2 a.m., we were deep in sleep. At any rate, I was; my wife heard some people outside saying, ‘Samuel, Samuel, Samuel.’ Sarah tried without success to wake me. When they realised I was not answering they began to break down the door. Their last blow woke me up with a start but, after a little, the Lord restored His peace to me, for I had prayed that night that He would be my guard.

 

 

“My wife opened the bedroom door and in came two of them each with two pangas (knives) in his hand. They were just young fellows. We asked: ‘What do you want?’ They replied, our money and quickly, or else we should die on the spot.

 

 

“They asked for the keys of our boxes and cupboards and began opening them and searching through everything. While this was going on, I was struck three times with a panga and the blood was pouring out like water and blinding my eyes. My hands had been tied behind my back with a girdle of my wife’s and I was sitting on the edge of the bed.

 

 

“While one kept cutting me without respite the other passed all our belongings to those outside who were many in number, women as well as men. My shoulders and arms were covered with wounds and even now I cannot walk properly because of a wound on my right heel, where the tendon was almost completely severed.

 

 

“When they finished with me, they cut my wife on the head, asking why she had laughed while they were cutting me. She said she felt no anger for what they had done, whereupon they made a deep gash on her head and snapped her little finger on the left hand.

 

 

“All this time we talked with them in a friendly way and explained that our work was preaching the Gospel so people should come to know Jesus and be saved, white and black alike.

 

 

“Then they said: ‘Wasn’t it you who refused to co-operate in the good work we Kikuyu are trying to do these days? Now you will learn what sort of people we are

 

 

“They redoubled their efforts and beat us all over our bodies. They wanted me to agree to take their oath, but I told them: ‘No, I have drunk the blood of Jesus and it was sufficient for me

 

 

“At Jesus’ name their beating became even more ferocious. After each refusal to take the oath, they laid about me without ceasing. They pierced my waist at the back with a sword so that I thought they had cut my kidneys and cried out ‘Lord’ in a loud voice.

 

 

“ ‘Why are you calling on the Lord?’ they asked and when I did not answer they beat me more. They took some of our blood and smeared it over our lips. They put me on the bed and loosed my hands.

 

 

“Just then, our smallest child began to cry and they asked Sarah, ‘Do you want this child killed? Don’t you know we are murderers?’ Sarah answered ‘No,’ and they told her: ‘Shut her up’.

 

 

“They seemed about to go and Sarah asked for one blanket with which to cover the child. They threw one to her. I, too, asked: ‘And what shall I cover myself with?’ They said: ‘We have already given your wife one, how can we give you one too?’ They brought my surplice and threw it over me.

 

 

“When they had gone, taking everything we had with them, we began to pray for them. They had said to us: ‘We are going now, so don’t forget to pray for us.’ We told them we would do so, so that the Lord might help them and bring them to salvation.

 

 

“As we lay there, Sarah and I had peace in our hearts but our bodies had been badly handled. What amazed us and set us praising God was that all the time we were beaten and hacked we felt no pain, nor did we show any sign of grief or despair. We were sure it was the Lord’s work and that He alone had saved us from death, for no man had told them not to kill us. We rejoiced that our children, who had been watching all that was done, had been spared.

 

 

“We praised the Lord who had delivered us and then prayed for our attackers that God would forgive them. We really meant this and had they turned back and asked for a cup of tea, we would have been willing to try to get it for them. Finally we prayed that the brethren might come to hear of this soon and bring us help. After this, we rested in the Lord, despite the pain we felt in our bodies.” - A.M.F. Monthly.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

756

 

THE APOSTLE PAUL

 

 

By ROBERT B. LARTER

 

 

 

PAUL is the most outstanding Apostle in the New Testament. If we had any leanings towards Popery we should differ from it, in that we would be inclined to regard Paul, not Peter, as the first Pope. Paul rebuked Peter, not Peter Paul! But as Christian Protestants we know that Paul was no Pope. The Pope of Rome claims to be infallible and the Head of the Church. Paul regarded himself as “the least of the Apostles” and the chief of sinners.

 

 

Paul was born in Tarsus, the capital of the province of Cilicia, in the south-east of Asia Minor. The date of his birth is uncertain. It is thought, however, that he was born about A.D. 1. Of Paul’s mother we hear nothing. But we know that his father was a strict Jew who became a Roman citizen. We know, too, that Paul had a married sister whose son helped him out of a difficult situation (Acts 23: 16).

 

 

According to custom, Paul was put to a trade, namely, tent-making. We are not sure when he left this to go to Jerusalem. It is the view of Dr. Stalker that he was about the age of thirteen when he was sent there to college for religious instruction. His teacher was the noted Gamaliel who, for rabbinical learning, was second to none. He was so esteemed for his learning that he is one of the seven who alone among Jewish doctors have been honoured with the title of “Rabban”, which is the same as “Rabboni” addressed to our Lord by Mary Magdalene. Gamaliel was called the “Beauty of the law”; and it is a saying of the Talmud, that “since Rabban Gamaliel died, the glory of the law has ceased

 

 

The course of instruction that Paul received, “at the feet of Gamaliel consisted entirely of the study of the Scriptures and the comments of the sages upon them. Thus we have the source of Paul’s extraordinary knowledge of the Old Testament. Dr. Stalker writes: “At the age when the memory is most retentive, Paul acquired such a knowledge of the Old Testament that everything it contains was at his command: its phraseology became the language of his thinking; he literally writes in quotations, and he quotes from all parts with equal facility - from the Law, the Prophets, and the Psalms. Thus was the warrior equipped with the armour and the weapons of the [Holy] Spirit before he knew in what cause he was to use them

 

 

The Apostle would give early indications of being a first-rate scholar. He may be described as an all-round scholar. He was a born thinker. Sir W. M. Ramsay speaks of him as a real philosopher, perhaps not in the technical sense of the term, though he knew how to hold his own with the Epicurean and the Stoic philosophers. He possessed linguistical ability, as he knew Greek, Aramaic, Hebrew, and, as he managed his own cases in the various trials before the Roman Courts, he must have known some Latin too. But it was as a profound theologian that Paul was destined to make a mark upon the whole world. For this reason alone we can say with Dr. James Denney that he is “the most important figure in Christian history

 

 

God was pleased to give Paul some profound spiritual experiences. On the Damascus road he was brought face to face with the risen Christ. It was no hallucination. Writing to the Corinthians Paul says: “And last of all he was seen of me also, as one born out of due time The Greek word […] meaning “appeared” used here is the same word that Paul uses about the appearance of Jesus to the Apostles and others after the resurrection. Luke uses the same word when he speaks about the appearance of Jesus (Luke 24: 34).

 

 

But in addition to seeing Christ, Paul heard the voice from heaven: “Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou Me Only Paul heard these words; his companions heard merely a sound.

 

 

The result of this supernatural intervention was the instantaneous conversion of Paul. “He surrenders on the spot and at discretion. There is no reserve. He is the slave of Jesus from this time forth, to obey the commands of the Lord Jesus Christ. Light had shone into his heart, ‘the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ’ (2 Cor. 4: 6). He had seen the face of Jesus before he fell to the earth and darkness came over him” (A. T. Robertson).

 

 

Paul became a new creature: old things passed away; all things became new. “Christ, like a skilful physician healed him when his fever was at the worst” (Chrysostom). The cruel persecutor became the obedient disciple. In the words of Iverach, “…Christ, in a human body, manifested Himself to Paul, and, in His own kingly way, changed the persecutor of His Church into His servant and Apostle

 

 

The conversion of Paul has great apologetic value to Christianity. As Lord Lyttleton observes, “the conversion and apostleship of St. Paul alone, duly considered, is of itself a demonstration sufficient to prove Christianity to be a Divine revelationDr. A. T. Robertson puts it thus: “It is hard to overestimate the apologetic value of Saul’s conversion to modern Christianity. The opponents of Christianity have always perceived that the resurrection of Jesus and Saul’s conversion were the two great historical pillars that had to be overthrown.” Truly, the conversion of Paul is “one of those profoundly significant events in history, on which the whole complexion of future thought and the course of future progress turn” (Kelman).

 

 

The Apostle’s rapture to the third heaven was a wonderful experience. There he heard words which he could not repeat. No hint is given as to the nature of the revelation which Paul received. Perhaps he was given some further light on future glory. God has not told us and so it is folly on our part to indulge in vain speculation.

 

 

God knew that Satan could use Paul’s revelation for his own evil purposes. So, lest Paul “should be exalted above measure,” he was given “a thorn in the flesh We are not positively certain what this “stake (Greek) in the flesh” was. There is evidence that the Apostle suffered from a malady which affected his eyes. It is thought that the “thorn in the flesh” was this complaint.

 

 

Paul saw much fruit for his labours. His three great missionary journeys were greatly blessed by the Most High. Under his ministry sinners were converted, saints were edified, flourishing churches were established. The peoples of Europe are greatly indebted to Paul, as it was he who first brought the Gospel to them. Lydia was Paul’s first European convert.

 

 

To Paul (humanly speaking) the Church is indebted for its theology. Augustine, Luther, Zwingli, Calvin, Pelagius, and Arminius, all drink from the fountain of Paul’s theology. Many treatises have been written on Pauline theology. All we can do here is briefly note how Paul’s theology centres round Christ and His Cross. The Person and Work of Christ are the great themes of his writings. To Paul the death of Christ was no mere martyr’s death; neither was it a death designed merely to teach the duty of self-sacrifice. The Cross had a deeper meaning for Paul. To him it signified the substitutionary atonement of Christ for the sinner. Such a conception of the Cross implies that man is depraved and unable to save himself from sin and its awful penalty. To save the sinner Christ made a complete atonement by dying in his room and stead on the Cross.

 

 

It is a sad fact that this aspect of the atonement is never, or very seldom, heard from some of our pulpits today. This goes to show how the modern Church has drifted from Paul’s theology of the Cross.

 

 

Few, if any, have suffered more for Christ than Paul. In three places he tells us about his sufferings. We may note one. He says: “In stripes above measure, in prisons more frequent, in deaths oft. Of the Jews five times received I forty stripes save one. Thrice was I beaten with rods. Once was I stoned, thrice I suffered shipwreck; ... in perils of waters, in perils of robbers, in perils by mine own countrymen, in perils by the heathen, in perils in the city, in perils in the wilderness, in perils in the sea, in perils among false brethren;* in weariness and painfulness, in watchings often, in hunger and thirst, in fastings often, in cold and nakedness” (2 Cor. 11: 23-27).

 

[* NOTE: To imagine these “false brethren” were unregenerate people, is in my opinion a grave mistake! See 2 Tim. 2: 15-19. Cf. John 3: 13; 14: 3 with Acts 2: 34; Luke 16: 23; Acts 7: 4, 5; Acts 5: 32; 1 John 3: 22, 24, R.V.]

 

 

The death of Paul was tragic and yet glorious. The brutal Nero was dead by the middle of June A.D. 68. The tradition is that Paul was beheaded before Nero’s departure. It is thought that Paul was released from his earthly struggles in May or early June A.D. 68. Thus ended the noble life of the greatest Apostle of Christ that the world has ever known. We may sum up in the words of A. T. Robertson: “Passing by Jesus Himself, Paul stands forever the foremost representative of Christ, the ablest exponent of Christianity, its most constructive genius, its dominant spirit from the merely human side, its most fearless champion, its most illustrious and influential missionary, preacher, teacher, and its most distinguished martyr

 

 

*       *       *

 

 

THE GIFT OF GIFTS

 

 

When childhood lisps its earliest prayer

Before the Mercy-Seat;

Or snowy glows the golden hair,

And weary grow the feet.

Untutor’d Lord, our foolish words

For ever turn astray -

But Thou wilt guide the willing chords,

And teach us how to pray.

 

 

For Thou the Light of manhood art,

O, Stronger than the strong,

To Thee we lift the grateful heart,

And pour the grateful song;

Through years of silent love adored

As Life and Truth the Way,

Creator, Sacrifice, and Lord -

Now teach us how to pray.

 

 

Until the prayer before the Throne

Shall yield Thee perfect praise,

And all our hearts are Thine alone

And all our works and ways:

While yet Thy saints in dim eclipse

Pursue their lowly way,

Lord, touch our hearts, and purge our lips,

And teach us how to pray.

 

                                                                                                                              D. M. PANTON.

                                                                                                                                                          January, 1902.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

757

 

THE IDEAL PREACHER

 

 

By D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

“A GREAT PREACHER,” said Principal Charles Edwards, “is Christ’s last recourse.” This is far truer of the Prophet than the Preacher: nevertheless, for an age of decaying faith and a collapsing Church, the public witness for Christ becomes of enormous importance; and the model for the preacher - the only explicit model (so far as we can recollect) given in the Bible - becomes of great practical interest to us all.

 

 

The Wise Preacher

 

 

God’s model preacher, we read, “because he was wise, still taught the people knowledge” (Ecclesiastes, 12: 9); and the preacher’s task is now laid bare. “Yea, he gave good heed” - he gave careful study - “and sought out” - weighed, dug deeply - “and set in order” - balanced, set in right order dispensational divisions, rightly dividing the Word of Truth - “many proverbs” - epigrams, short succinct sayings, the wisdom of many crystallised by the wit of one. All this requires the concentration of a devoted lifetime. Archbishop Temple puts it thus:- “If the time ever comes when you have to choose between study and visiting, choose study”.

 

 

For the preacher is to have his eyes set on his coming congregation. “The preacher sought to find out acceptable words, and that which was written uprightly” - words that can be understood, and that express the truth exactly. Methods of expression will differ with temperament. Dean Farrar, when asked why he never preached extempore, replied that in doing so once he said many things he never thought he would ever live to say, and more than one thing he did not in the least believe in. Emotion can over-balance us in unpremeditated speech, so that we utter extravagances or even unconscious untruths. “Look upon your congregation,” said Richard Baxter, “believingly and with compassion. Oh, speak not one cold or lifeless word about so great a business as Heaven or Hell

 

 

Loving His Hearers

 

 

So the preacher’s words are studied for his congregation. “The preacher sought” - strove - “to find out” - to pick out - “acceptable words, and that which was written uprightly, even words of truth The true preacher has a profoundly deeper work than a mere bald statement of Scripture truth; he has to garner his material out of the vast experience of saints of God - and even his own - “agreeable words”, jewels of utterance, rich experiences of emotion, lovely truths, stimulating tonics, worldwide facts; but they are all upright word; and true - not only striking sayings but exact truth. A clergyman once asked David Garrick  - “Why can you move people so deeply, when I cannot move them by expounding the most momentous truths?” Garrick replied:- “Because I utter fiction as if it were fact, and you utter fact as if it were fiction.” The preacher’s utterances should be the convictions of a burning heart. This came home to Bishop Colenso, who wrote:- “For myself, I see not how I can retain my Episcopal Office, in the discharge of which I must require from others a solemn declaration that they ‘unfeignedly believe all the Canonical Scriptures of the Old and New Testament,’ which, with the evidence now before me, it is impossible wholly to believe in.”

 

 

A Vital Experience

 

 

So the preacher must have a vital experience behind his words. As Emerson puts it:- “No man can preach well unless he coins his own flesh and blood, the living, palpitating fibre of his very heart, into the words which he utters from the pulpit. If he speaks what he has learned from others, what he finds in books, what he thinks it decorous and seemly that a man should say in his place, he may indeed be a good mechanic in the pulpit, he may help to hand down a worm-eaten stereotyped system of theology, to those who have no more heart for it than he has himself; but a true prophet of God, a man baptized with the Holy Ghost and with fire he can never be.” The Word of God is the only Word of life. When Lord Guthrie was studying at Lincoln’s Inn, he listened for a few moments at an open air service one Sunday morning. On the same day he heard Canon Liddon in St. Paul’s and Spurgeon in the Metropolitan Tabernacle. He said afterwards that while he could not recall a single word uttered by these famous preachers, one sentence on the lips of the open-air speaker has clung to him through all the years:- “I have not been to college, but I have been to Calvary

 

 

Piercing Words

 

 

Some measure of the manner of God’s model preacher is now revealed. “The words of the wise are as goads” - pungent, pregnant, stinging - “and as nails fastened” - as pegs on which principles hang, fixed ideas on which righteous life is fastened - “by the masters of assemblies” (ver. 11). St. Teresa says:- “Our preachers ought to do all for us. But, as a matter of fact, everybody knows that they do not much help their hearers to the knowledge of themselves. They do not come close enough to us. They do not tell us plainly enough what we are. They preach, but so as not to alarm us too much, or to offend us in any way. Do you know any man whose life has been much amended by the preaching he has heard?” The preacher must learn what is effective. An experienced Sunday School teacher gave this testimony:- “I find that if I give an old address with new illustrations, my hearers think it is a new address; and if I give a new address with old illustrations, they say it is an old address”: that is, illustrations can be ‘nails’ - to use Solomon’s word - incapable of dislodgment. It is well exampled by Wesley. Suddenly he startled his hearers by a loud cry of “Fire! Fire!” A panic followed in his congregation; and a man cried out, “Where, Sir, where?” “In Hell,” replied the preacher, “to them who sleep under the preaching of the Word

 

 

Living Near God

 

 

Finally, we are shown the ideal preacher’s only fountain and source. “Which [words] are given from one shepherd As Martin Luther says:- “My whole endeavour in all my writings is to teach people the Scriptures. If people would only search the Scriptures for themselves, we should not have to write any more books.” So the preacher must be drenched in the eternal. ‘The Shepherd’ is one of the titles of God, and also of our Lord - “The Shepherd and bishop of our souls Under-shepherd is to reproduce the ‘words’ of the Shepherd of shepherds. “How is it,” said a Christian to his companion after they had heard the saintly Bramwell, “that brother Bramwell tells us so much that is Dew?” His companion answered, - “Brother Bramwell is so near to the gates of heaven that he hears a great many things which the rest of us do not get near enough to hear.” God’s model preacher stands in the background of all vital things:- he is the voice of eternity in time; all his preaching culminates in one point - the Good Shepherd; and his summary is this, - “By these words, my son, be admonished

 

 

Hearers Understanding

 

 

Let us remember that God is in the assembly. An old Puritan divine wrote in his journal:- “Resolved that, when I address a large meeting, I shall remember that God is there, and that will make it small: resolved that, when I address a small meeting, I shall remember that God is there, and that will make it greatBishop J. C. Ryle’s words are well worth pondering. “It may be doubtful whether the modern way of teaching Christianity, as a general rule, is sufficiently simple. It is a certain fact that deep reasoning and elaborate arguments are not the weapons by which God is generally pleased to convert souls. Simple plain statements, boldly and solemnly made, and made in such a manner that they are evidently felt and believed by him who makes them, seem to have the most effects on hearts and consciences. Parents and teachers of the young, ministers and missionaries, Scripture-readers and district visitors, would all do well to remember this. We need not be so anxious as we often are about fencing, and proving, and demonstrating, and reasoning, out the doctrines of the Gospel. Not one soul in a hundred was ever brought to Christ in this fashion. We want more simple, plain, solemn, earnest affectionate statements of simple Gospel truths. We may safely leave such statements to work and take care of themselves. They are arrows from God’s own quiver, and will often pierce hearts which have not been touched by the most eloquent sermon

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

758

 

ANTICHRIST IN FICTION AND FACT

 

 

By GEORGE H. STEVENS, M.TH.

 

 

 

VOLTAIRE is quoted as having said that if there were no God we should still have to invent Him. Similarly, it would appear that those who are ignorant of the eschatology of the New Testament feel compelled to invent some sort of eschatology, so burning is man’s desire to know something of the future history of life upon this planet. Karl Marx, the renegade Jew who is hailed as the great prophet of Communism, substituted for the Jewish hope of the coming of Messiah the perverted messianism symbolized by his concept of the coming Utopia of the classless society.

 

 

In recent weeks we have had more than one example of how folk of little or no faith have yet indulged in some sort of dream of the future. Two outstanding examples given in recent B.B.C. broadcasts, have attracted widespread attention. The first was the televising of George Orwell’s fantastic picture of the future of England, “1984”. We say fantastic, though something of the sort might well come to pass if a totalitarian government secured power in an utterly godless society. A young Jugoslav with whom I discussed the matter said it was only a mild exaggeration of what has already happened in some countries behind the Iron Curtain, with one outstanding exception. There, behind the Iron Curtain, there is still the Christian Church, persecuted and downtrodden, no doubt, but still able to give its witness, however falteringly, to the Kingdom that is yet to be.

 

 

It is not impossible to imagine circumstances on which, with still further scientific inventions placed in the hands of godless men, a situation not altogether unlike that of “1984” might come to pass. But George Orwell, when he wrote the book on which this television play was based, was a desperately sick man, dying of tuberculosis and tragically without any faith in a supernatural or spiritual order. His work therefore ends on a crescendo of despair, which might well appear justified apart from the Christian hope.

 

 

Incarnation of Evil

 

 

As I watched the unfolding of the drama of “1984”, with its ruthless despotism under the dictatorship of “Big Brother” whose face as it appeared constantly on the ever-present telescreens (by means of which every man was watched and his thoughts read) seemed to me the very incarnation of evil power, I could not help thinking of the biblical prophecies of the Antichrist, the “Beast”, “the Man of Sin”, under whose rule evil makes its final bid for power.

 

 

There have indeed already been “Many antichrists and with Hitler still vivid in our minds it no longer seems fantastic to imagine the rule of a personal Antichrist. The fact that a secular thinker like Orwell should have depicted such a man as holding supreme power in the future is of profound significance. Thus another Biblical concept which would have been laughed out of court a decade or so ago now appears as a distinct possibility. There is much talk to-day of world government, and it is generally assumed as a matter of course that were this ever to be realised it would be a great blessing to mankind. The Bible, however, gives the opposite view. It too depicts world government, but under the rule of the “Beast” to whom “was given power over all kindreds and tongues and nations” (Rev. 13: 7). The only world government that will ever bring blessing and happiness to mankind is the Kingdom of God and of His Christ. Nor is the reason far to seek. With fallen, unregenerate man (in Lord Acton’s much abused but none the less profound aphorism), “all power corrupts and absolute power corrupts utterly”. Only the Lord [“of lords”] Himself can be trusted to use absolute power benevolently, since for Him absolute power is always united to absolute love.

 

 

Broadcast Atheism

 

 

Forward by Mrs. Margaret Knight in her broadcast talks on “Morals without Religion”. There is no need to go into her argument Christianity, since it contained nothing new and showed a lamentable ignorance of the very doctrines of Christianity against which she spoke. But something ought to be said about the hope that she apparently has for the future.

 

 

By the application of sound psychological principles to the upbringing of children (children, be it remembered, who are, according to Mrs. Knight, to be taught that the idea of God is no more real than that of Santa Claus, and that the stories of the New Testament are nothing but legend) it is hoped to eliminate the egotistical and anti-social instincts to such an extent that war and crime will be abolished. The great motive power is to be love, so that we are to look forward to an order of society in which a generation of atheists, folk believing that there is no God and consequently no purpose in the Universe, will nevertheless so love each other that war and crime will be things of the past, As Mrs. Morton so sensibly said in her Christian reply to the last broadcast, this all assumes that the world will wait for these lengthy psychological processes to be carried out. It assumes that, and a great deal more as well. It assumes that psychology can not only diagnose the nature and diversity of man’s destructive tendencies, but also give him power to overcome them. This is an utterly unwarrantable assumption. There is no evidence that psychology can do anything of the sort.

 

 

The sort of thing that happens when faith in God is abandoned on a wide scale, and human beings are regarded as test-tube specimens, can be seen behind the Iron and Bamboo Curtains to-day. Indeed of the two visions of the future there can be no doubt that the optimistic vision of Mrs. Knight was by far the more fantastic. If the secularists had the last word in this matter there can be little doubt that there would be no future to which man could look forward.

 

 

Our Lord’s Predictions

 

 

When we turn from these blind leaders of the blind to the words of our Lord, the supreme authority on the future as on all the other matters of importance to the Christian, what do we find? In answer to His disciples’ explicit question, “What shall be the sign of Thy coming and of the end of the world?” He replied, “Many shall come in My Name, saying I am Christ, and shall deceive many. Ye shall hear of wars and rumours of wars. Nation shall rise against nation and kingdom against kingdom: there shall be famines and pestilence and earthquakes in divers places ... They shall deliver you up to be afflicted and shall kill you: many shall be offended and shall betray one another, and shall hate one another” (Matt. 24: 5-11). That is to say, He foretold precisely that the signs of the end would be a multiplication of false teachers propounding erroneous doctrines and philosophies, an aggravation of racial and international conflict, bitter persecution of the followers of Christ, and widespread betrayal of others, and hatred.

 

 

It may of course be argued that such things have always been present in history, and that there has never been a time when they have not been happening on the earth. In a sense that is perfectly true, but there are times when they are more frequently and vividly present. Of all such, can anyone deny that our own age stands out as pre-eminently the age of war and conflict - since 1914 on a world scale - when also more pseudo-gospels are being offered to the world than ever before? Moreover, at a time in history when tolerance is supposed to have become accepted as the one great virtue of modern man, the persecution of the Christian Church has been revived on a scale unknown since the days of Nero.

 

 

No one can say how near we are to the end of this stage of human history. But enough has been said to show the need for especial vigilance, and a sense of urgency in all we attempt in the service of our Lord Jesus.

 

         - The Morning Star.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

759

 

THE LAST DAYS

 

 

By L. W. KEMMIS

 

 

 

THE phrase “the last days” is found both in the Old and in the New Testaments. The Word of God leads us to calculate the coming and indeed the presence of the last days on two scales. One scale is as in the sight of God: the other as in the sight of man. The former is counted on a scale of a thousand years to one day: the latter on a scale of one day to one year.

 

 

I. THE SCALE AS IN THE SIGHT OF GOD.

 

 

In Heb. 1: 1 we read God “hath in these last days spoken unto us by His Son”. Clearly the last days had already commenced when the Son of God, made flesh - Jesus Christ - went about preaching the Gospel [‘of the kingdom’] nearly two thousand years ago. But the last days of what?

 

 

The number seven signifies completion, e.g., the seven days of the week, the seven seals, the seven trumpets or the seven bials. The last days of the week therefore incorporate the fifth, sixth and seventh days of the week.

 

 

In Psa. 90 we are told that “a thousand years in thy (God’s) sight are but as yesterday”, and in 2 Pet. 3 this is confirmed to us, “one day is with the Lord as a thousand years and a thousand years as one day”.

 

 

If seven is the complete number, should we not expect seven thousand years from the completion of creation (in seven days) and the entering of sin into the world till the consummation. Does not Holy Scripture indicate such to be the case?

 

 

Rev. 20 speaks three times of the thousand years’ reign of Christ in righteousness while Satan is bound. It is the last day of a thousand years as in God’s sight. Therefore the day of rest - rest from wars and strifes. Christ’s reign of peace on earth as He rules the nations with a rod of iron. This leaves six days as in God’s sight to be accounted for.

 

 

Genesis gives the ages of the patriarchs at the birth of their heirs. Thus we have the means of reckoning there were four thousand years or four days with Providence from Adam to Christ. We know some nineteen hundred and fifty years have passed since His first coming. We therefore now stand at the end of the sixth day - the fifth and sixth days, spoken of in the Bible as “the last days”.

 

 

Are there then but some fifty years to run before the Prince of Peace takes His power and reigns? Jesus Christ, as Man, spoke to men as on the scale in man’s sight. That is a day to a year. He said with reference to the last days that “except those days be shortened, no flesh should be saved”. In the light of modern warfare how true! Jesus continued: “But for the elect’s sake those days shall be Shortened”.

 

 

If there are but fifty more years - [and “after two days” (Hosea 6: 2, R.V. ) i.e., after 2,000 years from our Lord’s First Advent (2 Pet. 3: 8, R.V.)] - and they have to be shortened according to the Scripture which “cannot be broken”, how near are we [today in 2020 (according to our calendar)] to the Lord’s second Coming in the clouds? Not only are we in the last days, but in the last one-twentieth of the last day before the millennium is established. The eleventh hour indeed.

 

 

II. THE SCALE AS IN THE SIGHT OF MAN.

 

 

Have we any Scriptural authority for supposing that God has based prophetical times on the scale of a year to a day? The answer is Yes, abundantly so. Did not Israel have to wander in the wilderness for forty years because of the unbelieving report of ten of their spies? Why forty years? Because they had searched forty days. “Each day for a year” (Num. 14: 34).

 

 

Likewise Ezekiel was told to lie on his side three hundred and ninety days for the sins of Israel, and forty for those of Judah. “I have appointed thee each day for a year” (Ez. 4: 5). Thus God gives us a basis for reckoning times as in the sight of man.

 

 

Again, in Dan. 9 we read of the time from the going forth of the commandment “to restore and rebuild Jerusalem” is to be “seven weeks and threescore and two weeks”. That is sixty-nine weeks or four hundred and eighty-three days to the Messiah.

 

 

Cyrus was the first to issue a decree for the rebuilding, but it was hindered by enemy action and Hebrew despondency, so that further decrees were needed. Artaxerxes issued the last in 457 B.C. Add 483 to this date and allowing one in the cross over from B.C. and A.D. arrive at the baptism of Jesus in Jordan, and His saying “the time is fulfilled” (Mark 1: 15).

 

 

If such an important prophecy as this was fulfilled to time, why should not others on the same scale be likewise calculated with every expectation of fulfilment? But there is an important point to remember. Time may be measured on the lunar scale of 360 days to a year or on the solar scale of 365 days to a year, or on both. The Word of God is for all nations. Times are therefore given on the lunar scale that Eastern nations who reckon on it may understand as well as Western nations counting on the solar scale. Be it noted that Turkey switched from lunar to solar dating in 1917 A.D.

 

 

Now recall that in Lev. 26: 18, 21, 24, and 28, Israel, if they kept not the commandments of God should be driven out among the nations for seven times. What is a time? Nebuchadnezzar was driven out to dwell among the beasts till seven times should pass over him (Dan. 4: 25). That king was a type of the Jews to be driven out from Jerusalem and scattered among the nations of the earth for seven times. The Gentile kingdoms are therefore symbolised as beasts. The king was compelled to live with the beasts seven years. Eastern nations in applying the principle to prophecy would multiply 360 by 7 and take each day for a year. The Hebrew punishment for their sins was to be for 2,520 years.

 

 

Jerusalem Released

 

 

Does history tally with this? Nebuchadnezzar's first attack on Jerusalem as king in his own right was in 604 B.C. Add 2,520 on the same principle as above indicated and arrive at 1917 A.D. - the year in which Jerusalem was released from Gentile oppression. The heavy burden of Turkish taxes was taken away.

 

 

Is not this verified in the last chapter of Daniel for it also points us to 1917 both on the lunar and on the solar count?

 

 

Prophecy usually has more than one application. In Dan. 12: 11, “there shall be one thousand two hundred and ninety days” from the time that “the abomination that maketh desolate be set up”. The third such abomination was (and is) the mosque of Omar on [what is believed today to be]* the Temple site. Add 1290 to 627 A.D. and again obtain 1917 A.D.

 

[* See Robert Cornuke’s book “Temple” and “The Temples That Jerusalem Forgot” by Dr. Earnest L. Martin.]

 

 

But the date of the Hegira is 622 A.D. - the date from which the Moslems reckon their time. Use the second figure given in the same verse - 1335 - on the lunar scale, and once again 1917 A.D. is indicated.

 

 

“Blessed is he that waiteth and cometh to the thousand three hundred and five and thirty days”. How very much so to the understanding Jew.

 

 

It is interesting to understand that Turkey who switched from the lunar to the solar reckoning in 1917 A.D. minted their coins for that year with the Eastern and the Western dating on them- 1917 and 1335. Thus 1335 lunar checks 1290 solar and both check the seven times of Leviticus.

 

 

The number forty seems to be remarkably interrelated to the seven times. In Genesis 7, we read “the rain was upon the earth forty days and forty nights”. It was a period of steadily increasing disaster, of evident oncoming destruction of the wicked, but of the salvation of Noah, a believer of God, “a preacher of righteousness”, and obedient to the Word.

 

 

Remembering that Jesus Christ in His Gospel likened the days of Noah to those at the Coming of the Son of Man should we not expect on the scale of a year for a day a like period immediately preceding His second Coming!

 

 

Lunar and Solar

 

 

It is striking that the seven times calculated on the lunar system and on the solar system leaves a difference of forty years at the end of the time. The lunar count ended in 1917; the solar should end in 1957. Is it not therefore unreasonable to suppose that as the world was inundated - even “all the high hills under the whole heaven”, so will the judgment by fire at this end after forty years of increasing iniquity. The daily newspapers bear witness to this increase.

 

 

2 Pet. 3: 5-8 tells us plainly of the fiery judgment, and reminds us of the sin of being “willingly ignorant”. Many [regenerate believers] are willingly ignorant to-day because they will not read the Word - the “sure word of prophecy”, many because they will not really believe it - some because they do not seek to understand it by prayer. See Dan. 1: 3.

 

 

There is an even greater corroboration of this view - the words of Jesus Christ speaking of the end-time signs. “This generation shall not pass till all these things be fulfilled”. Israel wandered forty years in the wilderness till the generation that had come out of Egypt perished. In these last forty years the world has been straying more and more from the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus Christ. If the generation is counted from 1917 [or 2020 as] - the marked date* - how close are we to the day of [Divine] judgment of the quick and the ‘dead’- [(See Rev. 3: 1, R.V.] - those alive in Christ and those dead in trespasses and sins.

 

[* NOTE: It is a “marked date” when the manager of the “Evangelical Book Shop” at College Square, Belfast, said they were clearing out all their stock of Pre-millennial books; and the Principle of “the Baptist Church Bible College” at Moira, said he didn’t want any millennial tracts to be left at the reception desk in the Bible College!

 

When the Holy Spirit has used words “thousand years” to be written six times, and within six verses in the 20th chapter of Revelation, Christians should be aroused from any spiritual slumber they might have, and be willing to respond to what is written, should they not? Or at the very least, make numerous enquiries from other Bible scholars what they think these verses mean?

 

To ignore what God has allowed us to understand - (that “the first Resurrection” is still future, and Rev. 20: 6 is not a reference pointing back to the time of one’s regeneration!); and those who say “the resurrection is past already (2 Tim. 2: 18, R.V.), are in grave error. The same can be said of others who refuse to disclose accountability truths and conditional promises! They are false prophets! See Ezek. 33: 1-9 and compare with Mal. 3: 6: “For I the Lord change not…”

 

When an ordained Presbyterian minister, says to a bible student attending his church: “Drop that word millennial” when speaking to other members of his congregation, should he obey his instruction? NO! When his Lord makes opportunity for him to speak on that subject he should OBEY! Why? Because Peter reminds us that “the Holy Ghost [Spirit] is given TO THEM THAT OBEY HIM” (Acts 5: 32, R.V. cf 1 John 3: 22-24, R.V.). When we experience opposition toward unfulfilled prophetical truths, should we not be better equipped to respond in a gracious manner - for secular wisdom and spiritual understanding are poles apart! (Jer. 9: 23-25; 38: 20, R.V.). Surely by now, we should be able to recognise who the real enemy is! The Apostle Paul said:- “…the god of this age” [Satan, who] “hath blinded the minds of the unbelieving” [Christians], “that the light of the gospel” [good news] “of the GLORY of Christ, who is the image of God, should not dawn upon them” (2 Cor. 4: 4, R.V. Cf. Habakkuk 2: 14; Isa. 40: 5)! Let us ask the Holy Spirit for His help to be better equipped to understand, react, and deal with known apostates within the Church of God today. See Acts 20: 30; 1 Tim. 4: 1; Jude 4, 5, etc.?]

 

 

We Do Not Know When

 

 

It is written, “Ye know neither the day nor the hour when Christ shall appear. It is also written, “Be ye circumspect and so much the more as ye see the day approaching” (Heb. 10: 25). We must not fix dates for what even the Son of Man knew not, nor the angels which are in heaven, but the fulfilment of many prophecies concerning the Jew, the Gentile, and the Church of God indicate “the day that shall burn as an oven” is at hand‑the day of “the glorious appearing of the great God our Saviour”.

 

                                                                                                             - The Advent Witness.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

760

 

 

THE CROWNING OF JOSHUA

 

AND

 

THE MAN WHOSE NAME IS THE BRANCH

 

(Zechariah 6: 9-15)

 

 

By DAVID BARON

 

 

[PART TWO]

 

 

 

From His glorious Person and family, or place of His origin, as “the Man or “Son of David our thoughts are next directed to the great work He is to accomplish:

 

 

“And He shall build the Temple of Jehovah; even He (or, literally, He Himself)

shall build the Temple of Jehovah

 

 

The repetition and the strong emphasis laid upon the pronoun “He” being intended as an affirmation both of the certainty of the fact, and the greatness of the task to be accomplished by Him. Joshua the priest and Zerubbabel the prince were then engaged in the building of a Temple, and one primary object in the visions and prophecies of Zechariah - even as it was of Haggai - was to encourage them in the task which was now nearing completion. But, perhaps as a reward for his faithfulness, or as an encouragement to those who sorrowed because of the apparent insignificance of the House they were then able to build,* the prophet is commissioned of God to reveal to Joshua that another, greater than he and his companion, but whom they in their respective offices had the honour to foreshadow - He who would combine in His own Person the dignities of priesthood and royalty - would build the Temple of Jehovah, of which also that they were now engaged in building was a type and pledge.

 

* Ezra 3: 10-13; Hag. 2: 3; Zech. 4: 10.

 

But, we may ask, what Temple is it which the Messiah, according to this and other predictions, was to build?

 

 

In answer to this question we would say first of all that we cannot exclude from this prophecy the reference to a literal [Messianic and Millennial] Temple in Jerusalem, which shall, after Israel’s national conversion, be built under the superintendence of their Messiah‑King, and which will, during the millennial period, be " the House of Jehovah " on earth, to which 11 the nations will flow " and many peoples go, in order that they may be taught His ways, and learn to walk in His paths, and which will be literally " An House of Prayer" and worship " for all nations!' *

 

* Isa. 2: 2-4, 56: 6, 7; Mic. 4: 1-7 ; Ezek. 40, to 43.

 

 

But there is something greater and deeper in this prophecy than the reference to a future material Temple on earth, however glorious that may be. The Temple in Jerusalem was the outward visible symbol of communion between God and His people, which in the past has never been perfectly realised. And let us remember, mysterious and wonderful as it may appear to us, that not only is the blessedness of man created in the image of God conditional on communion with his Maker, but the infinite and ever-blessed God, the Father of spirits, seeks communion with man. Indeed, it might be said that this was the chief object which God had in creating man - that he might be a temple to contain His perfection and fulness; that the mind with which He had endowed him might comprehend and admire His infinite wisdom, and his heart respond to His love. In the Garden of Eden we get a beautiful glimpse of what was intended as the beginning of a fellowship between God and man, which was to go on and unfold through limitless ages.

 

 

But soon sin - that hateful and accursed thing in God’s universe - entered, and communion between God and man was interrupted. The outward token of this was the banishment of the man from the garden, and the placing of the cherubim with the “flaming sword which turned every way” to bar the way against his re-entering that blessed abode.

 

 

But the heart of God yearned for man, and in His infinite wisdom and grace He devised a means by which His banished be not for ever an outcast from Him.

 

 

He chose Israel, whom He suffered to approach to Him through the sprinkling of blood, which in His mind pointed to the blood of the everlasting covenant which the Messiah, who was to be “led as a lamb to the slaughter was to shed as an atonement for sin; and to them His proclamation went forth, “Make Me a tabernacle, that I may dwell among you The tabernacle was built, and then the Temple on Mount Moriah; but soon, alas! this Temple, too, was defiled, and sin in its progress made such rapid strides that it penetrated even into the Holy of Holies, and God was obliged entirely to withdraw His manifest presence even from His chosen dwelling-place.

 

 

After the destruction of the first Temple by the Chaldeans under Nebuchadnezzar (2 Kings 25.) the Jews built another one after their restoration from Babylon, but the manifest presence of Jehovah no more returned to it; for Rabbi Samuel Bar Juni, in the Talmud (Yoma, f. 21, C. 2), and Rabbis Solomon and Kimchi, in their comment on Hag. 1: 8, all agree that five things that were in the first Temple were wanting in the second - i.e., the ark, wherein were the tables of the Covenant, and the cherubim that covered it; the fire that used to come down from heaven to devour the sacrifices; the Shekinak Glory; the gift of prophecy, or the Holy Ghost; and the miraculous Urim and Thummim.

 

 

But before that Temple was destroyed by the Romans, another Temple, not built by the hands of man, arose, and in it dwelt the fulness of the Godhead bodily (Col. 2: 9). One came, and in sight of the magnificent structure which had then become more a “den of thieves” than a “house of prayer proclaimed, “Destroy this Temple, and in three days I will raise it up again; and this He spake of the Temple of His body Who was this who thus spoke but the promised Messiah, with whose advent the presence of Jehovah should again return to His people, as is implied in His very name Immanuel, which being interpreted means “God with us Behold, “the tabernacle of God is with men” once more, “and He doth dwell with them.” For “the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us; and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only-begotten of the Father, full of grace and truth” (John 1: 14).

 

 

Behold, therefore, O Christian, in the Person of the Redeemer Himself, the fulfilment of these words, “He shall build the Temple of Jehovah for in Him we have the fullest manifestation of the Divine glory, and “in Christ Jesus” is the true meeting-place where communion between God and man is consummated.

 

 

But there is another Temple of which the Messiah Himself is actually the builder, and in which we may see a fulfilment of this and other prophecies.

 

 

“Thou art Peter,” were the words of Jesus on a certain solemn occasion, “and upon this rock” (i.e., the confession Peter had just Uttered, “Thou art the Christ, the Son of the living God”) “I will build My Church, and the gates of Hades shall not prevail against it.” And what is the Church but the Temple of the living God, of which the Tabernacle and material Temple in Jerusalem were but types, and in which His fulness and glory shall be eternally manifested? Thus the Apostle Peter, addressing primarily Jewish believers, says: “Ye also as living stones are built up a spiritual House”; and in a yet fuller manner, Paul, addressing Gentile believers, writes: “Ye are no more strangers and sojourners, but ye are fellow-citizens with the saints and of the household of God, being built upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets, Christ Jesus Himself being the Chief Corner-stone; in whom each several building, fitly framed together, groweth into a holy temple in the Lord; in whom ye also are builded together for an habitation of God in the Spirit” (Eph. 2: 19-22, R,V.). And how glorious is this Temple which “the Man Whose Name is the Branch” is now, by His Spirit through His servants, building! It is He Who, as the Eternal Word, built the material Temple of the Universe, which is filling the minds of men in successive generations more and more with wonder and astonishment. What a spectacle, for instance, do the starry heavens present to us! The more we contemplate them, the more we are lost in wonder at their immeasurable immensity, and the more do our hearts go up in reverent adoration of the God Whose eternity, glory, power, and wisdom they ceaselessly proclaim in language intelligible to every human heart. But the spiritual Temple which He is now engaged in building, when completed, will astonish even the admiring angels, and will throughout eternity show forth to principalities and powers in heavenly places “the manifold wisdom” as well as the infinite grace of God (Eph. 3: 10). But to proceed to the next sentence:

 

 

“And He shall bear the glory, or regal majesty*

 

* The word […] is used in different significations, but it is especially employed to describe royal majesty (Jer. 22: 18; 1 Chron. 29: 25; Dan. 11: 21). Pusey observes: “This word is almost always used of the special glory of God, and then, although seldom, of the majesty of those on whom God confers majesty, as Moses or Joshua (Num. 27: 20), or the glory of the kingdom given to Solomon” (1 Chron. 29: 25). It is used of the glory or majesty to be laid on the ideal King in Ps. 21: 5 - which the Jews themselves interpreted of the Messiah.

 

 

The pronoun is again emphatic: He Himself, and none other, shall build the Temple of Jehovah, and He Himself shall bear the glory, or regal majesty, as none other has borne it. He is peerless in His work and in His reward. His is the glory of the only-begotten of the Father, full of grace and truth.

 

 

Already, as the result of His sufferings, having by the grace of God tasted death for every man, He is “exalted and extolled, and lifted very high,” “crowned with honour and glory”; but this prophecy speaks especially of the royal majesty which He shall bear when He shall come forth again from the presence of the Father - and, all His enemies having been made a footstool for His feet, He shall sit down upon His own throne as the theocratic King of Israel.

 

 

Then, indeed, upon His head there shall be “many crowns”; for, not only will God the Father invest Him with glory and majesty, but men too, especially His own nation, will glorify Him; “and He as the true Son of David, the One Whose right it is to reign, “shall be for a throne of glory to His Father’s house: and they shall hang upon Him all the glory of His Father’s house, the offspring and the issue, every small vessel, from the vessels of cups to the vessels of flagons” (Isa. 22: 23, 24). We come to the next sentence of the prophecy:

 

 

“And He shall sit and rule upon His throne

 

i.e., He shall not only possess the honour and dignity of a king; He shall not be “a constitutional” monarch, who reigns but does not rule; but He shall Himself exercise all royal power and authority. Yes, the rule of King-Messiah will be absolute and autocratic, but autocracy will be safe and beneficent in the hands of the Holy One, Who is infinite in wisdom, power, and love. The result of His blessed rule will be that -

 

 

“In His days shall the righteous flourish;

And abundance of peace till the moon be no more.

He shall have dominion also from sea to sea,

And from the River unto the ends of the earth.

Yea, all kings shall fall down before Him!;

All nations shall serve Him.

He shall judge the poor of the people,

He shall save the children of the needy,

And shall break in pieces the oppressor;

For He shall deliver the needy when he crieth,

And the poor that hath no helper.

He shall redeem their soul from oppression and violence:

And precious shall their blood be in His sight. ...

And men shall be blessed in Him:

All nations shall call Him blessed

 

                                                                                                                      (Psalm 72.)

 

 

The character of His blessed rule is further explained in the next sentence:

 

 

“And He shall be a priest upon His throne

 

 

How full of significance is this one sentence of Holy Writ! As is the manner of Zechariah, we have in these four Hebrew words a terse summary of nearly all that the former prophets have spoken of Messiah and His work.

 

 

Here is the true Melchizedek, Who is at the same time King of Righteousness, King of Salem, which is King of Peace, and the great High Priest, whose priesthood, unlike the Aaronic, abideth “for ever.” “He shall be a Priest upon His throne

 

 

Now He royally exercises His high priestly office as the Advocate with the Father, and only Mediator between God and man, at the right hand of God in heaven. From thence He shall come forth again to take possession of His throne, and to commence His long-promised [millennial] reign on the earth. But, even when as King he exercises His sovereign rule, He will still be “a Priest upon His throne who will have compassion upon the ignorant and erring (Heb. 5: 2), and cause His righteous severity to go forth only against the wilfully froward and rebellious. For our Lord Jesus is “the same yesterday, to-day, and for ever”; and that which will eternally constitute His chief glory will be, not His power, but His grace, manifested once in His laying down His life - a ransom for many - and since in His priestly mediatorial rule, whether in heaven or on earth.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

761

 

THE SECOND COMING

 

 

By D. R. DAVIES

 

 

 

BERTRAND RUSSELL was reported a short while ago to have said that unless the problem of peace is solved very soon, the human race will be destroyed this year!

 

 

This situation presents to the Church a double challenge - first of all to those in the Church who are already convinced of the utter and absolute truth of our Lord’s return, to those who have not waited on events to convince them; and, secondly, to all those in the Church whom events have forced to a new attitude towards the Second Advent of our Lord. Let me deal briefly with each.

 

 

On the “believers” (if I may so describe those in the first category) there falls a special obligation of witness. In the propagation of Christian truth, there are two clearly marked phases, which may be defined as those of preparation and proclamation. In the stage of preparation, the believer is seeking to deepen, to intensify, his own conviction, and to illumine his own understanding of the truth he will proceed to proclaim. This phase involves the believer in personal prayer, meditation, and study, particularly and supremely of the Scriptures. Personal prayer and study do not mean only isolated, individual activity. They imply also a fellowship with other like-minded believers. We have an example of this phase of preparation in the life of St. Paul, who, after his conversion, spent three years in preparation for his public task.

 

 

The preparation, both individual and social, then enters upon the public proclamation. And this is the phase on which convinced believers in the Second Coming are now called upon to embark. In every church throughout the land, there are at least two or three convinced believers in our Lord’s return; at least two or three who, like Simeon of old, look with eager longing for the fulfilment of the Hope of His Coming. And wherever two or three are met together in prayer and anticipation, there too will Christ Himself be. Let those who truly believe in our Lord’s return form themselves into an active fellowship in every church and meet regularly, say once a month at least, for prayer and study and for talks and lectures to members of the church not already members of the inner group.

 

 

The challenge to the second class - those who hitherto have disregarded the Second Advent, but are now awakening to it - is for a new seriousness, which will help them to realise that belief in the Second Coming is not just another belief, but a fundamental belief, without which the Church cannot adequately preach her Gospel to this day and generation.

 

 

In this great matter, a special duty falls upon the clergy, to whom I make an earnest appeal that they should give prominence to the Hope of Christ’s return in their preaching. It is no longer enough to make this belief a merely seasonal theme, just during Advent. The Second Coming in all its aspects - scriptural, personal, historical, social - must be made a staple part of our preaching. In this way, the Church will be led to a genuine and deep-going revival of religion, and to the fortifying of the hopes of the Church in God’s providence in an age of trial and despair.

 

                                                                       - The Morning Star.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

762

 

ELEVENTH HOUR LABOURERS

 

 

 

“ABOUT the eleventh hour He ... saith unto them, Why stand ye here all the day idle?” (Matt. 20: 6). Christ here is rebuking for idleness in the days of the Harvest. Those to whom He was speaking had knowledge of the need for He asks, “WhyThis is a true picture of Christendom to-day.

 

 

Busy for Self-Idle for God

 

 

We have a knowledge that a thousand million souls are as yet without an adequate Gospel witness, yet we stand idly by, while a hundred thousand souls a day are passing one by one away in Christless gloom and night. We are rightly called “idle” for it. Never has a generation known so much about missions and done so little. We have maps and geographies, we have our Bibles, and returned missionaries to inform us.

 

 

We have more men and money to meet the need than ever before. We have ships and planes. We have easier access to these fields and more trained men to occupy the fields, than ever before.

 

 

So the Lord rebukes this generation as He has no other. Those who went in the earlier hours were not so rebuked, for like Abraham, they obeyed and went in faith. What is the true meaning of idleness? In God’s sight, it is simply this - doing nothing for Him. These people He rebukes are in the market place.

 

 

If you have ever been in an Oriental market place, you will see people moving about buying and selling and the whole place is a beehive of activity. One can hear the buzzing multitudes a long way off. No, it does not mean just to be lazy, for you may be the busiest person in town, and yet be idle for God. Busy for yourself, and idle toward God.

 

 

Time, Talent, Money Idle For God

 

 

What makes a man idle? Working for one’s self and doing little or nothing for Christ, makes you an idler in His sight. Elisha was busy plowing (for himself) until he sacrificed those oxen and burned that plow, and went out to be God’s witness. The disciples were busy fishing day and night (for themselves) until they answered Christ’s call. Paul was very busy travelling in the heat of that tropical sun, until he saw that heavenly vision. All these, with their past activities, were only idlers since that activity did not count in heaven.

 

 

Is not this a true picture of our present generation? We have never been so busy, flitting about in business and pleasure. We have time for everything but God and yet we have no time or money for His service. He told us to “seek ye first the Kingdom of God, and His righteousness; and all these (other) things shall be added unto you”. - Matt. 6: 33.

 

 

“Why Stand Ye Here all the Day Idle

 

 

Don’t you know the harvest is white, the labourers too few? Can’t you hear His call? And if not, WHY not? If you, like Isaiah, become a cleansed vessel, you may become a chosen vessel.

 

 

If you are not fit to Go, then neither are you fit to stay. Listen to what Gen. Booth has said to such, “Not called, did you say? Not Heard the call, I think you should say. He has been calling loudly ever since He spoke your sins forgiven, if you are forgiven at all, entreating you to be His ambassador. Put your ear to the Bible and hear Him bid you go and pull lost sinners out of the mire of sin. Put your ear down to the burdened agonised heart of humanity and listen to its pitiful wail for help.

 

 

“Go and stand by the gates of hell,* and hear the damned entreat you to go to their father’s house and bid their brothers and sisters and servants and masters NOT to come here. Then look the Christ in the face, whose mercy you have professed to have gotten and whose words you have promised to obey, and tell Him whether you will join heart and soul and body and circumstances in the march to publish His mercy to the world. Get up! Shake yourself! Do something! Do it at once! Go on doing it! Do it with your whole might. Spare no pains! God will help you!”

 

[* That is in “Hades,” (see Septuagint, R.V., N.I.V., etc.) - meaning the underworld, containing the disembodied souls of the dead (Acts 2: 27, 31, 34,), where they are presently awaiting immortal bodies at the time of RESURRECTION: (Matt. 12: 40; 16: 18; Luke 16: 16: 23, 30, 31. cf. John 3: 13; 2 Tim. 2: 18; Rev. 6: 9-11; Luke 20: 35; Phil. 3: 11; Rev. 20: 4-6, R.V.)]

 

 

God says “Go!” He Does Not Accept Excuses

 

 

What excuse do these eleventh hour people give to their Lord when He rebukes them for being idle? They say unto Him, “No man hath hired us”. Does He take this or any other excuse? They said they were not hired. In other words they had no contract such as the others had of a penny a day. They had no backing of money, or promise of salary. Is not this the big excuse young people to-day make for not serving the Lord at home and abroad? They say, “I would go if some Board or Society sent me”. They will not venture without that. But we see here that God does not accept that excuse. He simply says, “Go ... and whatsoever is right, I will give you”. - Matt. 20: 4. Now what is there to depend on here? All the promises of God. Is that not enough? Would you rather trust man?

 

 

You will see at the end that these likewise received their penny, but with this difference. Because they went in faith with no guaranteed salary, they were rewarded above all others. They were rewarded likewise with these that bore “the burden and heat of the day”. This is an amazing thing, yet that is the way God works. He wants us to have faith and He says, “Without faith it is impossible to please (God)”. - Hebrews 11: 6. Faith honours God and God will in turn honour those who have faith in Him.

 

 

It Looked Like Folly - But It Was Faith

 

 

We waited for two years for a certain board to send us. But times were hard. Many were on the waiting list. Then I heard of the Sudan and of the possibility of stepping out by faith. We offered ourselves and told our friends we were going. It looked like folly but it was faith. We had no sooner stepped out with God than money began coming in towards our passage and outfit. Within a few months we were on our way.

 

 

We had our hearts set on opening a new field. But we needed money after we got there. On the way to Africa we met a young man aboard ship and we were privileged to lead him to the Lord. We did not know it at the time but he told us later he was planning to commit suicide. Nor did we know then he was a millionaire’s son. This young man changed his mind and went inland with us to help open a new station in a large new area. He not only laboured with us but furnished the needed funds as well! If we take the initial step of faith God will be with us and meet all our needs. For God honours faith and faith honours God.

 

 

God Honours Faith and Rewards Faithfulness

 

 

These eleventh hour labourers went in faith, with no promise of a penny, or even a tenth of a penny. The Husbandman only promised “Whatsoever is right, I will give you”. - Matthew 20: 4. They had to trust God’s goodness and not to good pay. But they answered that emergency call and they received as much as they who worked all day, and received it first. What marvellous grace was shown to them!

 

 

It caused the earlier workers to murmur saying, “These last have (worked) but one hour, and thou hast made them equal unto us, which have borne the burden and heat of the day”. Yes, faith pleases God and if you want to be favoured of Him, have faith!

 

 

The Husbandman’s answer was, “I do thee no wrong ... take that thine is ... Is thine eye evil, because I am good?” - Matthew 20: 15. They contracted for a penny and got it. When God chooses to show grace and reward faithfulness, why should there be complaint? Let us stop murmuring and try to understand His way and how to live and labour in a manner that pleases Our Lord.

 

 

Thousands of Bible students to-day stand around idle, thinking and saying the same things as these did, that “no man hath hired us”. God’s good money has gone into the training of these young people. His faithful servants gave their time to teach and train them, yet they stand idle. Thousands are being graduated out of our Bible schools and colleges, who settle down to a secular calling, often backsliding just because they are awaiting to be hired. There is no time for the process of hiring now, as this is the eleventh hour. We should obey the command to GO without any further quibble, or we shall be too late.

 

 

Now is the Hour!

 

 

All through the day, the Lord went forth at specified times - the third hour, the sixth hour, and the ninth hour. Now a break comes and a new thing is done. He goes forth at the eleventh hour, not the twelfth hour, according to the set time. No, that would be too late. The twelfth hour stands for darkness, and you know what happened at midnight when the Bridegroom came and the door was shut. There was no time for either service or re-entrance. Now is the time to answer God’s call and Christ’s constraint. This is the eleventh hour and no time for idling. What we do must be done in this last hour.

 

 

God is calling! Christ is constraining! The heathen are saying, “Come over and help us”, and yet many of us have failed to answer and still say, “No man hath hired us”.

 

 

Mouth Closed to Excuses

 

 

Jesus said “Lift up your eyes, and look on the fields, for they are white unto harvest”. He closed our mouth to excuses for ever for He said, “Say not ye, There are yet four months, and then cometh harvest”. - John 4: 35. Christian, if you are among those who are waiting for an impulsive call, you may be forever waiting. Please believe me when I say that Christ’s plain command to “Go Ye” is greater and more important than any sentimental impulse.

 

 

Let Christ’s love constrain you to go. In my own case this is true for that is all that constrained me to go and I am not conscious of having made a mistake after 25 years of service. God’s call and Christ’s constraint is sufficient for me. Do not wait for your church or denomination to send you. If you have faith obey God, and He will give you “whatever is right” just as He said.

 

 

Harvest is Precious

 

 

Why did these eleventh hour labourers get so much for so little labour? Why was their time of only one hour worth as much as those who worked the whole day? Can I tell you why I think it was so precious? It was harvest time and a man will give everything he has to save the harvest. If the harvest is lost, all is lost. All labour and expense of sowing and cultivating is gone with the wind if the harvest is not gathered. It is better to be slack in sowing and careless in cultivation than fail at harvest.

 

 

That is why the Lord of the Harvest was willing to pay such a rich reward to those who answered His last desperate plea for labourers. They worked but one hour and even then it was in the cool of the evening, yet their labour was so precious that He rewards them twelve times as richly as the others. They laboured, too, in faith, not having a definite promise of a set reward.

 

 

In every nation millions await the reapers. Time is short. God offers rich rewards. It only remains for us to hasten and be faithful. Others have laboured and we must “enter into their labours”.

 

 

We may not be trail blazers like Livingstone, Carey and Taylor but almost anyone may come in on the harvest. Livingstone said he could have counted his converts on the fingers of both hands. That was a time of sowing. To-day are days of the harvest and almost anyone, even though he is not worthy to pick up the sandals of such a man as David Livingstone, can go out to that same Dark Continent and perhaps win his thousands to Christ! What makes the difference? HARVEST!

 

 

When Livingstone wanted to reach the heart of Africa it took the greater part of a year to do so. To-day one can fly from New York to the heart of Africa in three days.

 

 

What a fearful responsibility is ours! And yet what glorious opportunity! We can at best be only Eleventh Hour Labourers. We may possibly be among those who receive their reward first for if He comes and finds us living and labouring in His Harvest, we have the promise, “Behold, I come quickly; and my reward is with Me, to give every man according as his work shall be”. - Revelation 22: 12. These shall be rewarded according to this parable before the prophets and apostles are raised from the dead* for the Lord will find them at the battle’s front when He comes!

 

[* That is, by means of a selective rapture of those “… accounted worthy to escape all these things” - (Antichrist’s persecutions during the Great Tribulation.) - “that shall come to pass, and to stand before the Son of man:” (Luke 21: 36, A.V.). Again: “Because thou hast kept the word of my patience,” - (God’s patient endurance.) - “I also will keep thee from the hour of temptation (“… the trial of that…” Lit. Greek) - “which shall come upon all the world” (Rev. 3: 10, A.V.). “KEEP YOURSELVES IN THE LOVE OF GOD” (Jude 21).]

 

                                         - Herald of His Coming.

 

 

*       *       *

 

 

THE NAME

 

 

“Without making bare a sword, Christ has established a universal empire. Without founding a school, He has illuminated the intellect of the races of the world. Without instituting a reform, He is compelling the transformation of human character. Subtract Jesus from history and the remainder will be a zero. Cancel Christ and this planet will be a good place to emigrate from. The name which soothes to rest the sin-stained conscience and girds the soul for victory in its daily struggle with temptation; the name that heals the ache of the breaking heart and shines like a star through the shadow of death and the deep mystery of life, is the name that long ago was written in Latin and Greek and Hebrew and placed over the cross upon which the Saviour of men died for the sin of the world. To exalt that name with our lips and to magnify it with our lives is your privilege and mine.”

 

                                                 - The Good Samaritan.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

763

 

THE HEART

 

 

By D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

IT is a cardinal principle of the world - a principle on which all thought around us is built up, in the sharpest possible contrast to the truth of God - that man’s heart is good: the entire fabric of politics and sociology is based, by everybody, on this fundamental principle of the goodness of man’s heart. Rousseau, the author of “The Rights of Man,” and the founder of all modern revolution, says:- “Man is by nature a virtuous and benevolent being; therefore the impulses and judgments of a majority of mankind must be morally rightThis is the death-trap into which the Church of God is being led, and which is the false basis of all Christian political and Socialistic action. “The crimes that men commit,” says H. G. Wells, “and which bring them under the bludgeonings and torturing restrictions of the law, spring only very rarely from any natural blackness in the human heart

 

 

The Heart

 

 

Now nothing could be more vitally opposed to the Christian Faith; nothing could be in more immediate and direct collision with the teaching of Christ. After Jesus had spoken to the crowd, the disciples challenged Him, and He says:- “Are ye also even yet without understanding? to eat with unwashen hands defileth not the man; but out of the HEART come forth the things which defile the man” (Matt. 15: 16). Even Philo, the wisest of the heathen, saw a kindred truth, and said:- “By the mouth mortal things enter; but immortal things issue”. The Grostic lodges sin in diet; the Communist lodges it in institutions; so the Sacerdotalist cures it by holy water; and half the inhabitants of the world today - Buddhists, Hindus, Mohammedans - in order to change men, change the externals: the Lord Jesus plants all - the disease and the cure - in the heart. He says:- “There is NOTHING from without the man, that going into him can defile him; but the things which proceed out of the man” - not out of a man, or of some man, or of many men, but out of the MAN, as man - “are those that defile the man” (Mark 7: 15). George Lansbury, the Socialist, says:- “We claim that wars and strife between classes cannot be got rid of until we get rid of the causes that produce these evils; and in our judgment these causes are inherent in the Capitalist system”. On the contrary, the Son of God declares that the poison of the world is not in an institution, which might be altered; or in circumstances, which might be changed; or even in one of a man’s limbs, which could be amputated: it is in the very core and essence of man - THE HEART. When the wheels of a watch move within, the hands of the watch move without. “With the heart man believeth unto righteousness” (Rom. 10: 10).

 

 

Spiritual Tombs

 

 

Our Lord expressed the truth in a picture extraordinarily and appallingly graphic. He says to the Pharisees:- “Ye are as the tombs which appear not, and the men that walk on them know it not” (Luke 11: 44). Perhaps no modern case is more vivid than Dr. Crippen’s. In a long murder trial Dr. Crippen’s nerve of iron never wavered; no shame, no blush, no twitching muscle ever betrayed him; he pleaded ‘not guilty’ at the start of the trial, and said - “I protest my innocence” at the end; and under a cross-examination by the ablest intellects his face and his replies betrayed absolutely nothing. But, even more remarkable, witness after witness came forward to attest a character of known sweetness and amiability: not one witness knew him as anything but an affectionate husband, a kind friend, an upright business man. And yet his murdered wife’s remains were dug up from the cellar floor; and the Lord Chief Justice of England, following a unanimous Jury, declared that “the ghastly and wicked crime” was established upon “evidence which could leave no doubt in the mind of any reasonable man”; and Dr. Crippen was hung. Myriads around us are hidden tombs; carrying about, wherever they go, dead hearts; garnished, respectable, apparently upright mausoleums of all wickedness. “And the men that walk over them KNOW IT NOT

 

 

No Outside Cure

 

 

Now it is obvious that the cure must be where the seat of the disease is therefore the human cure is on the surface, where they think the disease is, but where it is not. “Ye cleanse the outside Jesus says to the Pharisees, “but your inward part is full of extortion” - the very sin to which the Socialist is most sensitive - “and wickedness” (Luke 11 : 39). Skin-ointments never cure heart trouble. Underneath the skin, underneath the flesh, deep inside a man is his spirit, his heart: all the shiftings of environment, all the changing of institutions, all the washings in the world - ablutions the most constant and scrupulous - cannot ever touch the heart, much less cleanse or cure it. As the Duke of Wellington said:- “By education, and education only, you can make clever devils.” We wash our hands - like Pilate - instead of our hearts; and Jehovah says, “Though thou wash thee with lye, and take thee much soap, yet thine iniquity is marked before me, saith the Lord God” (Jer. 2: 22). You cannot make water pure by whitewashing the pump: you cannot make music by painting the organ-pipes: you cannot make a watch keep time by gilding the case. As Livingstone, saint though he was, wrote to a friend:- “You think much more highly of me than I deserve. You see the outside. I see the heart, and He Who knows the heart sees in me a bitter fountain. The providence of God has been most graciously manifested to me, notwithstanding all my defects and sins“Keep thy heart with all diligence; for our of it are the issues of life” (Prov. 4: 23).*

 

[* NOTE: Being set in a context of works, the only “life” which is meant here is that attained by the regenerate believer, (Phil. 3: 11; cf. Luke 20: 35) - after the time of “the first Resurrection,” and during the millennial “Age to come:” (Rev. 20: 4-6; Heb. 6: 5, R.V.).]

 

 

The Cure

 

 

So there is a Divine cure, and our Lord has revealed it for ever. He says:- “Cleanse first the INSIDE, that the outside may become clean also” (Matt. 23: 26). The Pharisee, like the Sacerdotalist or the Hindu, washes the outside, to make the inside clean; God washes the inside first, that the outside may become clean: regeneration is the sole fountain of real and permanent reformation. As the Apostle James says (4: 8): “Cleanse your hands, ye sinners, and purify your hearts, ye double-minded”; or as God has said through Jeremiah (4: 14) - “Wash thine HEART from wickedness, that thou mayest be saved.”* But what exactly is it that cleanses the heart, the conscience, the motives? “How much more shall THE BLOOD OF CHRIST cleanse your conscience from dead works” (Heb. 9: 14): “who washed us from our sins BY HIS BLOOD” (Rev. 1: 5); “that he might sanctify the people THROUGH HIS OWN BLOOD” (Heb. 13: 12); “THE BLOOD of Jesus Christ his Son cleanseth us from all sin” (1 John 1: 7).

 

[* NOTE: This is pointing to a future salvation, for [“the elect”] who were previously “saved” “by grace … through faith” (Eph. 2: 8) alone in Jesus Christ. See 1 Pet. 1: 1-23, R.V.).]

 

 

Whiter Than Snow

 

 

So the cry should go up from all hearts:- “Wash me, and I shall be whiter than snow” (Ps. 51: 7). When whiteness is stricken through the heart of a man, it whitens all outward: the life grows white, for it is white at the fountainhead. “Though thy sins are as scarlet, they shall be AS WHITE AS SNOW” (Isa. 1: 18).

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

764

 

PRAYER - BY ANOTHER NAME?

 

 

By A. G. TILNEY

 

 

 

ONCE had a colleague who more than amused himself by planning imaginary trans-European railway trips. He collected information about various Continental countries and cities of interest, got the departure and arrival times of ships and trains (planes were not in common use yet), and worked out the cost and the pleasure of his imaginary journeys from his armchair.

 

 

It is notorious that pilgrims to the Holy Land often knew far more about Palestine than did the inhabitants of the country, for they had studied it from the Bible; indeed, we are told that General Allenby found the Book of Joshua a very reliable guide for his invasion and last Crusade in 1917.

 

 

May we not call prayer thinking ahead, thinking around what we are going to do, and voicing a kindly desire with faith in God? May we not in a word call it spiritual organisation?

 

 

The people who do not pray are the self-sufficient, the self-centred, the self-satisfied and self-confident - perhaps even the sulky and surly.

 

 

Prayer involves interest and sympathy, imaginativeness and understanding. It implies on our part some acquaintance with God’s power, love and plan, His willingness to help, and actual experience of His love in time past, for which we return thanks and praise. In our turn we recognise that we are God’s representatives, ready to help others as they show need. Hence prayer is not only action at a distance, but present assistance in trouble. I remember on one occasion dumb-founding a man who asked me for the price of a lunch, but who said he did not believe in God, by replying, “Well I do, and He’s telling me to give you half-a-crown” (incidentally my last coin for some time).

 

 

What about praying for your day, as lots of other people do? “More things are wrought by prayer than this world dreams of; therefore pray!” Most of us have some sort of time-table, for housework, school or business. If it is not as rigid as British Railways at their best, it should at least be reliable - in the sense of orderly and determined. We have, however, to answer as many of our prayers as possible. In fact God will probably not answer any prayers of our own that we can answer ourselves, but wont, don’t want to. Take getting up in the morning, for instance - winter mornings as well as Monday mornings. The Lord may waken us as unfailingly as an alarum clock, but if we turn a deaf ear, He will, of course, let us remain in bed. Say a little prayer in bed, by all means, but end with this one: “Please, Lord, Help me to get up this very moment!” You will be able to resume your prayer downstairs, if you are really an early bird. You are allowed to pray for yourself first, if you wish, for your own vineyard needs cultivating. But it is a good plan to thank and praise a lot in prayers for yourself, not pharisaically, to be sure, but for God’s goodness to you, and then to send up requests for lots of other people who are in need - the sick, the lonely, the sad, the poor, the oppressed, the unsaved. But as far as your daily work is concerned, try to live it through in prayer - each duty, each class and lesson, each appointment and interview.

 

 

It may be a special day - a Sports Day, if you are still young, or an Examination Day; or it may be a Service, and a Sermon, you are to conduct and deliver in the Lord’s Name. Well, think it out, think it through. The race and answer will - like the service and sermon - depend a great deal upon previous preparation, training and practice. All the same, and though we do of course reap what we have sown, it is God Who gives the increase, and Who will surely help us to make the most of what we have worked at, what we have really done. He will give us courage and confidence. He will bring all things needful to our remembrance. He will make us careful, imaginative, original, seeing to it that nothing important is overlooked. He will make us resourceful, determined, successful.

 

 

Our life is like a play or a novel, with each new day a fresh scene or chapter. It is up to us to sit - or kneel-down and study the characters and their likely reactions in their parts; also, of course, the plot and its purpose. Let us put ourselves in our characters’ places, in their shoes, and live a little of their lives. And not least, let us profit from the mistakes of yesterday or last year. We are going to meet an unpleasant person - then God will give us enough grace to make up for this person’s lack of grace.

 

 

The manager in business or public service will have all the jobs ready for the clerk of the works, or at any rate suggestions for these, giving credit for their outworking, even for their origination; or he will have anticipated the journeys and visits of his travellers and assistants, or of his callers. And this can all be done beforehand in prayer, which is the great unseen rehearsal, the private interview with the Director.

 

 

Then there are the underprivileged, the handicapped - suffering, sorrowing slaves, we can pray for. The prayerful think of them, flash out loving thoughts for them. Every Christian should have, hung upon the walls of his heart, a picture of a hospital ward, and a mind full of sympathy each time he passes a cripple in the street he should pray for the afflicted one’s compensation and encouragement, and send up a little word of gratitude for his own use of preserved limbs, faculties and reason. He should also remember the sorrowing souls he may meet, perhaps carrying a burden with no one to share and cheer.

 

 

The rulers of the world require our prayers - which can support them as surely as our own beloved Queen was supported at Coronation time by the many prayers of her devoted people. Here are lonely hearts and no mistake, with no one to look up to except God. How they need to be kept from harmful impulses, kept open and responsive to all that is generous and true. We are in the New Testament specially bidden to pray for all in authority, for so much depends upon their example and influence - as is clear from the attention God pays to kings and rulers in the Old Testament. If men are there compared to the flowers of the field, then we may say that they are “fertilised” by angels - good and bad - who “stir up” their spirits to noble or evil designs. Here then are ways in which Christians can be the “power behind the Throne”, praying for the establishment of that which is right in the eyes of the Lord and for the correction or overthrow of that which is evil in His sight. The final - or semi-final - drama of prophecy is about to be enacted; we can see the setting, possibly even the actors themselves - the King of the North, the King of the South, and the Land of unwalled villages. And those who can pray are stage-hands, scene-shifters, announcers, prompters - or publicity agents of the coming tragedy of Ezekiel 3: 8, and of the coming triumph of Daniel 7.

 

 

Mourners always thank us for our prayers, and so do missionaries in their circulars. So let us read these, as we are able, and remember them. A little arrangement will enable us to take, if not a country then a continent, nightly for a week, to uphold them and to give thanks for them - our representatives, and the Lord’s ambassadors, in enemy territory. Let us also write to them now and again, considering how much we ourselves love to have news from a far country - perhaps with foreign stamps for the younger children, ours or other people’s; and we too can save stamps to help foreign missions, getting our friends to pass on theirs through us.

 

 

Finally, in this now restricted world, disunited and divided, but crowded as involuntary neighbours, let us envisage the whole restless ocean of it, knowing that it is shortly to become the Kingdom of our great God and Saviour Jesus Christ, Himself now thrilling to the prospect of His impending Return and Reign, and of having us as His fellows to share His Government. The active interest that we show in the reality of the Saviour’s Rule and Reign by picturing its literal Advent, by caring for its actual citizens, will prove both a preparation and a qualification for our share in its control, and this not least by our devotion to the Crown, our personal attachment to the Lord of Glory Himself. In the coming Day there will be many a cry of “Lord! Lord! Open to us but the sad reply will be: “I never knew you!” It is those who are faithful to the Saviour in this time of His rejection to whom He will say: “Come, ye blessed of My Father! Ye are they who have continued with Me in My temptations, and I appoint unto you a throne”. Active service may not always be possible, nor open witness, but fellowship in intercession and communion on the Mount will give us a pre-view of the Coming Kingdom, and acquaint us with attendance on the King. He has bidden us “Occupy till I come - to be about the King’s business, “on H.M.S.,” as we say today. How up-to-date, and what an honour! But prayer and prayer-meeting are not attractive names at present. Even when we remember that “prier” - whence, through “priere,” our “prayer”- is just the French for “ask, request”, we feel that “I pray” is quite as archaic as “Prithee”, and quite as artificial, formal, stagey, lifeless, perhaps even despite our own drawing-room motto: Prayer Changes Things.

 

 

Returning one day to Portsmouth to address a meeting of boys and girls, I met a lad I knew. “Hello, White!” I said, “off to Sunday school?” But “No!” he replied, “I don't believe in God and prayer, and all that sort of thing.” “Why not I pursued.” “Well, what’s the good of it? You kneel down beside a bed, talk to some one you can’t see, and nothing happens!” “Well, suppose you were a father, and a boy who wasn’t your son came along and asked you for something, would you give it to him?” - “No, I should give him a clip on the ear!” - “Well, have you ever thought it’s because you’re not God’s child that you don’t get your prayers answered?” Since I was actually speaking on “S’il vous plait” and “Merci!” - saying “Please!” and “Thank you!” to God - I was provided with a helpful illustration. If we are not only children, but sons of God, there should be in our prayers much more of a partnership of business. Should there not be more spiritual organisation?

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

765

 

THE SECOND DEATH

 

 

By LT.-COL. L. MERSON DAVIES

 

 

 

IT is significant that in these last days of our Christian dispensation when - as Paul foretold - “The Lie” (which denies the existence of Hell, or the awful Lake of Fire) would be widespread among men, we find that not only is the existence of Hell denied by men at large, and by the many false sects (like “Christian Science,” “Jehovah’s Witnesses,” etc.), which have risen in recent times, but it is also being minimised by supposedly orthodox Christians, who either believe that all will finally be saved, or - alternatively - that the irredeemably lost will be exterminated by the Lake of Fire, and so will cease to suffer after a limited period.

 

 

Thus the Bible warnings about the fate of those who refuse Salvation are either denied altogether, or else are reduced to relative insignificance; for no temporary woe can compare with that which has no end. So “The Lie” is now widely accepted - either totally, or in practical effect.

 

 

What concerns us here is not the flat denial of future punishment by those who reject the Bible, but the attempts made by professed believers to treat the doctrine of eternal torment as disproved by Scripture itself. As already remarked, these persons agree that the torment is of limited duration; some holding that it ends in the final forgiveness of the lost, and others that it ends in their extermination.

 

 

Now the first difficulty which faces these writers is that, as even Prof. H. R. Mackintosh, D.D. (no conservative) wrote:- “How apostolic writers could have expressed the eternity of bliss and woe otherwise than by terms they have actually used, it is impossible to conceive” (Immortality and the Future, 1915, p. 204).

 

 

What tactics, then, do the supposed Biblical opponents of the doctrine of eternal torment adopt? These take many forms; but one element is common to all, namely, the declaration that endless torment is incompatible with the Love of God.

 

 

So note that the Devil adopted this line from the first. When urging Eve to eat the forbidden fruit, he supported The Lie (denial of the death penalty for sin) by declaring that God knew that Eve would better herself by eating the fruit. So he represented the death penalty as incompatible with God’s Love and Justice. Yet death came upon the whole human race, because of that act - the consequences of which were quite as drastic as God’s warning had indicated. How, then, do the minimisers of Bible warnings about the Second Death reconcile even the first death with their purely sentimental approach to Scripture? For the Bible speaks just as clearly about God’s WRATH as it does about His LOVE. Obviously, in our day as in Eve’s, it is the Devil’s first object to make men forget that terrible WRATH.

 

 

For God is unspeakably HOLY, and so cannot overlook sin. We are told that “the soul that sinneth, it shall die” (Ezek. 18: 4), and that, “without shedding of blood there is no remission” of sin (Heb. 9: 22). But God’s LOVE found a way - at unspeakable cost to Himself - of forgiving without infringing His perfect Justice and Holiness. He gave His own Divine SON to die in our stead.

 

 

But further note that He “dieth no more” (Rom. 6: 9). So there can be no future sacrifice for sins; and if, as is clear, even the first death would have lasted for ever, but for His sacrifice, much more will the awful Second Death (which is not for a single act by our first parents, but for all our own countless sins) last for ever.

 

 

The strongest available words to express eternal wrath are used; and the contexts show that they did mean eternal in regard to “future bliss and woe Our Lord used the same word to express the duration of both the life of the redeemed and the punishment of the damned; while the Apocalypse shows “that the suffering of the lost will be as long as the glory of the saved, and, indeed, as the very life of Christ.” Our Lord also said, about those who go into Gehenna (or ‘the Lake of Fire’) that “their worm dieth not, and the fire is not quenched” (Mark 9: 43-44).

 

 

We are sometimes reminded of Paul’s words:- “The last enemy that shall be destroyed is death” (1 Cor. 15: 26). But the context shows that the reference there is to the first death; for Paul was discussing the successive resurrections from it, and people will die even during the Millennium, after the Rapture and the First Resurrection, and many will be killed during Satan’s great final rebellion after the Millennium. “Then cometh the end,” or last and general resurrection, when all the remaining dead are yielded up by the “Sea, and Death and Hades” (not “Hell”) and there follows the final judgment (Rev. 20: 13-15). And note that both Death and Hades (not “Hell”) are then themselves thrown into the Lake of Fire.

 

 

We have seen that Scripture indicates no end to the torment of the lost; and that all attempts to argue for such an end are quite illogical and lead to sheer absurdities. The Bible is most consistent and its warnings are very terrible for those who reject the FREE SALVATION which it offers to all. “Now is the accepted time” (2 Cor. 6: 2) - and there is no hope of a future offer to those who ignore the one given in this life.

 

 

And we have had that opportunity. Let us therefore beware of minimising it, and the consequences of rejecting it. No Christian likes to contemplate the Lake of Fire. But it is not for us to countenance Scripture-denying efforts to minimise it, however we may be miscalled for insisting upon the most terrible warnings in God’s Word. If we pander to this long-foretold Lie - denying or minimising the awful Second Death - we not only disparage what our Lord has done in Saving ourselves from it, but we encourage that false sentimentality which does the Devil’s work (cf 1 Tim. 4: 1-2). Since Eden itself, depreciation of God’s WRATH has always led to incurring that WRATH. It is the fear of God which is the beginning of wisdom (Psa. 111: 10, etc.); the wisdom which matters most, because it leads to everlasting SALVATION (2 Tim. 3: 15).

 

                         - Fundamentals.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

766

 

THE SERMON ON THE MOUNT

 

 

By ROBERT GOVETT, M.A.

 

 

(Continued from Matt. 7: 9)

 

 

 

HOW often is a prayer answered long after it has been forgot? “Zacharias, THY PRAYER IS HEARD” What prayer? “Thy wife Elizabeth shall bear thee a son That prayer had been put up often and zealously. But with waning probability, Zacharias’ faith failed: he ceased to ask, he ceased to expect. It dropped from his recollection. And now, just when it is to be granted, he will not believe a messenger from heaven, that it is close on its fulfilment.

 

 

9. “Or what man is there of you, of whom if his son ask bread, will he in answer give him a stone? 10. Or if he ask a fish, will he in answer give him a serpent?* 11. If ye then, being evil, know how to give good gifts to your children, how much more shall your Father who is in heaven give good things to those who ask him

 

 

Monarchs sometimes wear idle titles, or titles really false. For how many years did the kings of England style themselves “Kings of France” while yet they had hardly a footing in that country! But it is not thus with God. Jesus His Son has taught us to call God our Father. He is the Father of all believers, and with the title He wears also the heart of a father.

 

 

Before they pray, God’s gracious heart is disposed to do His children good. He feels for their need, ere they express it. He sympathizes with their sorrows, before they pour them out in His presence.

 

 

Jesus appeals to the fathers round Him, whether they were not ready to grant their children what was good and necessary, ere they asked it. Their sons might certainly trust them, that they would not take advantage of their superior wisdom, to give them what was evil. Ill-will may deceive simplicity, and put into its hand something resembling its petition, and something having a show of good, while yet it would injure. But would a father give his child a round flint instead of a loaf? A flint possessed of no power to sustain life, and ready to break his teeth? Or if he desired a fish in his hunger, would he give him a serpent, to cause him pain and death by its bite? All would reply, No!

 

 

This holds good, in spite of the selfish and malignant tendencies of fallen human nature. The very men who might play such tricks with another’s children, would not do so with their own. The merchant, who in the market would seize every unfair advantage to palm off an inferior or noxious article upon his fellow man, would not do so with his children. He regards them as a part of himself. He should feel love to all: but the only green spot in the wilderness of his bosom is his love to his children. Love shields them from the effects of the selfish and malignant east winds which blow everywhere else across his domain.

 

 

But if children may trust their parents’ benevolence, in spite of tempers, malevolent and banefully active in all other directions, how much more may the children of God trust their Father! He is “Good the only good. In Him dwells no malignancy, no selfishness. Then will He give to His children, assuredly, whatever is good.

 

 

How brief, but how forcible, those two words - “BEING EVIL It tells us at a glance what Christ thought of human nature. It discloses to us, like a sudden flash of lightning in the night, the whole murky landscape. What is the verdict of Him who knows what is man? What says the Creator, the Preserver of the race that tenants the globe? ‘You are evil He does not attempt proof. He assumes it as a first principle, so obvious, or so often proved, as not to need proof. Let moralists talk of the dignity and innate goodness of man, till spoiled by corrupt example! Jesus assumes it as true universally, and from inward disorder of the soul, that the race is “EVIL”. This is the gospel’s foundation. No architect is sent to repair a palace which is perfect within and without. No ship-owner commissions carpenters to restore a vessel which is sound from stem to stern, from maintop to keel.

 

 

Here is the grace of God and of His Son! It is to us “being evil that the message of reconciliation is sent. It was not with anticipation of a glad welcome amidst the ruined sons of man, that Jesus left the regions of splendour and love, for the dark, cold, foggy realm below. He knew its mount to be the Mount of Scorpions, and its dale, the Valley of Serpents. “God commendeth His love to us, in that, while we were yet sinners, Christ died for us

 

 

From the same sentiment of the benevolence of God, it results, that He will not give His children what is evil, though they ask it. If a son ask his father for a venomous snake, with scales of green and gold glittering in the sun, will the father give it? Or if, in answer to a son’s importunity, something in itself injurious be granted in displeasure, will not something to counteract the evil effects, be given also? Here is a lesson which a loving mother gave to her young child. She was “Pickling some peaches [’twas in America] and had just taken them from the salt and water with which they had become thoroughly impregnated, when Maria came into the kitchen, and asked for one. She had eaten ripe peaches in their natural state, and supposed these to be of the same kind. In vain she was assured that they were not good to eat, that they were both bitter and salt; in short, worse than any medicine she had ever tasted: Maria knew they were good, and knew she would like them. Finally, her mother told her she might have one, on condition that she should eat the whole, which she gladly promised to do. But no sooner had she taken a mouthful than it was rejected with the most bitter disgust. ‘I never tasted anything so ugly in my life: mayn’t I have something to take the taste out of my mouth

 

 

“ ‘No, my dear, you must eat it all; you know that was the condition on which I gave it you.’

 

 

“Maria began to cry. ‘O mamma, you won’t make me eat that nasty thing

 

 

“ ‘Yes, Maria, you must abide by your own choice: you see now you had better have believed me

 

 

“Maria was ‘sure she could never get it down,’ ‘sure it would make her sick, it would kill her’; but her mother was firm. At length, with the help of a piece of bread which her mother allowed her, and with tears and signs, the nauseous morsel was fairly swallowed. But Maria did not soon forget the lesson it taught her

 

 

The conclusion of the Saviour’s inferring is not exactly such as we should have expected from the former part of the sentence. ‘If you men give good things to your children, how much more will God give to His children ?’ - would have been the natural close. Instead, Jesus says, “To them that ask him It is fairly implied, that Jesus is speaking of disciples, or of the children of God. Here then is a description of God’s children. They call upon His name. They appeal in their need to God: for aid given they return thanks. They who do not pray, then, are not God’s children. Do you never pray, reader?

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

767

 

THE AWFULNESS OF SIN

 

 

By S. NORTON

 

 

 

THE most solemn fact of sin is either laughed at or glossed over in this our day. It is well to consider that the Lord God, who is Holy in all His ways, hates sin with a hatred which cannot be measured by man. We can appreciate this when we realise that sin is the grand cause of the misery and sorrow at this very day. Pain, disease and death; wars, battles, and fightings; envy, jealousy and malice; deceit, fraud, and cheating; violence, oppression, and robbery; selfishness, unkindness, and ingratitude - all these are the fruits of sin. Sin is the parent of all woes. Sin has marred, spoiled and ravaged the face of God’s creation.

 

 

More than all, sin crucified the Son of God. Should we not expect a Holy God to hate and loathe it, when it works such fearful evil? The wonder is that man should be found in love with that which God hates. The popular idea is that sin is a mere fault which God “winks at” and will, in the end, pass over. But if we open the Bible, we shall read and learn by the types and figures God has given, what He thinks of that fearful thing called sin.

 

 

LEPROSY, Lev. 13th and 14th chapters. Loathsome, defiling, separating, spreading, incurable.

 

 

PHYSICAL DISEASE. The blind, lame, deaf, dumb, palsied, withered, bowed down; doubtless our Lord’s miracles of healing such were spiritual parables of the cure of sinners.

 

 

WOUNDS, bruises, Isa. 1: 6; 30: 26; Luke 4: 18.

 

 

POISON, venom, Rom. 3: 13; Jas. 3: 8.

 

 

DEATH, Eph. 2: 1; Jas. 1: 15; 5: 20.

 

 

BURDEN, grievous and intolerable, Matt. 11: 28.

 

 

SLAVERY, as to the worst of masters, Jno. 8: 34; Rom. 6: 20; 7: 14; the drudgery, worse still, of many lusts and pleasures, Tit. 3: 3; 1 Kings 21: 20-25.

 

 

CAPTIVITY, such as in ancient times, was marked by cruelty and hardship, when captives were bound and often blinded, Isa. 61: 1 (see Concordance on BONDAGE).

 

 

LEAVEN, corrupting, spreading, Matt. 13: 33; 16: 6; 1 Cor. 5: 6-8; Gal. 5: 9.

 

 

DEBT, even to the utmost and most hopeless extent - the bankrupt’s debt of ten thousand talents, Matt. 18: 23-25.

 

 

SPOTS AND STAINS, crimson and scarlet dyed, Isa. 1: 18; double dyed (as the Hebrew word for scarlet implies), Deut. 32: 5; 2 Pet. 2: 12; Jude 12-23.

 

 

FOUNTAIN OF IMPURITY, Jer. 6: 7.

 

 

FLOODS, Psa. 18: 4; Rev. 12: 16.

 

 

CROOKED, PERVERSE, Deut. 32: 5; Psa. 125: 5.

 

 

CAGE, full of unclean birds, Jer. 5: 27.

 

 

GIRDLE, cleaving to a man, Jer. 13: 10, 11.

 

 

VINE OF SODOM, and grapes of Gomorrah, Deut. 32: 32.

 

 

THE OLD MAN, not called “old” for weakness and decay (though Heb. 8: 13 is true of the believer), but rather from antiquity, because inherited from Adam, and also because pervading the whole of man’s fallen nature.

 

 

THE BODY OF SIN, Rom. 6: 6body,” as consisting of many members, and all “instruments of unrighteousness”) (see the catalogue: hands, lips, tongue, throat, feet, etc., Isa. 59: 3-7; Rom. 3: 13-17).

 

 

THE LAW OF SIN, Rom. 7: 25, the antagonistic principle to the ruling power of grace, the deliberate, organized rule and system of evil, Psa. 94: 10.

 

 

Although sin is such an appalling thing in God’s sight, yet we can find in the same Bible the way God takes its defilement, guilt and power from the one who believes in Jesus.

 

 

Thou hast covered all their sin, Ps. 85: 2.

 

 

As far as the cast is from the west, so far hath He removed our transgressions from us, Ps. 103: 12.

 

 

Thine iniquity is taken away, and thy sin purged, Isa. 6: 7.

 

 

Thou hast cast all my sins behind Thy back, Isa. 38: 17.

 

 

I will not remember thy sins, Isa. 43: 25.

 

 

I have blotted out, as a thick cloud thy transgressions, Isa. 44: 22.

 

 

The Lord hath laid on Him the iniquity of us all, Isa. 53: 6.

 

 

He shall bear their iniquities, Isa. 53: 11.

 

 

The iniquity of Israel shall be sought for ... and they shall not be found, Jer. 1: 20.

 

 

None of his sins that he hath committed shall be mentioned unto him, Ezek. 33: 16.

 

 

Wilt cast all their sins into the depths of the sea, Micah 7: 19.

 

 

Hath He ... put away sin by the sacrifice of Himself, Heb. 9: 26.

 

 

All those who know by experience the forgiveness of sin through Jesus Christ, have cause to thank, praise and adore the God of all Grace for such a wonderful Saviour.

 

                                                                                            - The Monthly Messenger.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *      

 

 

768

 

GOD HEALED ME

 

 

By DR. OSWALD J. SMITH

 

 

 

HOW often God has healed me I do not know. Suffice it to say that more than once I have been at death’s door and have been raised up, wholly, I believe, in answer to prayer.

 

 

As a boy I was always of a delicate constitution. Few ever expected to see me grow up. Many times, even when at play, I fainted from sheer weakness. For months at a time I had to be kept out of school owing to my physical condition. Schooldays I almost dreaded; certainly they were not enjoyed, for I suffered much at the hands of stronger boys. Unable to defend myself, I was in constant fear of assault.

 

 

Well do I remember once when while standing in class, everything suddenly grew dark. I fell backward in a dead faint and my head came into violent contact with the hard floor. Once when I went for the milk the woman who gave it to me passed this remark: “Poor boy, he’s not long for this world.” Colds I could scarcely shake. Pneumonia left my lungs weak. Again and again it was feared that I would become a consumptive.

 

 

As a young man in my later teens and early twenties, I developed a serious eye trouble. Every now and again, perhaps twice a month, there would suddenly come a film of some kind over a portion of the sight, so thick that it was absolutely impossible to see through it. As a rule it covered the lower half of the eye-ball, thus making it necessary for me to hold my head down in order to see the street with the eye affected. If I happened to be in class it would be terrible; the letters would dance before me until I was utterly bewildered.

 

 

This experience was of quite regular occurrence and I never knew the moment it might come upon me. It would last for perhaps half an hour. If I was at home, I would bury my head in the pillows, shut my eyes and wait for it to pass away. If outside I simply had to go through the agony of it as best I could. At the end of about half an hour it would leave almost as suddenly as it had come, and immediately complete sight would be restored. But then came the greatest agony of all and the thing that I dreaded beyond description: no sooner was the film removed than there followed a headache that I know not how to describe. It was simply terrible and it always lasted from twelve to twenty-four hours.

 

 

Such was my experience for years. I lived in constant dread of an attack. The moment the film covered my eye-ball and sent everything dancing before me, I knew perfectly well that I was doomed to hours of suffering and that plans for a day or so at least would have to be laid aside.

 

 

Of course I went to eye specialists, one of the best in Chicago and another in Toronto, and all that could be done for me was done. Powerful glasses were made which I wore for years, but which gave me little or no relief. The attacks continued the same as ever. No one was able to help me.

 

 

Then came the movement of the Holy Ghost, and my heart continually rejoiced that God was simply testing me and I was determined to maintain my stand. At last, blessed be His name! relief came; gradually, it is true, but my sight became more and more natural, until finally I was able to recognise people in an audience a hundred feet away. Never once has that film appeared since the day I wholly trusted Him six years ago.* Those days of agony are passed and gone. Hallelujah! Do you wonder that I love Him?‑The Alliance Weekly.

 

* Dr. Smith wrote this account twenty-six years ago. In the meantime he has carried on a tireless ministry in every part of the world.

 

 

*       *       *

 

 

INSPIRATION

 

 

WE believe Scripture to be inspired. And our faith in the inspiration of Scripture has its basis and root in our faith in God Himself. It is because we have experienced the Divine power of the truth Scripture contains, and because in the reading of Scripture we have heard the voice of God; it is because God speaks to us in this written Word that we believe it is God’s. This faith is a conviction, an inward beholding and seeing, a knowledge which far transcends in light and strength, in certainty and firmness, all human evidence and argument. We cannot communicate this faith to our neighbour; for faith is the gift of God, and “they shall be all (and each) taught of God”; we can only testify of it and give a reason, a connected statement of the knowledge that is in us. But on no lower ground can we build our assertion, that Scripture is God-inspired; not on the testimony of the church, not on the evidences (valuable as they are) of the historic faithfulness of the record, the fulfilment of prophecy, the effects of the sublime teaching on human minds, etc.

 

 

The inspiration of Scripture is an object of faith; and faith can only rest on the Word of God, the testimony of the Spirit to the soul.

 

                                      - AOLPH SAPHIR.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

769

 

THE CROWNING OF JOSHUA

AND

THE MAN WHOSE NAME IS THE BREANCH

 

 

By DAVID BARON

 

 

[PART TWO: CONTINUED FROM 751]

 

 

 

“And the counsel of peace shall be between them both

 

 

The expression atsath shalom, “counsel of peace means not merely “peace,” for if that alone were meant, the simple idiom, … vehayah shalom, “there shall be peace between them both would be used. The word used here signifies a counsel planning or procuring peace for some other than those who counsel.

 

 

But who are “the twain” who thus devise peace for man between them?

 

 

Some commentators consider that the offices of Priest and King are alluded to, but the phraseology naturally constrains us to think of persons, not of things or abstract offices. The explanation advocated by Hengstenberg, and adopted by Koehler, is a probable and reasonable one - namely, that “the reference is to the two offices of Priest and King combined in the Person of Messiah, and that the prophecy speaks of a plan devised by Messiah in His double character, whereby peace and salvation should be secured for the people of God,” and on the earth during His reign. “This fact,” observes Dr. Wright, “agrees with the New Testament statements in which the angelic choirs are represented announcing ‘Peace on earth’ as one of the results of Christ’s birth; and with our Lord’s own words, ‘Peace I leave with you - My peace I give unto you the full realisation of which is exhibited in the final vision of the Book of Revelation.” But I am personally inclined to think that another view, which is held by many scholars, is the right one - namely, that “the two” are Jehovah and the Messiah, or “Jesus and the Father* “It is clear, no doubt, that the pronoun ‘His’ in the expression ‘His throne’ is used twice in ver. 13 in reference to the Messiah, and cannot well be regarded as relating to Jehovah. The royal dignity of the Messiah is specially referred to, inasmuch as the Messiah, as King, would have power to perform the work which He had to do. But the fact that the pronoun in the phrase ‘His throne’ cannot refer to Jehovah, does not prove that Jehovah cannot be one of the two persons referred to at the close of the verse. Two, and only two, persons are referred to in the verse - namely, the Lord and the Lord’s Christ; and many eminent scholars - as Vitringa, Reuss, Pusey, and Jerome - have considered that these are the two Persons to whom reference is made in the clause, ‘the counsel of peace shall be between them both

 

* Pusey.

 

 

“The prophecy indeed is closely connected with Ps. 110., where a ‘counsel’ between the Lord and His Christ is plainly referred to, and where Messiah is predicted as King and Priest. This is the natural meaning, and the way in which the words were no doubt interpreted by the hearers of the prophet Zechariah*

 

* Dr. Wright.

 

 

“In Christ to quote another writer, “all is perfect harmony. There is a counsel of peace between Him and the Father whose Temple He builds. The will of the Father and the Son is one. Both have one will of love toward us, the salvation of the world, bringing forth peace through our redemption. God the Father so loved the world that He gave His only-begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish but have everlasting. life; and God the Son is our peace, who hath made both one, that He might reconcile both unto God in one body by the cross, and came and preached peace to them which were afar off, and to them that were nigh” (Eph. 2: 14, 16, 17).

 

 

In all fulness, however, the blessed fruit of this “counsel of peace and the “thoughts of salvation” between the Father and the Son, will only be realised by Israel and the nations of the earth during the period of Messiah’s reign, and by the one Church of the living God through the eternity that is to follow. Then - in the limitless ages to come - “He will show the exceeding riches of His grace in kindness toward us in Christ Jesus, according to His good pleasure which He purposed in Him unto a dispensation of the fulness of the times, to sum up all things in Christ, the things in the heavens, and the things upon the earth ... according to the purpose of Him who worketh all things after the counsel of His will” (Eph. 1: 9-11, 2: 7, R.V.).

 

 

We now come to the 14th verse. First let me give a word of explanation in reference to the difference of the names here as compared with the 10th verse. As to Helem, it is the same as Heldai, the difference being probably occasioned by a very slight scribal error of running two separate Hebrew letters into one. “Hen” is not a proper name at all, but an appellative, meaning “the favour,” or “grace,” and is rightly rendered in the margin of the R.V. and by all scholars, “and for the kindness of the son of Zephaniah

 

 

This is very beautiful. The crowns were to be deposited in the Temple of God as a memorial, not only of these three distinguished strangers who had brought their own and their brethren’s offerings for the House of God, but as a memorial also of “the kindness” of this true son of Abraham, who, as stated at the beginning of this exposition, was evidently a man given to hospitality, and received these three strangers into his house. It was apparently a small service rendered to the cause of God, but it was very precious to Him because it was doubtless done for His Name’s sake. And so many a little and apparently insignificant deed done out of love for our Lord Jesus - yea, even the cup of cold water given in the name of a disciple - is treasured up in His memory, and shall in no wise lose its reward - “For God is not unrighteous to forget your work, and labour of love, which ye have showed toward His Name, in that ye have ministered to the saints, and do minister” (Heb. 6: 10). “As we have therefore opportunity, let us do good unto all men, especially unto them who are of the household of faith” (Gal. 6: 10).

 

 

But while the crowns were to be thus deposited in the Temple as a memorial of these four men, they were also to serve as a pledge and earnest of the fulfilment of the prophecy, and of the realisation of the symbolical action on which it was based: “And they that are far off shall come and build in the Temple of the Lord

 

 

These words not only refer to those Jews who were still in the far lands of the dispersion, who in Messiah’s time would be gathered, and take their share in the building of the future [millennial] Temple, as some have explained, but are a glorious promise, as I have already stated at the beginning, of the conversion of the Gentiles, and of the time when all nations would walk in the light of Jehovah. “It is probable,” as another writer suggests, “that the great Apostle of the Gentiles may have had this prophecy in his view when he reminded his converts in Ephesus that now in Christ Jesus ye who sometimes were far off have become nigh through the blood of Christ (Eph. 2: 13).” On the other hand, Peter probably understood the similar expressions to which he gave utterance as referring (primarily) to the dispersed of Israel. “The promise is to you and to your children, and to all that are afar off, even as many as the Lord our God shall call” (Acts 2: 39).

 

 

But again, I repeat, that whatever fulfilment of the words we may already see, the full realisation of them will not be until Messiah sits and reigns a “Priest upon His throne” over Israel. Then, when the law shall go forth out of Zion, and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem, and converted Israel goes forth declaring among the peoples the wonderful works of God, shall the nations which are still “afar off” learn His ways and walk in His paths, and come with their tribute of worship and service to His Temple.

 

 

“And ye shall know that Jehovah of hosts has sent Me unto you

 

 

The fulfilment, or realisation, of what had here been predicted in symbol and verbal prophecy would be, so to say, the Divine authentication of the Message and Messenger, and “Israel will perceive that the speaker had been sent to them by Jehovah of hostsKeil, however, from whom I quote the last sentence, contends that it is not the prophet who thus speaks, but the Angel of Jehovah. “For although in what precedes, only the prophet, and not the Angel of Jehovah, has appeared as acting and speaking, we must not change the ‘sending’ into ‘speaking’ here, or understand the formula, or expression, used in any other sense here than in chap. 3: 8-11 and 4: 9. We must therefore assume that just as the words of the prophet pass imperceptibly into words of Jehovah, so here they pass into words of the Angel of Jehovah, who says, concerning Himself, that Jehovah hath sent Him

 

 

The final sentence of the prophecy reads: “And this shall come to pass (vehayah: ‘this shall be’) if (or when) ye diligently obey (lit., ‘if hearkening ye shall hearken’ - i.e., ‘give heed with a view to obey’) the voice of Jehovah your God

 

 

Not that the fulfilment of the prophecy will be conditional on their obedience - that is, conditional on the will and unchangeable purpose of God alone - but their participation in it depends on their faith and obedience. “Because He had said, ‘And ye shall know that Jehovah of hosts hath sent Me unto you,’” observes an old writer. “He warns them that the fruit of that coming will reach to those only who should hear God, and with ardent mind join themselves to His Name. For as many as believed in Him were made sons of God, but the rest were cast into outer darkness

 

 

The whole Hebrew phrase, I may point out, is taken bodily from Deut. 28: 1, where it is rendered: “And it shall come to pass, if thou shalt hearken diligently unto the voice of the Lord thy God” - then [when God’s conditional promise is obeyed] - all the [messianic] blessings promised to them under the old covenant would be enjoyed by them. Under the law, however, though they were very ready to promise, they had no power “diligently to hearken” or to obey the voice of Jehovah their God, and instead of enjoying the blessings they came under the curse of the law. But what was impossible under the law shall be realised under grace. Then, as one great blessing of the New Covenant under which they shall be brought, the law of God shall be put in their inward parts and written in their hearts, or, as we read in Jer. 32: 38-41, “They shall be My people, and I will be their God; and I will give them one heart, and one way, that they may fear Me for ever, for the good of them, and their children after them: and I will make an everlasting covenant with them that I will not turn away from them, to do them good; and I will put My fear in their hearts, that they shall not depart from Me. Yea, I will rejoice over them to do them good, and I will plant them in this land assuredly with My whole heart and with My whole soul

 

 

And then, also - after Israel shall yield ready and joyful obedience to the voice of Jehovah their God - “shall come to pass” what is stated in the first part of the last verse of the prophecy which we have been considering, and the Gentile nations “that are afar off shall come and build in the Temple of Jehovah“And Jehovah shall be King over all the earth: in that day shall Jehovah be One, and His Name One

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

770

 

OUR ANCHOR

 

 

By D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

NEVER in our lifetime have we learned as we are learning to-day the priceless value of hope. All things are dissolving around us in raging storms; and “when these things begin to come to pass the Saviour said, “LOOK UP, and lift up your heads” (Luke 21: 28). As his boy grew giddy while gazing from a topmast, and was in immediate danger, “Look up!” thundered his father, the captain, and the boy descended in safety. “Hast thou hopeJohn Knox was asked when he was dying. He said nothing, but simply pointed his finger upwards, and died. The root of the word ‘hope’ in Anglo-Saxon means to open the eyes wide and to watch for what is to come: it is one of the three priceless jewels of the spiritual life - faith, hope, and love.

 

 

An Anchor

 

 

So the Apostle depicts our refuge in overwhelming storms as an anchor - only referred to here in all Scripture - the anchor of hope. “We have fled for refuge to lay hold of the hope set before us, which we have as an anchor of the soul” (Heb. 6: 18). Faith saves from the eternal storms, hope saves from the tempests of to-day. All fundamental [and eternal] salvation is by faith alone; but hope, itself based solely on faith saves us from being dashed to pieces on rocks everywhere around; or from being swallowed up in quicksands. “There are storms of care, storms of conscience, storms of temptation; and all thoughtful natures know that the wildest storms that ever rage are those that are felt within: what deep Christian thinker has not some time been nearly overwhelmed in waves of mental perplexity? But if in such hours of dark tempest we retain the conviction that He who presides amidst the glories of heaven is our own Redeemer, and will never let us go, our ship will never founder: in the very rush and agony of waters, our anchor holds” (C. Stanford, D.D.) “Holding faith and a good conscience, which some having thrust from them have made shipwreck concerning the faith” (1 Tim. 1: 19).

 

 

Sure and Stedfast

 

 

Our anchor is now described. “A hope both sure and stedfast The moment comes, in the height of a storm, when the life of all on board depends on the anchor being ‘sure’ - that is, undragged - and ‘stedfast’ - that is, unbroken: a ship, to be safe, must be fastened to a cable that no tempest can snap, and to iron teeth that no current can drag from its grip. Such is our hope. Our anchor is sure, for it has its grip on God, and on the Word of God; and it is stedfast, because in times of storm our hope descends into deep, fundamental truths, which are dead sure. An anchored boat grows firmer in a storm, for the harder the ship drags, the tighter the anchor grips. We are sure that God has a plan; that that plan is immutable; and that, since it is a Divine plan, it can never suffer the wreck which founders every scheme and hope of man: it rests on God’s unchangeable truth and priceless oath. Fierce strain on the anchor is proof that it holds. “When the mighty stream of vanity on which you float produces no ruffling at the point of contact - when it is not disagreeable to you, and you are not disagreeable to it - suspect that your anchor is dragging, that it has lost its hold, and that you are drifting into danger” (W. Arnot).

 

 

The Veil

 

 

Next we learn that the only anchor that holds is the anchor that grips the invisible: so long as we can see an anchor, it is quite worthless. “We have an anchor entering into that which is within the veil No Jew (except the High Priest) ever saw the inside of the Holy of Holies; but he knew what was there: so we cannot see the other end of our cable, but we feel the pull, for we know the facts that are behind the Veil. But it is more than that. Our anchor not only enters within the Veil, but “enters into that which is within the veil”; it fastens itself in the things which the Veil hides. What are these? The blood-stained Mercy Seat - atonement through Calvary; the Decalogue in the Ark - the Word of God; the budding almond - the first resurrection; and the Forerunner Himself * - the Great Overcomer who has already run the race and beckons us on in the running. Our anchor of hope is actually lodged in Christ in heaven, and His entrance is the pledge of ours. “Seek the things that are above, where Christ is, seated on the right hand of God: set your affection” - anchor it - “on the things that are above” (Col. 3: 1).

 

* “The forerunner of the ancient ship was the Anchorarius, the man who had charge of the anchor, and who carried it within the harbour, when there was not yet water sufficient to float the ship in it” (C. Stanford, D.D.)

 

 

Assurance of Hope

 

 

It is most illuminating to note the sharply different foundations of faith and hope. Faith is based solely on the work of Christ:- “Having boldness to enter into the holy place by the blood of Jesus, let us draw near with a true heart in the full assurance of faith” (Heb. 10: 19). But hope rests on our own service of Christ:- “Show the same diligence unto the full assurance of hope even to the end, that ye be not sluggish, but imitators of them who through faith and patience [patient endurance] inherit the promises” (Heb. 6: 11). Our sacred activities “to the end” bring hopeful assurance.

 

 

Present Hope

 

 

Very wonderfully does George Muller create fresh hope in us by his own experience in desperately difficult circumstances. He says:- “ ‘Hope thou in God.’ Oh remember this - there is never a time when we may not hope in God. Whatever our necessities, however great our difficulties, and though to all appearances help is impossible, yet our business is to hope in God. And it will be found that it is not in vain - in the Lord’s own time, help will come. Oh, the hundreds, yea, the thousands of times that I have found it thus within the past seventy years and four months! When it seemed impossible that help could come, help did come from God and His own resources and these resources may be counted by hundreds, by thousands. He is not confined to this thing or that thing, or to twenty things in ten thousand different ways, and at ten thousand different times, God may help us. Our business is to spread our case before the Lord in childlike simplicity, to pour out all our heart before God, telling Him - ‘I do not deserve that Thou shouldest hear me and answer my requests, but for the sake of my precious Lord Jesus - in whom alone I trust for the salvation of my soul, thy perfect Servant, my Saviour - for His sake answer my prayer, for I believe Thou wilt do it in Thine own time and way.’ Thus invariably I have found that, with the exception of one case for which I have prayed since November 10, 1844, my prayers have been answered, and I cannot tell you what an effect this had on my life, and how it has made me a happy man, and in my greatly advanced age, it makes me a very happy man

 

 

Hope In Service

 

 

Hope can control with blessing our future on this side of the grave, making us labour in a fruitless field that will one day be white with harvest. A single example will make this plain. Hans Egede, of Denmark, laboured for twelve years in Greenland, preaching the principles of Christian truth to the natives. They listened, but they were not moved. And at the end of that period the Danish missionary withdrew, preaching his last sermon, from the text, “I have laboured in vain; I have spent my strength for nought He was followed by Missionary Beck, and it was not long till the tidings came of the conversion of Kajarnak, the cruel chief who had listened in vain to Egede. One day Beck read to him John 3: 16; and as the strange words fell on the ears of the cruel old murderer, he listened and he said, “Read it again.” And the missionary read it again, and again, and again, while the old man listened and wondered and began to weep; and at last he knelt down, broken to pieces by the love of God, and accepted this wondrous love; and to-day Greenland is one of the most Christian nations of the world. The seed we have sown - by word or tract or life - can be infinitely more effective than we dream. Payson left directions that after his death a label should be put on his breast with these words:- “Remember the words which I spake unto you while I was yet present with you Samuel Rutherford, writing to Lady Kenmure when she was passing through deep waters, tells us how hope can bring us through any storm:- “I doubt not but that if Hell were betwixt you and Christ, as a river which you must cross ere you could come to Him, you would willingly put in your foot and make through to get to Him, upon hope that He would come in Himself, in the deepest of the river, and lend you His hand

 

 

The Future

 

 

But hope, by its very nature, fastens supremely on the beyond, within the Veil. The hope of vanishing from earth before the horrors of the Day of Terror; the crowns depending solely on devoted service; so overcoming as to share the Throne of the Son of God; supremely, to hear the loving words of our Saviour, “Well done, enter thou into the joy of thy Lord” - all this is hope, but not certainty; but it is a hope of extraordinary stimulus, the direct work of the Holy Ghost. “Now the God of hope fill you with all joy and peace in believing, that ye may ABOUND IN HOPE, in the power of the Holy Ghost” (Rom. 15: 13). In these immense possibilities let us imitate Abraham, “who in hope believed against hope” (Rom. 4: 18).

 

 

Purity

 

 

Very blessedly - the Apostle John sums up the effect hope is to have on our life. “We know that, if he shall be manifested, we shall be like him; for we shall see him even as he is. And everyone that hath this hope set on him” - everyone who is thus anchored on the returning Christ - “purifieth himself, even as he is pure” (1 John 3: 2). It is most remarkable that the burden is placed four-square on our own shoulders - he “purifieth himself “The word hagios is especially used of the chaste spirit; it rests essentially on the internal abhorrence of anything that would tarnish virgin purity and honour; there is no word which to the same extent expresses the whole grace and tenderness of moral perfection” (Haupt). Purity of heart; purity of thought; purity of action; purity of doctrine; “the hope of Christ’s coming must have a purifying effect on all who truly possess it, because without holiness it is absolutely impossible for them to inherit His glory” (D. Dickson, D.D.) In the words of Nelson in his last conflict:- “Now for Westminster Abbey or the peerage

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

771

 

AN EXPOSITION OF THE EPISTLE

TO THE HEBREWS

 

 

By ROBERT GOVETT, M.A.

 

 

(Continued from Heb. 9: 26)

 

 

-------

 

 

 

“He hath been manifested

 

 

JESUS, from all eternity, was in the bosom of the Father (John 1: 18). He came forth thence to ‘manifest’ Himself on earth by His life and death. Thus John the Baptist says:- “I knew Him not, but that He should be made manifest to Israel, therefore am I come immersing in water” (John 1: 31). “Without controversy, great is the mystery of godliness; God was manifest in the flesh” (1 Tim. 3: 16; 1 Pet. 1: 20). The same word is used of the Saviour’s appearances on earth after His resurrection. “After these things Jesus manifested Himself again to His disciples at the Sea of Tiberius” (John 21: 1).

 

 

“Then came Jesus forth, wearing the crown of thorns, and the purple robe. And Pilate saith unto them, Behold the man” (John 19: 5).

 

 

Two different words in the Greek are employed to distinguish (1) the Saviour’s manifestation in the flesh to us on earth (phaneroo), and (2) His presentation of Himself in resurrection to the Father on high (emphanizo). This last word is very little used by the Septuagint. There it occurs in Moses’ petition that God would show him His way, that he might know Him (Ex. 23: 13).

 

 

This self-presentation was typified, I believe, on the Day of Atonement. The high priest was to “take the two goats, and present them before the Lord at the door of the tabernacle of the congregation” (Lev. 16: 7) - Thus Christ was led by the high priest and by Israel before the governor to be put to death.

 

 

“Unto the putting away of sin by the sacrifice of Himself

 

 

The entire removal of sin has yet to be accomplished in the new heavens and earth. Sin will only be finally put away by judgment, which will sever the saved from the lost.

 

 

Christ’s death was His voluntary sacrifice of Himself.

 

 

What, according to Unitarians, are the reasons of the Saviour’s first coming? To give us perfect instruction, and a perfect example of life. What says God? He came to put away sin from man, the lost sinner; and in the only possible way - by His death.

 

 

27, 28. “And as it is reserved unto men once to die, but after that judgment; so the Christ

also having been once offered to bear the sins of many, the second time without

sin shall be seen by those who are expecting Him to save them*

 

* This is the order of the Greek, and where two or more constructions are possible, there the order of the Greek is decisive.

 

 

Death is reserved for men. It is something in God’s mind, though not visible yet. So Paul’s crown was reserved for him. Some would distinguish here, and say, that death does not apply to the saints, who, as in Christ, are beyond death and judgment. The distinction is valid in those epistles which view the saved as in union with Christ. But the expression “in Christ” does not appear in Hebrews. Believers are here regarded as individuals set on earth, and drawing near to God on high. In this Epistle, Christ Himself is regarded as man, and as treated like men. The argument is built on it.

 

 

1. For the living, death is reserved.

 

 

2. For the dead, judgment is reserved. Many understand, ‘after death the judgment as though it taught, that at each one’s decease the final sentence was passed. The article inserted before judgment has led to this. Now the final sentence does not take place at death, although, as our Lord has shown, there is a placing of each in Hades, suitable to his standing on earth, as already condemned, or as forgiven. Thus Dives and Lazarus, at once on their departure, are set, one in Paradise, and the other in destruction. But the final adjustment of the eternal place of each is deferred, until the life and works of each have passed before the judge.

 

 

In this verse is found the answer to a difficulty strongly rested on by anti-millenarians - ‘Christ is entered once for all as High Priest and Intercessor into the Holiest above. How can He ever come out? His intercession must take place there alone. It is necessary for the salvation of His Church. What can avail to take Him thence

 

 

I answer: What brought Moses down from his forty days’ converse with God? Sin and judgment! (Ex. 32).

 

 

‘Judgment!’ Most seem unable to believe in any dispensation but the one that is running on. What is this present day? That of grace; the accepted time proceeding from “the throne of grace But all the [true, and divinely chosen] prophets are full of the day of [God’s] wrath and of [His righteous] judgment soon about to come. While our Lord is in the Holiest it is the time of God’s patience, and of the ingathering of the elect of the Church. But the coming [millennial] Kingdom of Christ is to be warring and judging in righteousness (Rev. 19). The forty-fifth psalm, quoted in this Epistle, testifies of the Saviour’s advent to earth, and to His [millennial] Kingdom of righteousness (chap. 1). This takes place when, at His Father’s signal, He rises up, like the ark in motion, and His enemies are scattered before Him. He is now the Atoning Priest, after the pattern of Aaron. But even Aaron did not, on the Day of Atonement, remain in the Holiest. He came forth to bless Israel. And Jesus is, as the Apostle insists, to appear as High Priest “of the order of Melchizedec Now Melchizedec never appears in a sanctuary: but he appears as both king and priest, and king and priest on [this] earth. When the Aaronic priesthood is inaugurated, Aaron and his sons abide seven days in the tabernacle; but, on the eighth day,* Moses and Aaron come out and bless the people, and the glory appears (Lev. 9). Till judgment clears the field by power, the wicked increase in wickedness, and our hope appears not, and our salvation cannot come. Satan till then is not cast out, nor is the [millennial] Kingdom of Christ come! Moreover, God has three spheres in which He is at work; not one alone, as the anti-millenarians suppose. Remove ‘the Church and ‘Jews’ and ‘Gentiles’ remain still (1 Cor. 10: 32).

 

[* NOTE: In bible numerics the number eight signifies both ‘resurrection’ and ‘a new beginning’.]

 

 

This future judgment will take effect on all - [even on ALL the dead presently in ‘Hades’ (Luke 16: 23, 29-31; Acts 2: 27, 34. Cf. John 3: 13; 14: 3; 1 Cor. 15: 23; 1 Thess. 4: 16; 2 Tim. 2: 18; Rev. 20: 4, 5, 12-15, R.V.) - awaiting their resurrection!]. There will be a judgment of Christ’s friends. “My brethren, be not many masters [teachers], knowing that we shall receive greater condemnation [judgment]” - (Jas. 3: 1; 2: 12; Luke 19: 11-27; Gal. 5: 10). “He that judgeth me is the Lord. Therefore, judge nothing before the time, until the Lord come” (1 Cor. 4: 4, 5; Matt. 5: 21, 22; 1 John 4: 17; 2 Tim. 4: 8; Heb. 10: 30; 12: 23; 13: 4; Rev. 11: 17, 18).

 

 

The coming judgment is one of the foundations of the faith, and is eternal (Heb. 6: 1, 2). It is also ‘once for all,’ like, death. It is necessary, in order permanently to sever the evil from the good, and to adjust the stations of the saved.

 

 

This verse tells us, that man’s trial ends with the present life. Now ’tis mercy, and the call to salvation. But after death there is no further opening for deliverance, judgment comes in, which fixes the destiny of men.

 

 

Thus our Lord, as being man, and made in all things like His brethren, was to die but once, and therefore He can atone but once; so that that requires a perfect and infinite sacrifice. It is “the Christ” Who was offered. This presents Him as “the anointed High Priest He is both High Priest and Sacrifice (Lev. 16: 32).

 

 

And, as Jesus was Son of God, and offered an infinite sacrifice, so it can be offered but once. “He was offeredHis passivity as the sacrifice is now set before us. He “offered Himself as He was High Priest. But as man, and as the victim, He was under obedience, and suffered Himself to be disposed of by His Father. He “was offered and “once for all For as man He can die but once. Such is God’s arrangement.

 

 

“To bear the sins of many The sense of this phrase is very important. To ‘bear’ sin is often said of a transgressor. The priests were not to eat any meat torn by beasts, “lest they bear sin and die” (Lev. 22: 9). Again: “Whosoever curseth his God, shall bear his sin” (Lev. 24: 15).  This means that the guilt of it would lie on him, and made him obnoxious to its just punishment. Hence we have often the added phrase: “and die

 

 

To this attaches also the remarkable phrase, “his blood upon his own head to signify the man’s liability to destruction, as a criminal worthy of death. “It shall be say the spies to ‘Rahab’ “that whosoever shall go out of the door of thy house into the street, his blood shall be upon his head, and we will be guiltless: and whosoever shall be with thee in the house, his blood shall be upon our head, if any hand be upon him” (Josh. 2: 19; Lev. 20: 9, 27; 2 Sam. 1: 16). This gives the more significance to the sinner’s laying his hand upon the head of his sacrifice (Lev. 4: 4). The sin, and guilt, and penalty of the offender were to pass thereby to the victim, and its blood was taken and presented to God as substitute, in place of the guilty.

 

 

After the laying on of the hand of the offerer, the sacrifice was considered as laden with the sin and its penalty. Thus: “And Aaron shall lay his hands upon the head of the live goat, and confess over him all the iniquities of the children of Israel, and all their transgressions in all their sins, putting them upon the head of the goat, and shall send him away by the hand of a fit man [a man ready for the purpose]* into the wilderness. And the goat shall bear upon him all their iniquities unto a land not inhabited” (Lev. 16: 21, 22). The disappearance of the goat, then, was the token of the removal of sins.

 

* Etoimon, LXX

 

 

But that was only one phase of atonement. The other was that which was endured by the goat slain as a sin-offering. It was not only slain, and its blood taken into the Holiest, but it suffered the curse of fire, exhausting the penalty of law as here set forth; (1) death, and (2) after death the judgment of fire.

 

 

Thus it was with our Lord. “My righteous Servant shall justify many, for He shall bear their iniquities “He poured out His soul to death; and He was numbered with the transgressors; and He bare the sin of many, and made intercession for the transgressors” (Isa. 53: 12). “Who His own self bare our sins in His own body on the tree, that we being dead to sins, should live unto righteousness, by Whose stripes ye were healed” (1 Pet. 2: 24).

 

 

Thus, too, the high priest was considered as bearing sins, and putting them away. The plate of gold “shall be upon Aaron’s forehead, that Aaron may bear the iniquity of the holy things which the children of Israel shall hallow in all their gifts; and it shall be always upon his forehead, that they may be accepted before the Lord” (Ex. 28: 38). “Thou [Aaron] and thy sons and thy father’s house with thee, shall bear the iniquity of the sanctuary: and thou and thy sons with thee shall bear the iniquity of your priesthood” (Num. 18: 1, 22, 23). Moses was angry with Aaron’s sons, because they had not eaten the sin-offering in the holy place, “seeing it is most holy, and the Lord hath given it to you to bear the iniquity of the congregation, to make atonement for them before the Lord” (Lev. 10: 17).

 

 

The iniquity when borne by the substitute was put away. “To bear the sins of many Atonement was made generally for all. But Christ was the Substitute specially for those who in result shall be saved, whether those of the Old Testament or of the New. For them the Saviour bore the full penalty, and the curse they had deserved has given place to the blessing merited by our Lord.

 

 

“The second time without sin shall He be seen by those waiting

 

 

Sin being put away by His death, Jesus, like the dead in general, is withdrawn from view. And His presence above before God, as the High Priest, makes this day the day of mercy.

 

 

He has appeared once on earth. And the Father’s counsel is to present Him again the second time on the habitable earth (1: 16). Here then, I again observe, is the answer to the difficulty proposed by the anti-millenarians: ‘How can Christ, having once entered into the Holiest above to intercede, ever leave it?’ The answer is: That “judgment” is in reserve. And that will take Christ out of His present place of service on high to [this] earth. A [future salvation, for the ‘elect’ (see 1 Pet. 1: 1, 5, 9, R.V.) and a future] change is coming over God’s plan. After so long mercy, wrath [and Divine judgment] is at hand. The living and the dead, foes and friends, are to be judged.

 

 

The Saviour, then, when He appears the second time, shall come “without sin He bore the sins of many at His first coming. - He shall bear none any more, nor make atonement again for the guilty. It is not as Mr. Darby says, ‘that He shall have nothing to do with sin in any shape when He returns. On the contrary, He comes to avenge sin, by judgment, wherever it is found (1 Thess. 4: 4-6; 2 Thess. 1: 8; Matt. 24; 25; Heb. 12; 13: 4; Rom. 2). The Saviour came at first, like the high priest on the Day of Atonement, in His robes of humiliation. But He returns* as “the Priest after the order of Melchizedec in the robes of glory and majesty - as Aaron, after the atonement of the great day was completed, was invested with his attire of beauty and glory.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

772

 

THE WOMAN ON THE SEVEN HILLS

 

 

 

I

 

NO other city in the world has ever been celebrated, as the city of Rome has, for its situation on seven hills. Pagan poets and orators, who had no thought of elucidating prophecy, have alike characterised it as “the seven-hilled city.” Thus Virgil refers to it:- “Rome has both become the most beautiful (city) in the world, and alone has surrounded for herself seven heights with a wall* Propertius, in the same strain, speaks of it (only adding another trait, which completes the Apocalyptic picture) as “The lofty city on seven hills, which governs the whole world** Its “governing the whole world” is just the counterpart of the divine statement - “which reigneth over the kings of the earth” (Rev. 17: 18). To call Rome the city “of the seven hills” was by its citizens held to be as descriptive as to call it by its own proper name. Hence Horace speaks of it by reference to its seven hills*** alone, when he addresses “The Gods, who have set their affections on the seven hillsMartial, in like manner, speaks of “The seven dominating mountains**** In the Apocalyptic visions, it is just before the judgment upon her that, for the first time, John [the Apostle] sees the Church with the name Babylon the Great “written upon her forehead” (Rev. 17: 5). What means the writing of that name “on the forehead”? Does it not naturally indicate that just before judgment overtakes her, her real character was to be so thoroughly developed, that every one who has eyes to see, who has the least spiritual discernment, would be compelled, as it were, on ocular demonstration, to recognise the wonderful fitness of the title which the Spirit of God has affixed to her. It is singular that the Roman Church has once actually taken this very symbol as her own chosen emblem. In 1825, on the occasion of the jubilee, Pope Leo XII. struck a medal, bearing on the one side his own image, and on the other, that of the Church of Rome symbolized as a “Woman holding in her left hand a cross, and in her right a CUP, with the legend around her, “Sedet super universum,” “The whole world is her seat

 

* Georg., lib. ii. v. 534, 535.  ** Lib. iii. Eleg. 9, p. 721.  ***Carmen Seculare, v. 7, p. 497. *** Lib. iv. Ep. 64, p. 254.

 

 

- ALEXANDER HISLOP.

 

 

II

 

 

The Woman is “drunken with the blood of the saints” (Rev. 17: 6). ’Tis no slight draught of blood that intoxicates her: it is long and deep. For many years the Most High has restrained Rome’s persecutions: only in secret has she been able to slay. But this predicts a time when those who refuse her superstitions will be cut off in numbers. Rome has slept off her former potations of blood, and is cool and wary. This predicts a day when she will have power to destroy all who will not bow to Trent, and to the Jesuit. Then she will imagine that all is secure: caution will be cast to the winds. Then her hour of doom has struck.

 

 

It is instructive to notice that she is not said to shed blood, but to drink it. Papal Rome nominally refuses to shed blood. She does not kill heretics herself: she only intimates her pleasure, that kings and emperors should be her executioners. But God despises the flimsy pretext, and lays at her door the guilt of the blood shed. It is of the last that the Holy Spirit is speaking. The Woman coquets with the kings of the earth. After a merciful cessation, continued till our day, papal persecutions revive; and continue till the Imperial Head is restored, and destroys the Woman.

 

- ROBERT GOVETT.

 

 

III

 

 

Political facts are enlightening Canadian Christians on a danger to which prophecy ought to have made (but has not) all believers wide awake. The Evangelical Christian, Toronto, says (June, 1943):- “To-day we are witnessing the greatest barrage of Romanist propaganda this world has ever seen. It is being laid down by this system with the one sole purpose of winning individuals and governments to its side, and few are the voices being raised against it in defence of the Gospel. The press, the radio, the movies - every organ of publicity, in fact, is being pressed into the service of Rome in the most subtle, devilish manner under the aegis of ‘Catholic Action’. At the same time all criticism of Rome is stifled, a paralysis of fear afflicts our leaders in the political field, while the Protestant Church for the most part slumbers on, supinely indifferent to the tremendous forces arrayed against her, and saying like Simple of old, ‘I see no danger.’

 

 

The Church of Rome is not destined for conversion but for destruction. Its end is set forth in the Bible, and timed to take place when this dispensation shall close. It will go down in headlong ruin, sudden, awful and complete, under the apocalyptic judgments of God. That there are Christians within the Church of Rome we have not the slightest doubt, even as there were saints in Caesar’s household and some who wore white garments in Sardis, but they are Christian in spite of the system that is leading multitudes to perdition, and not because of it. They may be in the Church of Rome, but they are not of it. It is to such that God is saying ‘Come out of her, my people, that ye partake not of her sins and receive not of her plagues’ (Rev. 18: 4).”

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

773

 

FREEDOM AS INTERPRETED BY ROME

 

 

By A. STUART McNAIRN

 

 

 

No voice is more clear or insistent in the chorus of Freedom than that of the Roman Catholic Church. The Pope himself has made repeated references to the inalienable right of nations, races, and individuals to this fundamental gift of God. It is only the student of history, or the traveller in Roman Catholic lands, who raises his mental eyebrows when confronted with this claim. There can, of course, be no controversy as to history, nor as to the fact that Rome has been the consistent enemy of human freedom through the ages. Through these ages she has reiterated by papal bull, as well as by the mouths of her greatest theologians and leaders, her detestation of the claim to liberty of thought, of conscience, of worship, on the part of the individual. The gruesome record of the Inquisition, the bloody massacres and persecutions, the fate of martyrs like Latimer and Ridley, all light up with lurid significance Rome’s interpretation of that for which she professes to be fighting side by side with us to-day - Human Freedom, including freedom of thought, conscience and worship.

 

 

All that, however, is dismissed to-day by the freedom-and-tolerance-loving Protestant, as stirring up old-forgotten things that have no bearing on present-day problems and relationships: and Rome sedulously fosters this useful delusion. In England there are no indications of intolerance, or interference with the liberty of the individual: in fact, there is no more common epithet than that of “bigot” or “fanatic” hurled by our Catholic press against any zealous Protestant writer who ventures to sound a warning note against the steady but unobtrusive encroachments of Rome in our land. But in those lands where the Roman Catholic Church is dominant, the picture is very different.

 

 

Take Spain, the very home of Catholicism. In 1937, General Franco promised complete religious liberty if he became victor, thus winning much sympathy and support for his cause in this country; and the Duke of Alba, in a letter to The Times, guaranteed the same consideration. But what followed? To-day, every vestige of liberty is denied. The Bible is forbidden. The whole stock of Scriptures held by the British and Foreign Bible Society in Madrid was confiscated. Evangelical places of worship have been closed. Missionaries have had to leave the country, and many national workers have been imprisoned and shot.

 

 

Spain knows nothing of human freedom to-day; for there Rome is supreme. The Spanish Ministry of Education writes: “We must be absolutely intolerant to ideas and views that are contrary to the Roman Catholic Church.” When Rome speaks of religious liberty, freedom of worship, she means, always and only, liberty for the practice and propagation of the Roman Catholic faith. The Cardinal Archbishop of Canada declared, as recently as 1938, that “it is never permitted ... to grant freedom of thought, writing, or teaching, and the undifferentiated freedom of religions ... as so many rights which nature has given to man.” The same Cardinal Villeneuve declared more recently: “The Catholic Church does not believe in democracy

 

 

Now, the extraordinary thing is that many Roman Catholics in this country have no idea of these things, and would repudiate with indignation the suggestion that their Church would ever persecute Protestants as they may once have done in the old, dark days, “just as Protestants did to Catholics,” say they. And the average Protestant is equally ignorant of the true attitude of Rome towards that code of tolerance and religious liberty that is the very native air of these lands. It is of the first importance, therefore, that both Protestants and Catholics, in this land of freedom and religious liberty, should be made aware of the facts, and of the true attitude of the Church of Rome to this fundamental human right. For it cannot be too emphatically stated that there are two distinct systems included under the title, “Church of Rome.” One is a professedly Christian Church, including millions of devout souls feeling after God through channels of true devotion and lofty accompaniments of worship; as well as by rites so debased and even sordid as to bear no relation whatever to the Christian faith. The other is a vast, political system, whose age-old aim is world domination and to this end has had recourse to every foul weapon of cruelty and deceit that the corrupt mind of man can conceive. As Lecky says: “The Church of Rome has shed more innocent blood than any other institution that has ever existed among mankind,” in its pursuit of temporal power and world domination.

 

 

It may seem ungracious to such as only know the Church of Rome as a great “Sister Church” to impugn the sincerity of their leaders and spokesman at such time as this, when everywhere their voices are blended with ours in demands for human freedom and the abolishment of racial, religious, and other persecutions, and for the protection of minorities. But, faced as we are with the unchanging record of the Papal system, and the equally authoritative definitions of her spokesmen and leaders, as to what they mean by religious freedom and the rights of minorities, it is essential that we be very clear on the fundamental question.

 

 

Let us, then, hear the voice of the Church, not merely using words common to us all, but defining her attitude, and the interpretation of these words.

 

 

A French Catholic writer, Louis Veuillot, has tersely summed up the official attitude of the Church to the liberty of minorities, in these words: “When we are in a minority, we ask for religious liberty in the name of your (Protestant) principles. When we are in a majority, we refuse it in the name of ours.” And that is no humorous remark, but the very essence of all Roman Catholic teaching on the attitude of the Church towards religious liberty.

 

 

An official pamphlet issued, with the blessing of the Pope, by the “Apostolic League for the Return of Nations and Peoples to God through Holy Church,” explains that its purpose is to fight against the modern idea of human liberties as to teaching, publishing, etc. The great modern liberties would have to be suppressed; and, it states: “Modern Catholics who favour mutual toleration between Romanism and Protestantism forget, or are ignorant of, what the Pontiffs have said in condemnation of modern principlesFather Ronald Knox in his book, The Belief of Catholics, states: “A Catholic State will not shrink from repressive measures in order to secure domination of Catholic principles,” while Mr. Hilaire Belloc, in his Survivals and New Arrivals (1929) denounces the idea of human toleration, and looks forward hopefully to the return of persecution. The Catholic Encyclopaedia states: “The Church ... has been and still remains intolerant of all other religions. She regards dogmatic intolerance not alone as her incontestable right, but also as a sacred duty

 

 

We might fill pages with such quotations, leaving no shadow of doubt that when the Roman Catholic Church demands religious liberty, and tells the world that she stands for the Four Freedoms of the Atlantic Charter, she means freedom for the Roman Catholic religion and for that alone.

 

 

All this is clearly seen in the present intensive campaign on the part of the Church to stamp out Protestantism and the Evangelical movement in Latin America. The outcry of the Church in Mexico against what she called persecution, and her appeal to the United States of America for intervention in the interests of “Religious Liberty,” is still fresh in our memories. The world was called upon to witness the sufferings of “the persecuted Church.” But through the preceding years, every human liberty that did not contribute to the power and prestige of that Church had been systematically condemned, and at least sixty Protestants had been killed as a result of Catholic hostility. In the days when Rome’s conception of “Religious Liberty” held sway, a Mexican Catholic paper, Defensa Catolica, declared that: “True charity consists in opposing one’s neighbour, injuring him in his material interests, in insulting him and in taking his life, always supposing it is done for the love of God.” And now, when the bugles of true Liberty, Equality, and Fraternity are sounding throughout the world, and nations are dying that Freedom may live, it is the Roman Church that is emulating Hitler, in calling for the suppression of these liberties throughout the entire South American Continent, and demanding from the United States, as the price of acquiescence in the Good Neighbour Policy, the withdrawal of all Protestant missionaries. And, far from practising these principles of liberty which she loudly proclaims as her aim for the post-war world, she still carries on systematic opposition to, and persecution of, all Evangelical witness, and even Protestant educational work, whether in South America, Spain, Italy, or any other country where she is the dominant power.

 

                                    - World Dominion.

 

 

*       *       *

 

 

DECISION FOR CHRIST

 

 

IT was Dr. R. A. Torrey’s practise, in dealing with inquirers, to offer them a card for signature on which was printed this decision for Christ.

 

 

I Believe God’s Testimony

 

Concerning Jesus Christ, that my iniquity was laid upon Him (Isaiah 53: 6), that He bore my sins

in His body on the Cross (1 Peter 2: 24), and that He hath redeemed me from the curse of the

law of God (which I had broken) by becoming a curse for me (Gal. 3: 13).

 

 

I Do Now Accept Jesus

 

as my Sin-bearer and Saviour, and believe what God tells me in His Word,

that all my sins are forgiven, because Jesus died in my place (Acts 13: 38-39).

 

 

I Also Believe God’s Testimony

 

concerning Jesus Christ, that He is both Lord and Christ (anointed King);

and I do now receive Him to be my Lord and King (Acts 2: 36).

 

 

I Yield to Him

 

the control of all I am and all I have - my thoughts, my words, my actions.

Lord Jesus, Thou art my Lord; I belong to Thee. I surrender all to Thee.

 

 

I Purpose to Confess My Lord Jesus

 

before the world, as I shall have opportunity (Rom. 10: 9-10),

and to live to please Him in all that 1 do each day (Gal. 1: 10).

 

 

I Will Take No Man

 

for my example, but Jesus only (1 John 2: 6; Matt. 17: 5-8).

 

 

Having Thus Received Jesus Christ

 

I know on the authority of God’s sure word of promise that I am a child of God, (John 1: 12),

and that I have everlasting life (John 3: 36).

 

 

Sunset

 

 

THE human incrustations upon, and the human props to, Christianity, disappear at the ordained time, and leave Christianity to itself. We live amid closing histories, and amid falling institutions; there is an axe laid at the root of many trees; foundations of fabrics have been long giving way, and the visible tottering commences. “The earth quakes and the heavens do tremble.” The sounds of great downfalls and great disruptions come from different quarters; old combinations start asunder; a great crash is heard, and it is some vast mass that has just broken off from the rock, and gone down into the chasm below. A great volume of time is now shutting, the roll is folded up for the registry, and we must open another. Never again - never, though ages pass away - never any more under the heavens shall be seen forms and fabrics, and structures, and combinations that we have seen. They have taken their place among departed shapes and organisms deposited in that vast mausoleum which receives sooner or later all human creations. The mould in which they were made is broken, and their successors will be casts from a new mould. The world is evidently at the end of one era, and is entering upon another; but there remain the Christian Creed and the Christian Church, to enlighten ignorance, to fight with sin, and to conduct men to eternity.

 

                                                                                                                                               - J. B. MOZLEY.

 

 

*        *       *       *       *        *        *

 

 

774

 

FROM EGYPT TO CANAAN

 

 

Let Us Labour Therefore...

 

 

By ARLEN L. CHITWOOD

 

 

-------

 

 

“The problem which most students of the Word encounter when studying passages such as these in the Book of Hebrews is actually self-induced. Individuals seek to understand these and other passages in this book apart from two main things: (1) Understanding that Hebrews seals, not with the [‘common’ (Jude 3, R.V.)] salvation which we presently possess, but with [a future (1 Pet. 1: 6, 9, 10, R.V.)] salvation of the soul, and (2) understanding that Hebrews draws extensively from Old Testament typology at almost every point.

 

“That is to say, issues in the Book of Hebrews have to do with millennial rather that eternal verities. The warnings in this book have to do with the Messianic Era alone, not with one’s presently possessed eternal salvation. And the spiritual lessons surrounding these issues are drawn mainly from the Old Testament types.” - A. L. CHITWOOD.

 

 

-------

 

 

 

Let us labour therefore to enter into that rest, lest any man fall after the same example of unbelief. For the word of God is quick, and powerful, and sharper than any twoedged sword, piercing even to the dividing asunder of soul and spirit, and of the joints and marrow, and is a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart. Neither is there any creature that is not manifest in his sight: but all things are naked and opened unto the eyes of him with whom we have to do (Heb. 4: 11-13).

 

 

 

The rest lying before Christians is spoken of different ways in Scripture. It is a rest typified by the rest which lay before the Israelites under Moses, and later under Joshua (Heb. 3: 7A 9; 4: 6-8; cf. Deut. 12: 9; Joshua 1: 13); it is a rest referred to by the sign of the Sabbath (Heb. 4: 9; cf. Ex. 31: 13-17), and a rest which has its basis in the opening two chapters of Genesis (Heb. 4: 4; cf. Gen. 2: 1-3; Ex. 20: 11; 31: 17).

 

 

This is a rest into which one can enter only after he has entered the land to which he has been called (that heavenly land for Christians, typified by the earthly land for Israel). Further, this is a rest into which one can enter only after the enemy inhabiting the land has been overthrown (Satan and his angels in the heavenly land, typified by the Gentile nations infiltrated by the Nephilim in the earthly land). And this is a rest into which one can enter only after six days, on the seventh day (that is, after six millenniums, on the seventh millennium). The latter has to do with the sign of the Sabbath, which, in turn, is based on the opening two chapters of Genesis; and this is that rest to which Joshua looked when he spoke of “another day” (Heb. 4: 8; cf. vv. 4, 9).

 

 

Thus, the rest which Christians are to labour to enter into has to do with a future rest which can be realized only during the earth’s coming Sabbath (the seventh millennium); and this rest can be realized only in that heavenly land* to which Christians have been called, after the enemy presently inhabiting the land has been overthrown.

 

[* NOTE: The words ‘in that heavenly land’ can hardly mean a land in heaven! They must refer to a time, yet future, when ‘the ground’ of this sin-cursed earth, will, (for ‘one day’ 2 Pet. 3: 8, R.V.) be set free from the Divine curse presently resting upon it! (Gen. 3: 17. cf. Rom. 8: 19-22, R.V.).]

 

We are to labour to enter into rest in that heavenly land, “lest any man fall after the same example of unbelief” (Heb. 4: 11; Cf. v. 1). The allusion, of course, is to the experiences of the Israelites under Moses. They failed to enter into the rest set before them “because of unbelief [‘unfaithfulness’]” (Heb. 3: 18). And the warning to [all redeemed and regenerate] Christians under Christ is that exactly the same fate can likewise befall them. They too, through unfaithfulness, can fail to enter into the rest set before them.

 

 

In the type, those comprising the house of Moses had been called out of the land of Egypt to inhabit [and inherit] an earthly land removed from Egypt, the land of Canaan. All activity in the house was for a purpose. There was a goal in view. But an entire unfaithful generation was overthrown short of this goal. Those comprising this generation were cut off from the house of Moses, overthrown in the wilderness on the right side of the blood but on the wrong side of the goal of their calling (Num. 13: 31-33; 14: 29, 30).

 

 

Caleb and Joshua alone, of that generation, were singled out as exercising faith relative to their calling. And Caleb and Joshua alone were singled out as being allowed to later enter the land, conquer the inhabitants, and realize an inheritance in the land (Num. 13: 30; 14: 30; Joshua 14: 13, 14; 19: 49, 50).

 

 

And in the antitype, the purpose for and end result of activity in the house of Christ can only be the same as the purpose for and end result of activity in the house of Moses. The antitype demands this, for the antitype must follow the type in exact detail. Christians have been saved for a purpose, and that purpose has to do with the land set before them. All activity in which household servants have been called to engage themselves during the present time, after some fashion, has to do with this purpose. There is a goal in view, and that goal has to do with the heavenly land to which Christians have been called.

 

 

A servant in the house of Christ can exhibit either faithfulness or unfaithfulness, as clearly set forth by the actions of those comprising the house of Moses. And also, as clearly set forth by the actions of those comprising the house of Moses, faithful [and obedient] servants will one day realize the goal of their calling, but not so with unfaithful servants.

 

 

Faithful servants will pass through the same experiences in the antitype as did Caleb and Joshua in the type. They will be allowed to enter the land, victoriously combat the inhabitants (Eph. 6: 12ff), and one day realize an inheritance therein (Eph. 1: 11-23). Christians exhibiting faithfulness after this fashion will one day realize the rights of the firstborn, inheriting as joint-heirs and ruling as co-heirs with God’s Son (Rom. 8: 17, 18; 2 Tim. 2: 10-12; Rev. 3: 21).

 

 

Unfaithful servants though will be cut off from the house of Christ, as unfaithful Israelites were cut off from the house of Moses (Heb. 4: 1). They, as the unfaithful Israelites in relation to their earthly calling, will not be allowed to enter that heavenly land and realize an inheritance therein. They, as the unfaithful Israelites, will be overthrown on the right side of the blood but on the wrong side of the goal of their calling (Matt. 24: 48-51; 2 Tim. 2: 5, 12b).

 

 

If the preceding is not what is meant by the exhortation and warning in Heb. 4: 11, then, from a Scriptural framework, no meaning can really be derived from this verse. The verse must be understood within a type-antitype framework in the light of its immediate context, which begins with chapter three. And this section of Scripture leading into Heb. 4: 11 has to do with the Israelites under Moses, Christians under Christ, and a rest lying before both.

 

 

“Let us [Christians] labour therefore to enter into that rest [seventh-day rest, Sabbath rest], lest any man [Christian] fall after the same example of unbelief [‘unfaithfulness’ exhibited by the Israelites under Moses, which can also be exhibited by [regenerate] Christians under Christ].”

 

 

THE WORD OF GOD

 

 

The concluding part of the portion of Scripture covering the second of the five major warnings in Hebrews deals with the Word of God (vv. 12, 13) and the Spirit of God (vv. 14-16). And there is a natural flow of thought from the lengthy section dealing with parallels between the house of Moses and the house of Christ (3: 1 - 4: 11) into this section.

 

 

Revelation in verses twelve and thirteen, dealing with the Word of God, begins with “For showing a direct relationship between that which is about to follow and that which has preceded; and revelation in verses fourteen through sixteen, dealing with the Spirit of God, begins with “Seeing again showing a direct relationship between that which is about to follow and that which has preceded. And viewing these two sections together, they, in one respect, form a capstone to the second warning, much like chapter eleven of this book (the chapter on faith) forms a capstone to the entire preceding ten chapters.

 

 

The Spirit of God, beginning this section through calling attention to the Word of God, states things about this Word which must be understood in the light of other Scripture; and the first thing stated about this Word provides an explanation concerning how the remaining things stated about this Word can be possible.

 

 

1. THE LIVING WORD

 

 

Hebrews 4: 12 begins, “For the word of God is quickalive’], and powerful [‘effectually works’], and sharper than any two-edged sword...” The key word is “quickalive’],” and the Word of God is alive for one simple reason: This Word is “God-breathed

 

 

2 Timothy 3: 16 states, “All scripture is given by inspiration of God...” The words, “given by inspiration of Godare a translation of one Creek word, the word theopneustos. This is a compound word made up of Theos God”) and pneuma spirit,” “wind,” “breath”). The word theopneustos thus, literally translated, means “God-breathed”; and, accordingly, 2 Tim. 3: 16 should either be translated or understood in the sense, “All scripture is God-breathed...” (ref. N.I.V.).

 

 

Because all Scripture is “God-breathed it is living; and for that reason alone this living Word can effectually work to the point of accomplishing things far beyond the natural, things which can be explained only through its supernatural origin.

 

 

The connection of “God’s breath” with life (the connection between 2 Tim. 3: 16 and Heb. 4: 12) is given in Gen. 2: 7. Man was not created alive. Rather, man was formed from the dust of the ground as an inanimate, lifeless being. Then God, through breathing into His lifeless new creation, imparted life. God “breathed into his [Adam’sl nostrils the breath of life; and man became a living soul

 

 

This is the first mention in Scripture of life in relation to man, establishing a first-mention principle which can never change throughout Scripture. Any time beyond this point in Scripture when one finds life in relation to man, this life must always be effected by means of “the breath of God There must always be a breathing in on God’s part in order for life to exist (cf. Ezek. 37: 1-10; Luke 8: 54, 55).

 

 

And the inverse of that is equally true. The removal of breath, a breathing out, results in death. A body “without the spirit [pneuma, ‘breath’] is dead” (James 2: 26).

 

 

This is possibly best illustrated in Scripture by Luke’s description of that which occurred at the exact moment Christ died. Luke 23: 46 states, “And when Jesus had cried with a loud voice, he said, Father, into thy hands I commend my spirit: and having said thus, he gave up the ghost [lit., ‘and having said thus, he breathed out’].” At the exact moment Christ “breathed out,” life ceased to exist in His physical body.

 

 

The Word of God was given to man through man after one revealed fashion: “...holy men of God spake as they were moved [‘borne along’] by the Holy Spirit” (2 Peter 1: 21). This is what is meant by the statement, “All scripture is God-breathed...” It is the Holy Spirit’s inseparable connection with the Word of God which makes it so. God, through the instrumentality of the Spirit (the Pneuma; same word which is also used for “breath”), gave His word to man through man.

 

 

This Word, though given through man, is thus not of human origin. It is of Divine origin (Psa. 12: 6). And because of its Divine origin - because it is God-breathed, because it is living - this Word can effectually work after a supernatural manner to accomplish that which God has intended for it to accomplish (Isa. 55: 11).

 

 

The word translated “power” in Heb. 4: 12 is energes in the Greek text, the word from which we derive our English word “energy.” The Word of God has the Divine energy - it can effectually work after a supernatural manner - to divide between the “soul and spirit penetrate the “joints and marrow and discern the “thoughts and intents of the heart

 

 

(Ref. the author’s book, SALVATION OF THE SOUL, Chs. II, III, for a more comprehensive treatment of the God-breathed Word.)

 

 

2. BETWEEN THE SOUL AND SPIRIT

 

 

The reference in Heb. 4: 12 to a division being effected by the Word of God between man’s soul and spirit is drawn from the opening verses of Genesis (as seen earlier in this chapter relative to the “rest” set before “the people of God” [vv. 4, 9]). The Spirit of God moves in Gen. 1: 2b, and God speaks in Gen. 1: 3. In relation to man’s salvation, it is at this point in the type that a division is made between his soul and spirit in the antitype.

 

 

In the type, the Spirit of God moved, God spoke, and light came into existence. Genesis 1: 2b, 3 records the initial act of the Triune Godhead in bringing about the restoration of the ruined material creation, an act in which the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit each participated (note that nothing can come into existence apart from the Son [John 1: 3]).

 

 

In the antitype, within the framework of man’s salvation experience, the matter is identical. There must be an act of the Triune Godhead. for this is how God worked to restore a ruined creation in the Genesis account, establishing an unchangeable pattern for a later work. The Spirit of God moves, God speaks, and light comes into existence. The matter is as simple as that.

 

 

Everything is based on the Son’s finished work at Calvary. The Spirit moving and God speaking are both based on that which occurred almost 2,000 years ago. When the Son cried out from the Cross, “It is finished [lit., ‘It has been finished’]” (John 19: 30; cf. Luke 23: 46), He meant exactly that; and when the Word of God reveals that we have a salvation of Divine origin, based entirely on the Son’s finished work, the Word of God means exactly that.

 

 

When man sinned in the garden, he died spiritually; and when unregenerate man, “dead in trespasses and sins” (Eph. 2: 1), is made alive today, he is made alive spiritually. The movement of the Spirit (Gen. 1: 2b) and God speaking (Gen. 1: 3) in order to restore the ruined creation are simultaneous events. It is the [Holy] Spirit using the God-breathed word to effectually perform a supernatural work in unredeemed man. It is at this point - through the inbreathing of God - that life is imparted to that which previously had no life. God breathes into dead man (the Spirit using the God-breathed Word, based on the finished work of the Son), and man is “quickened made alive’]” (Eph. 2: 1, 5). …

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

775

 

THE HOPE SET BEFORE US

 

 

By PHILIP MAURO

 

 

 

In many hearts the question has arisen, in reading Hebrews 6: 4-6, Do those words signify that a child of God can fall away in such a manner as to be [eternally] lost? When the Apostle thus speaks, does he lay a foundation for the doctrine that one who has been redeemed by the blood of Christ can ever perish?

 

 

The best answer we can get to this question is found in the verses that follow, in which the writer declares that, as to the very ones whom he reproved for their sluggishness and backsliding, and whom he warned in such strong terms of their danger, he was persuaded better things, even of them, and things connected with [a future] salvation, “though we thus speak Those words forbid us to infer that even backslidden and sluggish saints will ever perish, though they do not warrant the inference that they are not exposed to danger [and apostasy] that is real and great.

 

 

The “things that accompany salvation or, as given in another translation “which are connected with salvation* are evidently the continuing steadfastly in the faith, the firm clinging to the hope set before us (which is [having an inheritance in] the coming [millennial] kingdom), and the patient endurance of present trials and afflictions, however severe and protracted.

 

* Rotherham renders this, “things which are better and which include salvation

 

 

As a reason for this hopeful view, the writer says: “For God is not unrighteous to forget your work and labour of love, which ye have shewed toward his name, in that ye have ministered to the saints, and do minister

 

 

From this statement it appears beyond all doubt that the “salvation” here referred to is not the saving of - [by God’s grace, through faith in Christ] - a sinner from his sins, for none is “saved” (in that sense of the word) by his service to God's saints, or by any other works of his own. Moreover, an unconverted person is manifestly incapable of any work or labour of love toward the name of the Lord.

 

 

Assuredly then, we have here to do with a matter of the righteous rewards which God so liberally bestows in recognition of any service rendered to the least of His disciples, though it be but the ministry of a cup of cold water. But the manifestation of love toward his name is an evidence that God’s grace has wrought in the heart; and this, in turn, affords ground for the persuasion that such a one will escape [if obedient to Christ’s precepts, (Acts 5: 32, R.V.)] - from the danger [of apostasy] and difficulties of which we are warned in the preceding verses. This brings us to the desire which the Lord cherishes concerning every one of His beloved people, namely, “that every one of you do shew the same diligence to the full assurance of the hope unto the end Having showed love toward His name by ministering to His saints, let us also show diligence of the same sort, and continue so doing [good to all men (Acts 10: 34, R.V.)] unto the end, whereby we shall realize the full assurance the [promised (Psa. 8: 8. cf. Psa. 110: 1-3, R.V.)] kingdom. This is an echo of the words of chapter 4: “Let us labour (lit., ‘let us give diligence’) to enter into that rest It recalls also the words of the Apostle Peter: “Wherefore the rather, brethren, give diligence to make your calling and election sure, … [“for IF YE DO THESE THINGS, ye shall never stumble,” R.V.] for so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting [Gk. ‘aionios’]  kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ” (2 Pet. 1: 10, 11).

 

 

 

Then follows the exhortation to be not any longer sluggish (repeating the word rendered “dull of hearing” in 5: 11), but imitators of those who, through faith and long patience [patient endurance], inherit the promises.

 

 

We are not to imitate the generation of Israelites who came out of Egypt, but we are to be warned by their example [of apostasy at Kadesh, (Num. 14)] and encouraged by their [initial] faith. There are, however, many of God’s people of old who not only had justifying faith, but also lived, and walked, and endured, and overcame, by faith. A list of some of these is given in chapter 11, for the time would fail to tell of all. They are the ones we are to imitate.

 

 

Thus is pressed upon us again the great lesson which runs all through the Epistle, namely, the immense importance of steadfastness to the end in the path of faithfulness and obedience to God.

 

 

And here again the [Holy] Spirit directs our earnest gaze to the glorious hope that is set before us, that it may serve to incite us to patient endurance and diligent effort. As a strong encouragement to lay hold upon this hope we are reminded that God has, in this case, not only given His Word, but has confirmed it with an oath; and we learn that He has done this in order to show, unto the heirs of the promise (the promised [inheritance in Messiah’s coming] kingdom) the unchangeableness of His counsel. This ought to impress us deeply. It shows how important in God’s eyes it is that the heirs of the kingdom should regard their coming inheritance as a great reality set plainly and clearly before them, and not as a vague, shadowy thing concerning which there is little need that we should inquire at present. It is an evidence of our faith in God’s Word that we should take a deep interest in His promised kingdom, and manifest a strong desire to attain it.

 

 

“The Lord sware and will not repent, Thou art a priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec Thus the priesthood of the Son of God is a fixed and eternal fact, and this fact is of the utmost importance to us; for it not only establishes the future [millennial] kingdom of Christ on a sure foundation, but it also clothes Him during the present age with the authority of an abiding priest-hood, on the behalf of those who are co-heirs with Him of that glorious kingdom.

 

 

In this connection we are pointed to Abraham, who was one of the men to whom God gave His oath.

 

 

The incident here called to mind is the strong encouragement God gave to Abraham in confirming His previously given word or promise by an oath. This oath of the Lord was given to Abraham after the testing of his faith in the matter of offering up Isaac, of whom God had said, “In Isaac shall thy seed be called.” Then it was that the Lord sware, saying, “By myself have I sworn, saith the Lord, for because thou hast done this thing, and hast not withheld thy son, thine only son: that in blessing I will bless thee, and in multiplying I will multiply thy seed as the stars of the heaven, and as the sand which is upon the seashore; and thy seed shall possess the gate of his enemies; and in thy seed shall all the nations of the earth he blessed; because thou hast obeyed my voice;” (Gen. 22: 16-18).

 

 

This word, confirmed by an oath, had not to do with the inheritance of the land of Canaan [only], but with the multiplication of Abraham’s seed as the stars of heaven, the possession by them of the gate of their enemies, and the blessing of all nations [throughout the whole inhabited earth] through them. It is asserted in Hebrews 6: 15, that Abraham, after he had had long patience, received [from ‘the angel of the Lord’] this [Divine] promise. Abraham saw no multiplication of Isaac’s seed until Isaac was sixty years old. Isaac was aged forty years when he married Rebekah (Gen. 25: 20), and sixty when Esau and Jacob were born (Gen. 25: 26). Consequently, Abraham’s grandsons were about fifteen years old when he died (Gen. 25: 7). He saw no further multiplication of his seed, so that, to the end of his life, he exercised patience in regard to this [future, millennial] promise. The promise has not yet been fulfilled in its fullness [see Acts 7: 5. Cf. 2 Tim. 2: 17, 18, R.V.)]; but the word and oath stand, and will be accomplished [after his resurrection] in the age to come. For, when God set Himself to the accomplishment of His eternal [and millennial] purpose in bringing many sons unto glory, He took not hold of angels for that purpose; but He took hold of the seed of Abraham (Heb. 2: 16); that is to say, of those who are of faith, as it is written, “Know ye therefore that they which are of faith, the same are the children of Abraham” (Gal. 3: 7). And again, “Therefore it (the promise [of the earthly and millennial inheritance]) is of faith, that it might be by grace; to the end the promise might be sure to all* the seed; not to that only which is of the law, but to that also which is of the faith of Abraham; who is the father of us all” (Rom. 4: 16).

 

[* Keep in mind: God has promised the coming inheritance of “a thousand years,” (2 Pet. 3: 8, 9, R.V.); to Gentiles and Jews of ‘the seed of Abraham’; but it is limited to overcomers! See Rev. 2: 25; 3: 21; Luke 20: 35; Phil. 3: 11; Rev. 20: 4-6, R.V. There are numerous places in Holy Scripture where the word “all” is used in this limited sense! Compare Gen. 6: 13 with Gen. 7: 1. Compare the two verses of 1 Cor. 15: 22, “For as in Adam all die, so also in Christ shall all be made alive. [23] But each in his own order; Christ the firstfruits: then they that are Christ’s at His coming.” All who have died will most certainly be resurrected and made alive; but not all at the same time! (Rev. 20: 13-15, R.V.).]

 

 

Let it be noted, then, that the faith of Abraham, exhibited in the incident recorded in Genesis 22, was the obedience of faith, as the Lord said, “Because thou hast obeyed my voice That is what gives it pertinence to the lesson enforced in Hebrews 6. The word and the oath of the Lord are the two immutable things whereby God has been pleased to show to the heirs of the promise the unchangeableness of His counsel, to the end that we [Gentiles], who have fled to Him for refugeThe God of Jacob is our refugePsa. 46: 7), might have a strong encouragement to lay hold upon the hope set before us.

 

 

Laying hold of the hope set before us is in contrast with turning back to the things of this [evil] age. The coming [millennial and messianic] age is the time when all the promises that have been made to the heirs of promise will be fulfilled. Christ warned His disciples that in this age they should have tribulation (John 16: 33). Of course, the saints have many blessings and promises available at the present time but none connected with, or proceeding from, the world. From that quarter they can count upon nothing with certainty, but tribulation. We should not, however, faint in tribulation, but rather glory therein, because “tribulation worketh patience; and patience, experience; and experience, hope” (Rom. 5: 3, 4). Therefore, in order that we may be stimulated to lay hold upon the hope set before us, we have the Word of God confirmed by an oath.

 

 

In seeking a more definite idea concerning the nature of this hope, help may be derived from the connection in which the same words, “set before are used in chapter 12. There we read of “Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before him endured the cross The joy set before Him, which He will have in those whom He is not ashamed to call His “brethrenis closely connected with the hope that is set before us.

 

 

This hope is likened unto an anchoria, by which we understand is meant a massive stone embedded firmly in the ground near the water’s edge of a harbour to which a line from a vessel might be fastened, so that the vessel might thereby be drawn to the shore when it could not beat its way in wind or tide. Our hope is a thing “by the which we draw nigh unto God” (7: 19), whereas the ordinary ship’s anchor is a device for holding the vessel stationary. Our hope enters into that within the veil, whither as Forerunner for us is entered Jesus, made a High Priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec. The hope we have is, therefore, connected directly with the Son of God in the character of High Priest after the order of Melchisedec. This brings before us once more the lesson that the knowledge of the Son of God in this character is that which distinguishes adult sons of God from babes, showing the great importance of laying hold of this [spiritual] knowledge.

 

 

There is an instructive parallel between the word and oath of God to Abraham, and the word and oath of God to the Son, in Psalm 110. The word is found in verse 1 of the Psalm: “The Lord said unto my Lord”; the oath in verse 4: “The Lord hath sworn, and will not repent, Thou art a priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec That the parallel is intentional is evident from the fact that the oath to Abraham is mentioned in direct connection with that to the Son (comp. Heb. 6: 13 and 7: 21); and in the same connection the meeting of Melchisedec with Abraham is described. Surely, that incident foreshadowed the coming meeting of the great antitype of Melchisedec with the seed of Abraham, who are overcomers by faith, teaching that the word of promise to Abraham, which God confirmed by an oath, will have its fulfilment [during “the powers of the age to come” (Heb. 6: 5, R.V.)] in that One whom God, by “the word of the oath” (Heb. 7: 28), made a priest for evermore.

 

 

It must be remembered that while Abraham did not have in his lifetime the fulfilment of the promise recorded in Genesis 22, which is the most extensive of all the promises, he did obtain the promised son, Isaac, through whom it and all other promises made to him were to have their [yet future] fulfilment. The promises were all attached to Isaac. The same is true with Abraham’s spiritual seed, the [overcomers and] heirs of [that future (1 Pet. 1: 5, 9, R.V.) promised] salvation. They have not yet received the fulfilment of the promise, but God has imparted to them the knowledge of the One in whom all God’s purposes are to be fulfilled. Every promise attaches to Christ, who is now entered within the veil as the forerunner for us. “For all the promises of God in him are yea, and in him Amen, unto the glory of God by us” (2 Cor. 1: 20). Therefore our hope, which is connected with Him, enters into that within the veil. It attaches to that which is sure and steadfast. That attachment cannot fail or become loose. Hence, we have simply to hold fast to the end.

 

 

Furthermore, in another aspect of the matter, Christ being Himself the seed of Abraham, as it is written, “He saith not, And to seeds, as of many; but as of one, And to thy seed, which is Christ” (Gal. 3: 16), we [Gentiles] who are begotten again in Christ, are established in Him as the spiritual seed of Abraham, and therefore are [potential] heirs* of all the promises.

 

[* See Gal. 5: 1-6; Eph. 5: 1-11; 2 Thess. 2: 10-12.]

 

 

*       *       *

 

 

LOOKING

 

 

Christ, on His return, will be seen at first only by those looking. “Unto them that look for him shall he appear the second time” (Heb. 9: 28). It is an extraordinary statement that our Lord appears to them that look for Him if, as a matter of fact, He appears equally to them who do not look for His return: it is meaningless. Dr. W. L. Pettingill records a telling incident. Asked by Dr. George E. Guille what was his attitude on the Lord’s Second Coming, Pastor William Anderson, of Dallas, Tex., answered that he didn’t know that he had any attitude on the subject. He wasn’t interested. He had been so busy preaching the first coming that he had not had time to think about the Second Coming. “Well,” said Mr. Guille, “I only wanted to know whether you loved His appearing.” Left alone in his study, “Dr. Bill,” as his many friends called him, sat at his desk as if held by an unseen hand, asking himself over and over, “Do I love His appearing?” Then he took up his Bible and read Paul’s second letter to Timothy, and other Scriptures, and before he left his desk and his study, was able to say with a swelling heart that he did love Christ’s appearing. On getting home, he astonished his wife by telling her he must resign his pastorate, and the reason why. He called his session together, and asked them to join him in asking the Presbytery to dissolve their relation. They were as much amazed as Mrs. Anderson had been. When the pastor explained what had happened to his convictions, that he had become a premillenarian, whereas he had come to their church a postmillenarian, and thought the only fair thing was to resign, one of the elders cried out, “Why, my dear pastor, this is what we have been praying for. Resign nothing! God has answered our prayersFrom that time Dr. Bill Anderson’s ministry was transformed, and his pastorate became so fruitful as to be “spoken of throughout the whole world

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

776

 

THE RIVER OF LIFE

 

 

 

MOVEMENT is the law of life. “Lo, we turn to the Gentiles” (Acts 13: 46) ; “for,” Paul most remarkably adds, “so hath the Lord commanded us.” (1) A moment comes when further effort is useless - “this people’s heart is waxed gross”; when brain and nerve and heart poured out on such is wasted; and when, God Himself having withdrawn, the effort no longer has the dynamic of he Holy Ghost behind it. “My spirit shall not strive with man for ever” (Gen. 6: 3). But a truth of extraordinary comfort now emerges. (2) It is of the very nature of the Gospel, which is a river of mercy rushing from the Throne of Grace, that when it is blocked by immovable rock, it flows off and past, to fertilize ‘regions beyond’: the Gospel must save - that is its whole life on earth; and if it does not save one soul, one nation, one race, it sweeps on to another. No sin, no refusal, no blasphemy can quench that fathomless ocean of Divine Love, which, so long as the Day of Grace lasts, must flow somewhere to save.

 

 

Moreover, a heavenly plan lies behind the River of Life. (3) The critical reason why our dispensation still lingers is that guests have to be found for ‘the Lamb’s bright hall of song,’ and if we do not find a guest in one soul, we shall find it in another. “And the servant said, Lord, what thou didst command is done, and yet there is room. And the Lord said unto the servant, Go out into the highways and hedges, and compel them to come in, that my house may be filled” (Luke 14: 22). “Lo, we turn” - it may be from continent to continent, or from country to country, or from city to city, or from house to house, or from street to street, or even from soul to soul.* Finally (4) God’s pearl-fisheries are scattered here and there over the oceans of the world: not all pools hold fish: the vast deeps of human souls always hold somewhere the pearls that will one day blaze upon the brows of Christ. “As many as were ordained to eternal [Gk. ‘aionian’] life believed” (Acts 13: 48). When there was not a single convert in Corinth, God said to Paul, Stay, for I have much people in this city; when the disciples let down the net where Jesus told them the boats began to sink with the fish.

 

* It is deeply important that believers should also realize that this holds good of all truths, and not of the Gospel only: whatever truth we may reject - or which others reject when we approach them with the spoken or printed word - just round the corner are souls eager, ready, waiting. Nothing could be more encouraging to the faithful worker.

 

 

A lighted match falling on a granite rock, or on a heap of sand, immediately goes out; but if it falls on gunpowder, it explodes: all depends on where it falls. Michael Angelo once picked up a dirty block of stone in the streets of Florence, lying on a heap of rubbish, and began wiping it carefully. “Whatever are you doing?” a friend asked. “There is an angel in that block,” he replied, “and I go to wake him.” So we pick up the marble to wake an angel in London, or Calcutta, or Peking, or Berlin  “for so hath the Lord commanded us, saying, I have set thee for a light of the Gentiles, that thou shouldest be for salvation UNTO THE UTTERMOST PART OF THE EARTH” (Acts 13: 47).

 

 

*        *       *        *       *        *        *

 

 

777

 

THE ISRAEL TYPE

 

 

By J. SIDLOW BAXTER

 

 

 

THE book of Esther, besides being of high interest historically, seems to contain latent type-teachings which ought not to escape our notice. The Persian Jews as a whole are here used as a type of the worldly among the Lord’s people. The voice of Jehovah to His people rang throughout the Persian empire. Here was the divine recall of the Jews to Jerusalem and Judea. There could be no mistaking it. It bore a supernatural seal. First the release had been predicted; and now it had been effected. Not a Jew ought to have remained in Persia. The people, without exception, should have flocked back to Zion with. thanksgiving. Yet the unhappy truth is that only a remnant returned. The rest were content to stay on in Persia. Of course they were ready to applaud those who were returning, and to say how splendid it was of them to undertake the rebuilding of Judah’s ruined cities and Jehovah’s temple; but they themselves did not find it convenient at the time to break away from their Persian connections. In truth, they were selfishly indisposed to leave the plenty of Persia for the leanness of desolated Judea, even though that was the place of covenant blessing. They believed in Jehovah, and acknowledged Him as the one true God; but their hearts were set on the things of this world.

 

 

Undoubtedly these Jews are types of the worldly among the Lord’s people to-day. They are the figures of those who profess faith in Christ but who love the world and the flesh too well to make renunciation for Christ’s sake. - They want to be numbered with the redeemed of the Lord; but they also want to enjoy the pleasures of the world for a season.

 

 

And what of these worldly believers, these modern correspondents of the old-time Jews who stayed on in Persia? Well, just this - God will not allow His name to be bound up with them any more than He allowed His name to be associated with the Jews who stayed on in Persia. God watched over these Persia-loving Jews, and remained faithful to them even though they had slighted Him. In their trouble they cried to Him, and He delivered them; but He would not allow His name to be bound up with them. His deliverance of them, in the Esther episode, was so recorded that the striking circumstances unmistakably demonstrated His providential care over them; yet His name must not be once mentioned in the account.

 

 

Let the absence of God’s name from the book of Esther burn this truth into our minds: God will not associate His name with the worldly among His professing people to-day, any more than He would associate it with those old-time Jews in Persia. Through the centuries, God is developing His purpose for the earth’s salvation; and, in the end, those who have “come out” from the Babylon of this world, to “be separate” unto Him, will shine as stars in the eternal kingdom: but those who have said “Lord, Lord without renouncing the world, will not be known in that [millennial] day. Their record will not shine on high. They may be [eternally] saved, as by fire; but they will never hear the King of kings say to them: “Come, ye blessed of my Father; inherit the kingdom Our Lord’s promise to the overcomer is: “I will give him a white stone, and in the stone a new name written, which no man knoweth saving him that receiveth it”; but there will be no such “secret of the Lord” for the worldly disciple. The final description of the glorified saints says that the very name of God shall be “written on their foreheads”; but God’s name will never be imprinted on those who have loved self and the world in preference to sanctification. It is possible to be saved from Gehenna, the final doom of the lost (as the Jews in Esther’s day were saved from massacre) and yet to miss that “eternal weight of glory” which God has prepared for them that love Him with all their heart.

 

                                                                                                        - The Record, Edinburgh.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

778

 

BE YE ALSO READY

 

 

By D. M. Panton, B.A.

 

 

 

OUR Lord’s picture of the ideal servant of God can become the photograph of each one of us if we respond to the Holy Spirit to the uttermost and to the end.

 

 

First, the girt loin: “let your loins be girded about” (Luke 12: 35). The flowing garments of the Oriental, if loose, impeded motion and checked work: therefore let your loins be girt up for rapid motion and intense activity. The Old Testament type enriches the thought. “Thus shall ye eat it; with your loins girded, your shoes on your feet, and your staff in your hand: and ye shall eat it in haste: it is the Lord’s passover. For I will go through Egypt, and will smite” (Ex. 12: 11). When God is about to smite the earth with judgments as He smote Egypt, and when the world is about to pass into its death-throes, it is for us to become strangers to that world, and to be ready for instant flight: the world will become our coffin unless it becomes our enemy. That is the meaning of the tightened robe. It means that service is short, for time is flying. “Since your Father hath seen fit to give you the Kingdom, be that Kingdom, and preparation for it, your chief concern” (Alford).

 

 

Next, there is the lit lamp: “let your lamps be burningLamps are kept burning only at night: and all night, unless we sleep. “From evening to morning was the command to Israel, Aaron and his sons shall “cause a lamp to burn continually” (Ex. 27: 20). “The spirit of a man is the lamp of the Lord” (Prov. 20: 27): every [regenerate] believer is a lit lamp, lit from Jesus, the Light of the World; and through the moral midnight Christ expects us, at all costs, to keep it blazing. Darkness in us stumbles other souls. A blind beggar sat by the side-walk on a dark night with a lantern by his side. “What in the world do you keep a lantern burning for?” asked a passer-by; “you can it see!” “So that folks won’t stumble over me,” was the reply. It is written of John the Baptist “He was the lamp that burneth and shineth” (John 5: 35) - burning with heat to God, and shining with light to men. Burning without shining is zeal without knowledge; shining without burning is light without love: God expects both.

 

 

First, the girt loin - incessant service; next, the lit lamp - radiant witness; now, the looking eyes - the expectant heart. “Be ye yourselves like unto men looking for their Lord Since the command has held good for nineteen centuries, it can only mean that Christ may come at any moment; and He strikingly chooses the darkest hours:- “if he shall come in the second watch, and if in the third” (Luke 12: 38). The Early Church set His return in the first watch; the post-millennialists to-day set it in the fourth watch: Jesus hints the darkest.

 

 

Let the door be on the latch in your home,

For it may be through the midnight He will come.

 

 

The fourth point - watching: “Blessed are those servants, whom the Lord when he cometh shall find watching”: not, blessed are all servants, but blessed are those servants found watching. What is meant by ‘watching’? Look at the African explorer as he sits alone by his camp-fire, keeping himself awake because he hears the roar of the lion in the forest close by: he is watching. Look at that nurse, moving swiftly and silently about the room of a dying man, neglecting her own day-sleep as well as night-sleep, for she knows the crisis is at hand and she must be utterly ready: she is watching. It means, every faculty attent, the whole soul roused to meet a crisis attention, alarm, hope, all keeping the whole man intently alert! Our Lord emphasizes exquisitely the urgency of untiring vigilance. Had the burglar notified his coming in the third watch, the householder could safely sleep through the first and second watches; but the unknown hour of the burglary means that he must sit up all night. Whatever hour the burglar comes, the householder must be found watching: so the church is to be ready, not because it [now] sees [numerous] symptoms of the approach, but because it has never been unwatchful. “For yourselves know perfectly” - and ought to have made arrangements accordingly - “that the day of the Lord so cometh as a thief in the night” (1 Thess. 5: 2). Watch therefore through the night, in Rutherford’s words, as those who have no to-morrow. “He cometh” - inquisition, approval, promotion; He makes them “sit down” - rest, [millennial] glory, enthronement; and “shall come and serve them” - the King of kings girding Himself with a towel by the side of His watchful child. “Of a truth I say unto you, that he will set him over ALL THAT HE HATH

 

 

Finally, readiness: “Be ye also ready”; that is, ‘readiness’ is something other and more than either ‘looking’ or ‘watching.’ It is all life squared to the Second Advent. Death can be sudden, but it nearly always throws out warning symptoms: there will be no warning symptoms here: sudden as an avalanche, swift as the lightning, irrevocable as death - one flash, and the watchful will be gone, and the Great Tribulation will be here. * Are we ready? A famous ruby was offered for sale to the English government. The report of the crown jeweller was that it was the finest he had ever seen or heard of; but that one of the “facets,” ode of the little cuttings of the face, was slightly fractured. The result was that that almost invisible flaw reduced its value by thousands of pounds, and it was rejected from the regalia of England. There are fractures in the ruby of our Christian character and conduct (Gal. 5: 19) which exclude from the coming Regalia of Christ: “of the which I forewarn you, even as I did forewarn you, that they which practise such things shall not inherit the kingdom of GodWhatever may have been our [past] failures, we remember Napoleon’s word, after a great defeat:- “There is time to win a victory before the sun goes down.”

 

[* See the pre-tribulation selective rapture, of those “accounted worthy to escape” at Luke 21: 34-36 and Rev. 3: 10.]

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

779

 

THE CHURCH AND WAR

 

 

 

WE are living in one of the great crises of human history, a time that is trying men’s souls, and nothing is more important than that the Church should be thoroughly awake to the opportunities and the responsibilities that face it to-day. In the words of Mordecai to Esther: “Who knoweth whether thou art not come to the kingdom for such a time as this

 

 

What must be the task of the Church to-day?

 

 

It must, first of all, seek to interpret the true meaning of the awful calamity which has come upon the people of the world. It must make it clear that God is visiting judgment upon the nations. War information bureaux and propaganda agencies in all of the warring countries, as might be expected, are working overtime to justify their own course of action and to lay the entire blame for the present tragedy at the door of their enemies. And it is usually quite easy for all of us to use darker colours in painting the picture of our neighbour’s sins and iniquities while we lightly gloss over our own.

 

 

However, could we detach ourselves from our own environment and look down on this warring world with the eyes of God, what a mournful sight would greet our eyes! A world steeped in sin is being destroyed by the very evils it has created. Human greed, human lust, human selfishness and human hate have had free course, and now their fruits have begun to appear. Nothing is more clear in the teaching of Scriptures than this, that sin brings its own judgment, whether it be individual sin or national sin. “The Lord is known by the judgment which he executeth: the wicked is snared in the work of his own hands. The wicked shall be turned into hell [‘sheol’ R.V.], and all the nations that forget God” (Ps. 9: 16, 17).

 

 

Therefore, like God’s prophets of old, the servants of the Church must make it clear to men that war is a judgment of God because of sin. They must proclaim the eternal truth that “God is not mocked: for whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reapAnd with that proclamation there must also be sounded God’s solemn call to repentance. It is God who is speaking to mankind to-day through the woes that have come upon us; but thus far we have not seen many evidences that men are much concerned about what He has to say to them. Must the sorrows of mankind be multiplied before men will turn to Him, or will they begin to cry out to Him for mercy that the days of tribulation may be shortened? God alone knows the answer.

 

 

Here also we are constrained to mention how the spirit of war almost unconsciously sears men’s souls, blunting the finer human sensibilities, silencing the conscience, and causing even Christians to lose sight of their higher ideals. Instead of those nobler Christian virtues which are the fruit of the Spirit, we find the baser instincts of cruelty, hatred, revenge, and fear taking possession of men’s souls. We are no longer shocked by the bombing of great cities and the killing of thousands of innocent women and children - not as long as it happens to be an enemy city. And we find a peculiar joy in communiquιs that tell how tens of thousands of men have been killed and wounded in a single battle - that is, when those who were slain and maimed are Japs or Germans or Italians. Even little children are not immune to this devastating war psychology, and it is most depressing to the thoughtful Christian to behold how tender minds, whose thoughts should be of the good, the pure, the kind, and the beautiful, become saturated with tales of cruelty, carnage, death, and destruction. Thus we perpetuate from generation to generation the falsehood that there is a peculiar glory and glamour about war instead of teaching our children to know and to understand its true hideousness and how inimical it is to the spirit of true Christianity, with its teachings of love and compassion and brotherhood.

 

 

Nor may the Church shut its eyes to all the other enumerated moral evils which are some of the distressing by-products of war. Sin must be exposed and condemned wherever and whenever it appears, in time of war as well as in time of peace. Christian ideals and virtues are constant, and the Church may never stoop to opportunism in relaxing its standards. Even the State, when it violates the eternal laws of God, or when it condones or winks at evil, or seeks to justify it because of the exigencies of war, must not be spared; for the Church may not violate its own conscience. “We must obey God rather than men.”

 

                                                                                               - The Religious Digest.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

780

 

THE MILLENNIAL TEMPLE

 

 

By E. BENDOR SAMUEL

 

 

 

IN chapter 37 the prophet Ezekiel predicts Israel’s restoration and conversion when their Messiah-David shall be King over the united nation, who shall walk in God’s ordinances, keep His statutes and do them. He holds out to them the gracious promise - “Moreover, I will make a covenant of peace with them; it shall be an everlasting covenant with them; and I will place them and multiply them and will set My sanctuary in the midst of them for ever. Yea, My covenant shall be with them and I will be their God, and they shall be My people, and the nations shall know that I, Jehovah, sanctify Israel when My sanctuary shall be in the midst of them for ever

 

 

That the building of the [millennial] Temple is meant to be plain literal statement is evident from the words of the angelic messenger who imparted the instruction to the prophet -

 

 

“Son of man, behold with thine eyes, and hear with thine ears and set thy heart upon all that I shall show thee, for in order that it might be shown thee art thou brought hither. Declare thus to the house of Israel all that thou seest” (Ezek. 40: 4).

 

 

The shape and size and all the particulars of the building and its furniture were shown him and he was commanded to give all the details of them to his people, that realizing God’s gracious purpose with them they may be ashamed of their iniquities. He was to “show them the form of the house and its fashion, and its goings out and its comings in, and all the ordinances, and all its forms, and all its laws, and write it all before them that they may keep the whole form thereof and all the statutes thereof and do them” (43: 10, 11).

 

 

The Man Who disappeared together with the cherubim from the temple that was about to be destroyed now reappears with the Glory of the Lord in the rebuilt temple nevermore to depart from His people. That the Temple of Ezekiel does not refer to that of Zerubbabel, nor of Herod, is clear from the fact that it differed from them in its structure and observances:-

 

 

(a) The one described by Ezekiel is larger than the earlier ones, but its altar is smaller, for while the earlier ones were the centre of worship for Israel only, Ezekiel’s is to be for worshippers of all nations. As we have already noticed Isaiah predicts that all nations shall flow (incessantly as the waters of a river) unto it (Isa. 2: 2, 3). Zechariah predicts that -

 

 

“All that are left of all the nations that came against Jerusalem shall even go up from year to year to worship the King, Jehovah of hosts, and to keep the feast of tabernacles

 

 

It will then be “a house of prayer for all nations

 

 

(b) The altar is smaller than that of Solomon’s as the great antitypical sacrifice was already offered and those in the future Temple will only be commemorative.

 

 

(c) For the same reason the Day of Atonement is not mentioned by Ezekiel as full atonement has already been made by Christ for all who believe in Him. This is in accordance with Heb. 10: 14, 18.

 

 

(d) It is remarkable that Ezekiel does not mention the paschal lamb he speaks of the Passover as the feast of seven days, and says that the Prince shall prepare for himself and for all the people a bullock for a sin offering. Christ completely fulfilled, first, the command regarding it by taking part of the meal on the Passover night with His disciples; and secondly, its type, when He died on the cross on the very day that the paschal lamb was offered according to the Jewish way of reckoning, that is, the day being from sunset to sunset. The command is “From even to even shall ye celebrate your sabbaths

 

 

The Feast of Passover is to be observed as it sets forth not only Israel’s redemption from Egypt, but also their greater redemption, national and spiritual, on Christ’s return, and the redemption of men and women of all nationalities, not only from temporal bondage, but from spiritual thraldom which will have full effect during the Millennium.

 

 

According to Zech. 14: 16, the Feast of Tabernacles will also be kept. It was the feast of ingathering and represents the completion of the ingathering of the nations.

 

 

(e) The Feast of Weeks, of Pentecost, is not mentioned as that is connected with this age of the Spirit (1 John 14: 11, 17; 15: 26; Acts 2: 23), Who is with us in a special sense during the bodily absence of the Lord Jesus.

 

 

(f) There will also be a change in the offering of the sacrifices suitable to the times. The burnt offering, for instance, will only be offered in the mornings (46: 13-15), and not in the evenings also.

 

 

(g) In harmony with Jer. 3: 16, there will be no Ark in the future Temple.

 

 

“And it shall be when ye are multiplied and become fruitful in the land in those days, saith Jehovah, they shall say no more The Ark of the covenant of Jehovah; neither shall it come into the mind, nor shall they remember it, nor shall they make it

 

 

And as we have seen, the Divine Man will be in the Holy of Holies where the Ark used to be.

 

 

The Jewish Rabbis say that the Ark and its mercy seat, the heavenly Fire, the Shechinah and the Urim and Thummim that were in Solomon’s Temple were all lacking in the second Temple.

 

 

(h) Ezekiel does not say anything about the Veil, or Shewbread, or Candelabra. There is good reason for the omission. The Veil that was rent asunder by invisible hands at the death of our Saviour will probably never be restored, because it has opened for the saved ones the way to the presence of God where, Christ as our High Priest Himself has entered and the way will ever remain open to us. The Presence of our Lord will far outshine any light that all the candelabra could give us (as will be the case in the heavenly City, Rev. 21: 23). The house of Jacob will then walk in the light of Jehovah (Isa. 2: 5), and in their turn will shine for Him, according to the declaration of the prophet.

 

 

“Arise, shine, for thy light is come and the glory of Jehovah is risen upon thee. For, behold, darkness shall cover the earth and gross darkness the people, but Jehovah will arise upon thee, and His glory shall be seen upon thee” (ibid. 60: 1, 2).

 

 

The Shewbread, or more literally, the Bread of the Presence, being placed before Jehovah, set forth Christ in His human perfection together with His redeemed people, the twelve loaves also representing the twelve tribes of Israel, but the Lord Jesus in His human form being Himself present in the midst of the entire nation of Israel, it will, perhaps, be one amongst other symbols no more necessary in the Millennium.

 

 

(1) The arrangement of the Israel tribes in the land will also be different from what it was formerly. The Levitical tribe is placed round the Sanctuary and is no longer dispersed among the other tribes. Israel’s intimate relationship with Jehovah is beautifully expressed in two brief sentences, “I will dwell in the midst of the children of Israel for ever” (43: 7), and “I will accept you, saith the Lord Jehovah” (43: 27).

 

 

There is a remarkable verse in Isaiah 53 which reads:-

 

 

“All we, like sheep, have gone astray, we have turned every one to his own way, but Jehovah hath caused to meet on Him the iniquity of us all

 

 

Hiphgia “Caused to meet,” that is the literal translation. The picture is graphic. Christ in the centre of God’s purpose of salvation; the sins travelling from all points of the compass, North and South, East and West, and from all points of time, before Christ and after Christ, meeting upon Him as their focal point. In harmony with this would be the system of sacrifices, those offered by the ancients looking forward and those offered in the Millennium looking back upon Christ as the centre.

 

 

This is further indicated by the fact that the centre of the Temple area, indeed the centre of the entire sanctified oblation as described by Ezekiel, is not the Holy of Holies, but the Altar representing the cross.

 

 

The Temple service in the Millennium will not be for the Church. It will be for the Jewish people who have not yet realized the full purport of the divinely instituted Temple service, and have not fulfilled the grand purpose for which it was established. In the Millennium the Jews will enter into the full meaning of the Levitical economy and will instruct by it the unconverted nations in the wonderful plan of salvation through Christ.

 

 

When God first chose Israel it was with the intention of making them a “Kingdom of priests, an holy nation” (Exod. 19: 6). Alas ! Israel failed in their high calling, but God’s purpose will not be frustrated, and, in spite of themselves, the Jewish people will yet be made the instrument of blessing to mankind. Looking on to that blessed time the prophet predicts, “Ye shall be named the priests of Jehovah, men shall call you the ministers of our God” (Isa. 61: 6).

 

 

“The Israelites will probably set forth in all harmonious parts the outward beauty and inward sanctity of the Temple service which in their earliest days of old they had never exhibited in its full perfection. Thus Christ’s word shall be fulfilled, that ‘till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the Law till all be fulfilled.’ The full excellence and antitypical perfection of all the parts of the ancient Temple service, which, from ignorance of its hidden meaning, seemed cumbersome and unintelligible to the worshippers, shall then be fully understood and become a delightful service of love.

 

 

“To set forth this and not to invalidate the principles of the Epistle to the Hebrews, that after Christ’s perfect sacrifice no further propitiation is needed, is probably one object of the future Temple liturgy. Israel’s province will be to exhibit in the minutest details of sacrifice the essential unity of the Law and the Gospel which now seem opposed” (A. R. Fausset).

 

 

When the Tabernacle was erected we are told that “A cloud covered the tent of meeting, and the glory of the Lord filled the Tabernacle” (Exod. 40: 34).

 

 

Likewise at the completion of the Temple we read, “The glory of Jehovah filled the house of Jehovah” (1 Kings 8: 11).

 

 

Alas! that glory, the visible emblem of the invisible presence of God, was seen by Ezekiel to disappear slowly and reluctantly, from the gate that looketh toward the east. And first from the Cherub unto the threshold of the house (Ezek. 9: 3), then from the threshold of the house unto the door of the gate (10: 11, 19). Finally, the prophet saw it disappearing from the midst of Jerusalem to the mountain east of that city (11: 23). In the vision of the Millennial Temple the prophet sees it returning from the same direction that he saw it disappearing.

 

 

“And he brought me unto the gate, and behold, the glory of the God of Israel came from the way of the east; and His voice was like the sound of many waters and the earth shined with His glory. ... And the glory of Jehovah came into the house by the way of the gate whose prospect is toward the east, And the Spirit lifted me up and brought me into the inner court, and behold the glory of Jehovah filled the house” (Ezek. 43: 1-5).

 

 

This will surpass anything that took place in the Tabernacle or former temples because the Glory will not be merely symbolic as was formerly the case, but will be the accompaniment of the personal presence of Jehovah, for the prophet continues -

 

 

“And I hear one speaking with me out of the house; and a man was standing by me, And he said unto me, Son of man, This is the place of My throne, and the place of the soles of My feet, where I will dwell in the midst of the children of Israel for ever” (Ibid. 43: 6, 7).

 

 

The Millennial age will likewise foreshadow and prepare the way for the perfect state. In the former God’s presence will be in the midst of Israel (43: 7), [after the millennial age] in the ‘new earth’ God will tabernacle with men generally (Rev. 22: 3). In Ezekiel’s vision the life-giving waters flow from under the threshold of the Temple. In John’s vision the life-giving waters flow from under the throne of God and of the Lamb.

 

 

Both in the heavenly and earthly Jerusalem the trees of life are introduced, in the former there will be miry places and marsh land, in the latter these disappear, for “there shall be no more curse

 

 

In the earthly city the names of the twelve tribes are on the twelve gates; in the heavenly city there are also twelve gates with the names of the twelve tribes of Israel, but in addition are the names of the twelve apostles of the Lamb.

 

 

In Ezekiel the configuration of the earth is to be changed, in the Apocalyptic vision there is a new earth.

 

 

In Ezekiel’s vision the chief part is the Temple, in the new state there will be no temple because it will be all temple, the glory of God will fill the whole [‘new’] earth; there will be no sacrifice as there will he no sin.

 

 

In Ezekiel’s Temple there is no candelabrum. In the eternal state there will not even be needed the light of the sun, as the glory of God and of the Lamb will enlighten it.

 

                                                                       - The Hebrew Christian Quarterly

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

781

 

THE NEW PASSOVER

 

 

By ALEXANDER MACLAREN, D.D. LITT. D.

 

 

-------

 

 

“Now the first day of the feast of unleavened bread the disciples came to Jesus, saying unto Him, Where wilt Thou that we prepare for Thee to eat the passover? 18. And He said, GO into the city to such a man, and say unto him, The Master saith, My time is at hand; I will keep the passover at thy house with My disciples. 19. And the disciples did as Jesus had appointed them; and they made ready the passover. 20. Now when the even was come, He sat down with the twelve. 21. And as they did eat, He said, Verily I say unto you, That one of you shall betray Me. 22. And they were exceeding sorrowful, and began every one of them to say unto Him, Lord, is it I? 23. And He answered and said, He that dippeth his hand with Me in the dish, the same shall betray Me. 24. The Son of Man goeth as it is written of Him; but woe unto that man by whom the Son of Man is betrayed! it had been good for that man if he had not been born. 25. Then Judas, which betrayed Him, answered and said, Master, is it I? He said unto him, Thou hast said. 26. And as they were eating, Jesus took bread, and blessed it, and brake it, and gave it to the disciples, and said, Take, eat; this is My body. 27. And He took the cup, and gave thanks, and gave it to them, saying, Drink ye all of it; 28. For this is My blood of the new testament, which is shed for many for the remission of sins. 29. But I say unto you, I will not drink henceforth of this fruit of the vine, until that day when I drink it new with you in My Father’s kingdom. 30. And when they had sung an hymn, they went out into the Mount of Olives.” - MATT. 26: 17-30.

 

 

 

THE Tuesday of Passion Week was occupied by the wonderful discourses which have furnished so many of our meditations. At its close Jesus sought retirement in Bethany, not only to soothe and prepare His spirit, but to ‘hide Himself’ from the Sanhedrin. There He spent the Wednesday. Who can imagine His thoughts? While He was calmly reposing in Mary’s quiet home, the rulers determined on His arrest, but were at a loss how to effect it without a riot. Judas comes to them opportunely, and they leave it to him to give the signal. Possibly we may account for the peculiar secrecy observed as to the place for the last supper, by our Lords knowledge that His steps were watched; and by His earnest wish to eat the Passover with the disciples before He suffered. The change between the courting of publicity and almost inviting of arrest at the beginning of the week, and the evident desire to postpone the crisis till the fitting moment which marks the close of it, is remarkable, and most naturally explained by the supposition that He wished the time of His death to be that very hour when, according to law, the paschal lamb was slain. On the Thursday, then, he sent Peter and John into the city to prepare the Passover; the others being in ignorance of the place till they were there, and Judas being thus prevented from carrying out his purpose till after the celebration.

 

 

The precautions taken to ensure this have left their mark on Matthew’s narrative, in the peculiar designation of the host, - ‘Such a man It is a kind of echo of the mystery which he so well remembered as round the errand of the two. He does not seem to have heard of the token by which they knew the house, viz., the man with the pitcher whom they were to meet. But he does know that Peter and John got secret instructions, and that he and the others wondered where they were to go. Had there been a previous arrangement with this unnamed ‘such an one or were the token and the message alike instances of Christ’s supernatural knowledge and authority? It is difficult to say. I incline to the former supposition, which would be in accordance with the distinct effort after secrecy which marks these days; but the narratives do not decide the question. At all events, the host was a disciple,* as appears from the authoritative ‘the Master saith’; and, whether he had known beforehand that ‘this day’ incarnate ‘salvation would come to his house’ or no, he eagerly accepts the peril and the honour. The message is royal in its tone. The Lord does not ask permission, but issues His commands. But He is a pauper King, not having where to lay His head, and needing another man’s house in which to gather His own household together for the family feast of the Passover. What profound truths are wrapped up in that ‘MY time is come’! It speaks of the voluntariness of His surrender, the consciousness that His Cross was the centre point of His work, His superiority to all external influences as determining the hour of His death, and His submission to the supreme appointment of the Father. Obedience and freedom, choice and necessity, are wonderfully blended in it.

 

[* NOTE: Since a time of Divine judgment was fast approaching, and was about to fall upon Judas and all other apostates, it would not be unscriptural, to suggest that this stranger may have been an ‘angel’! (See Gen. 18: 2. Cf. Josh. 13: 22 with Heb. 13: 2.)]

 

 

So, late on that Thursday evening, the little band left Bethany for the last time, in a fashion very unlike the joyous stir of the triumphal entry. As the evening is falling, they thread their way through the noisy streets, all astir with the festal crowds, and reach the upper room, Judas vainly watching for an opportunity to slip away on his black errand. The chamber, prepared by unknown hands, has vanished, and the hands are dust; but both are immortal. How many of the living acts of His servants in like manner seem to perish, and the doers of them to be forgotten or unknown! But He knows the name of ‘such an one and does not forget that he opened his door for Him to enter in and sup.

 

 

The fact that Jesus put aside the Passover and founded the Lord’s Supper in its place, tells much both about His authority and its meaning. What must He have conceived of Himself, who bade Jew and Gentile turn away from that God-appointed festival, and think not of Moses, but of Him? What did He mean by setting the Lord’s Supper in the place of the Passover, if He did not mean that He was the true Paschal Lamb, that His death was a true sacrifice, that in His sprinkled blood was safety, that His death inaugurated the better deliverance of the true Israel from a darker prison-house and a sorer bondage, that His followers were a family, and that ‘the children’s bread’ was the sacrifice which He had made? There are many reasons for the doubling of the commemorative emblem, but this is obviously one of the chief - that, by the separation of the two in the rite, we are carried back to the separation in fact; that is to say, to the violent death of Christ. Not His flesh alone, in the sense of Incarnation, but His body broken and His blood shed, are what He wills should be for ever remembered. His own estimate of the centre point of His work is unmistakably pronounced in His institution of this rite.

 

 

But we may consider the force of each emblem separately. In many important points they mean the same things, but they have each their own significance as well. Matthew’s condensed version of the words of institution omits all reference to the breaking of the body and to the memorial character of the observance, but both are implied. He emphasises the reception, the participation, and the significance of the bread. As to the latter, ‘This is My body’ is to be understood in the same way as ‘the field is the world and many other sayings. To speak in the language of grammarians, the copula is that of symbolic relationship, not that of existence; or, to speak in the language of the street, ‘is’ here means, as it often does, ‘represents.’ How could it mean anything else, when Christ sat there in His body, and His blood was in His veins? What, then, is the teaching of this symbol? It is not merely that He in His humanity is the bread of life, but that He in His death is the nourishment of our true life. In that great discourse in John’s Gospel, which embodies in words the lessons which the Lord’s Supper teaches by symbols, He advances from the general statement, ‘I am the Bread of Life to the yet more mysterious and profound teaching that His flesh, which at some then future point He will ‘give for the life of the world is the bread; thus distinctly foreshadowing His death, and asserting that by that death we live, and by partaking of it are nourished. The participation in the benefits of Christ’s death, which is symbolised by ‘Take, eat is effected by living faith. We feed on Christ when our minds are occupied with His truth, and our hearts nourished by His love, when it is the ‘meat’ of our wills to do His will, and when our whole inward man fastens on Him as its true object, and draws from Him its best being. But the act of reception teaches the great lesson that Christ must be in us, if He is to do us any good. He is not ‘for us’ in any real sense, unless He be ‘in us The word rendered in John’s Gospel ‘eateth’ is that used for the ruminating of cattle, and wonderfully indicates the calm, continual, patient meditation by which alone we can receive Christ into our hearts, and nourish our lives on Him. Bread eaten is assimilated to the body, but this bread eaten assimilates the eater to itself, and he who feeds on Christ becomes Christ-like, as the silk-worm takes the hue of the leaves on which it browses. Bread eaten to-day will not nourish us to-morrow, neither will past experiences of Christ’s sweetness sustain the soul. He must be ‘our daily bread’ if we are not to pine with hunger.

 

 

The wine carries its own special teaching, which clearly appears in Matthew’s version of the words of institution. It is ‘My blood and by its being presented in a form separate from the bread which is His body suggests a violent death. It is ‘covenant blood the seal of that ‘better covenant’ than the old, which God makes now with all mankind, wherein are given renewed hearts which carry the divine law within themselves; the reciprocal and mutually blessed possession of God by men and of men by God, the universally diffused knowledge of God, which is more than head knowledge, being the consciousness of possessing Him; and, finally, the oblivion of all sins. These promises are fulfilled, and the covenant made sure, by the shed blood of Christ. So, finally, it is ‘shed for many, for the remission of sins The end of Christ’s death is pardon, which can only be extended on the ground of His death. We are told that Christ did not teach the doctrine of atonement. Did He establish the Lord’s Supper? If He did (and nobody denies that), what did He mean by it, if He did not mean the setting forth by symbol of the very same truth which, stated in words, is the doctrine of His atoning death? This rite does not, indeed, explain the rationale of the doctrine; but it is a piece of unmeaning mummery, unless it preaches plainly the fact that Christ’s death is the ground of our forgiveness.

 

 

Bread is the ‘staff of life but blood is the life. So ‘this cup’ teaches that ‘the life’ of Jesus Christ must pass into His people’s veins, and that the secret of the Christian life is ‘I live; yet not I, but Christ liveth in me Whine is joy, and the Christian life is not only to be a feeding of the soul on Christ as its nourishment, but a glad partaking, as at a feast, of His life and therein of His joy. Gladness of heart is a Christian duty, ‘the joy of the Lord is your strength’ and should be our joy; and though here we eat with loins girt, and go out, some of us to deny, some of us to flee, all of us to toil and suffer, yet we may have His joy fulfilled in ourselves, even whilst we sorrow.

 

 

The Lord’s Supper is predominantly a memorial, but it is also a prophecy, and is marked as such by the mysterious last words of Jesus, about drinking the new wine in the Father’s kingdom. They point the thoughts of the saddened eleven, on whom the dark shadow of parting lay heavily, to an eternal [after a millennial] reunion, in a land where ‘all things are become new and where the festal cup shall be filled with a draught that has power to gladden and to inspire beyond any experience here. The joys of heaven will be so far analogous to the Christian joys of earth that the same name may be applied to both; but they will be so unlike that the old name will need a new meaning, and communion with Christ at His table in His kingdom [Luke 22: 28-30, R.V.)], and our exuberance of joy in the full drinking in of His immortal life, will transcend the selectest hours of communion here. Compared with that fulness of joy they will be ‘as water unto wine - the new wine of the kingdom.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

782

 

SINNING WILLFULLY

 

 

By PHILIP MAURO

 

 

 

The passage beginning at Hebrews 10: 26 contains warnings similar to those of chapter 6, which have been already discussed. There are, however, some further comments that may be made to the profit of the reader.

 

 

“For if we sin wilfully after that we have received the knowledge of the truth, there remaineth no more sacrifice for sins, but a certain fearful looking for of judgment and fiery indignation, which shall devour the adversaries” (26, 27).

 

 

This passage states what would happen if we [who are regenerate] should “sin wilfully after that we have received the knowledge of the truth The passage brings to view an important distinction which the law of God made between what were called “sins of ignorance” (Lev. 4: 2, 13, 22, 27,etc.) and “presumptuous sins An instance of the latter is given in Numbers 15. Sins of ignorance, or errors, are described in verses 22-29; and for sins of this class sacrifices were provided. “And the priest shall make an atonement for the soul that sinneth ignorantly, when he sinneth by ignorance before the Lord, to make an atonement for him; and it shall be forgiven him” (verse 28). “But the soul that doeth presumptuously (or highhandedly), whether he be born in the land or a stranger, the same reproacheth the Lord; and that soul shall utterly be cut off; his iniquity shall be upon him” (30, 31).

 

 

Then is related, as an instance of presumptuous sin, the case of the man who violated the Sabbath, and was stoned to death.

 

 

This distinction is observed in the Epistle to the Hebrews. At chapter 9: 7 is a reference to the atonement which the priest made for the “errors literally, the “sins of ignorance of the people. The passage quoted above from the tenth chapter of Hebrews brings to mind that, for a wilful sin by one of God’s people of the former dispensation, there was no sacrifice provided, but instead there was a certain expectation of judgment, namely, the cutting off of that soul from the congregation of the Lord.

 

 

The reason for the severity of the punishment prescribed for presumptuous, or highhanded sins, was that he who committed such a sin had reproached the Lord, despised His Word, and broken His commandment.

 

 

A sin of this nature, if committed by one who has “received the knowledge of the truth i.e., the knowledge of Christ and the Sacrifice offered by Him, would be a yet more serious matter, and deserving of sorer punishment; for such an one would have trodden under foot the Son of God, and would have counted the blood of the covenant, wherewith he was sanctified, an unholy thing, and would have done despite to (i.e., insulted) the Spirit of grace.

 

 

Because of the strong expressions used in this passage many have supposed that it could not be intended for the children of God. Nevertheless the words “if we sin wilfully and other phrases, leave no room to doubt that these solemn warnings are for the [regenerate] people of God. And furthermore the language, strong as it is, does not assert or even imply that any child of God would [ignorantly] be guilty of treading under foot the Son of God and counting the blood of the covenant wherewith he was sanctified an unholy thing or of insulting the Spirit of grace. The purpose of this strong warning is, like that of chapter 6, to prevent the people of God from the commission of the wilful sin; and since this is the purpose for which God has intended the warning, we have no warrant to suppose that it would fail to accomplish its object. Let us therefore give earnest heed to the warning and note carefully that if anything could rob it of its power and defeat its purpose, it would be the teaching, which unhappily is quite common, that it has no application to the [regenerate] children of God.

 

 

In the experience of God’s pilgrims, while journeying through the wilderness of this world, we may, trace two great lines of effort by the adversary to obstruct their progress. The first comprises the various temptations and allurements whereby it is sought to turn them aside [to apostatize] and induce them to depart from the living God. Against these efforts of the enemy the Spirit of God raises, as a standard, the strong and solemn warnings to which we have been directing our attention.

 

 

The second line of effort by the enemy is in the nature of discouragement by reason of the difficulties, tribulations, and sufferings which the people of God must encounter on their onward progress. That there is a necessity for these sufferings is plainly declared in many Scriptures. “In the world ye shall have tribulation,” is the Lord’s own word (John 16: 33). “All that will live godly in Christ Jesus shall suffer persecution” (2 Tim. 3: 12). Consequently the [Holy] Spirit extends to the suffering people of God the aid of strong exhortations.

 

 

Thus we have warnings against dangers, and exhortations against discouragements; and among these stimulating exhortations there is none better calculated to raise the fainting spirit and cheer the sorrowful heart than the opening passage of Hebrews 12. In that well-known passage we are exhorted not to forget that “whom the Lord loveth he chasteneth, and scourgeth every son whom he receiveth If we are enduring discipline, that should not tend to discourage us, but quite the contrary, for it is a clear proof that God is dealing with us as with sons; “for what son is he whom the father chasteneth not

 

 

For those who endure trial, affliction, and distress, the Word of God abounds in comfort. Their part is to recognize and to despise not the chastening of the Lord, nor to faint when rebuked of Him. For if, when the fathers of our flesh corrected us we gave them reverence, shall we not much rather be in subjection to the Father of spirits, and live? Our Father knows that no chastening at the time seems a matter of joy, but rather of grief. Nevertheless, afterward it yields the peaceable fruit of righteousness to those who have been exercised by it. It is by means of chastening that the soil of our hearts is prepared, that it may bring forth fruits meet for the One by whom it is dressed.

 

 

Wherefore, being thus instructed by the Word of God as to the real significance of trials and sufferings, let us not be discouraged. Lift up the hands that hang down, and the enfeebled knees, and make straight paths for your feet, lest that which is lame be turned aside for God’s will is, not that it be turned aside, but rather that it may be healed.

 

 

The test or trial of faith is to be expected by the children of God, and they should not wish to avoid it; for the trial of their faith is more precious to God than that of gold which perishes (1 Pet. 1: 7). Therefore, they should greatly rejoice in the living hope of the [future] salvation that is “ready to be revealed in the last time even though at present they be in heaviness through manifold trials (1 Pet. 1: 3-6). The object is that the faith, when tested, may be found unto praise, and honour, and glory, at the appearing of Jesus Christ.

 

 

The saints have one great, unfailing, and all-sufficient resource in the time of affliction. Therefore, in Hebrews 12, they are exhorted to “look away unto Jesus, the leader and the finisher of faith In order to run with endurance the race set before them, they must be like Moses, who endured as seeing - that is, just as if he actually saw - Him who is invisible. Thus does faith always, in the testing time, prove that it is faith, by resting upon that which is not seen.

 

 

In like manner the Apostle Peter, in the passage referred to above (which may be profitably studied in connection with Hebrews), after referring to the reward of tested faith at the appearing of Jesus Christ, adds, “Whom having not seen, ye love; in whom, though now ye see him not, yet believing, ye rejoice, with joy unspeakable and full of glory: receiving the end of your faith, the salvation of your souls” (1 Pet. 1: 8, 9).

 

 

We would note again that the end in view, in the perfecting of the sons of God through trials and afflictions, is the saving. But at present it is the testing of faith that we are considering; and in concluding this subject we would say that, since the saints of God know not when nor how the test will come, it is above all things important to be prepared for it. Among the lessons taught in Hebrews, one of the clearest is this, that the way to insure preparation for the day of temptation in the wilderness is first, to pay constant and earnest heed to the things that we have heard, which are things not seen (for faith comes by bearing, and is the conviction of things not seen); and, second, to “consider the Apostle and High Priest of our confession, Jesus even looking away from ourselves and from the seen things, unto Him, from whom our faith originated, and by whom alone it can be finished. Thus may we be strengthened in faith to meet the trial when it comes.

 

 

The subject of the race which the saint is called upon to run is introduced by words which are very familiar, but perhaps not generally understood. “Wherefore seeing we also are compassed about with so great a cloud of witnesses, let us lay aside every weight, and the sin which doth so easily beset us, and let us run with patience the race that is set before us, looking unto Jesus” (12: 1, 2).

 

 

*       *       *       *

 

 

783

 

“SEE THOU TO THAT

 

 

By ALEXANDER MACLAREN, D.D., LITT.D.

 

 

-------

 

 

 

‘I have sinned in that I have betrayed the innocent blood. And they said,

What is that to us? See thou to that. 24. ‘I am innocent of the blood

of this just Person: see ye to it.’ - Matt. 27: 4, 24.

 

 

 

So, what the priests said to Judas, Pilate said to the priests. They contemptuously bade their wretched instrument bear the burden of his own treachery. They had condescended to use his services, but he presumed too far if he thought that that gave him a claim upon their sympathies. The tools of more respectable and bolder sinners are flung aside as soon as they are done with. What were the agonies or the tears of a hundred such as he to these high-placed and heartless transgressors? Priests though they were, and therefore bound by their office to help any poor creature that was struggling with a wounded conscience, they had nothing better to say to him than this scornful gibe, ‘What is that to us? See thou to that

 

 

Pilate, on the other hand, metes to them the measure which they had meted to Judas. With curious verbal correspondence, he repeats the very words of Judas and of the priests. ‘Innocent blood said Judas. ‘I am innocent of the blood of this just Person said Pilate. ‘See thou to that answered they. ‘See ye to it says he. He tries to shove off his responsibility upon them, and they are quite willing to take it. Their consciences are not easily touched. Fanatical hatred which thinks itself influenced by religious motives is the blindest and cruellest of all passions, knowing no compunction, and utterly unperceptive of the innocence of its victim.

 

 

And so these three, Judas, the priests, and Pilate, suggest to us, I think, a threefold way in which conscience is perverted. Judas represents the agony of conscience, Pilate represents the shuffling sophistications of a half-awakened conscience, and those priests and people represent the torpor of an altogether misdirected conscience.

 

 

 

I. Judas, or the agony of conscience. ‘I have sinned in that I have betrayed the innocent blood We do not need to enter at any length upon the difficult question as to what were the motives of Judas in his treachery. For my part I do not see that there is anything in the Scripture narrative, simply interpreted, to bear out the hypothesis that his motives were mistaken zeal and affection for Christ; and a desire to force Him to the avowal of His Messiahship. One can scarcely suppose zeal so strangely perverted as to begin by betrayal, and if the object was to make our Lord speak out His claims, the means adopted were singularly ill-chosen. The story, as it stands, naturally suggests a much less far-fetched explanation.

 

 

Judas was simply a man of a low earthly nature, who became a follower of Christ, thinking that He was to prove a Messiah of the vulgar type, or another Judas Maccabeus. He was not attracted by Christ’s character and [prophetic] teaching. As the true nature of Christ’s work and [coming messianic] kingdom became more obvious, he became more weary of Him and it. The closest proximity to Jesus Christ made eleven enthusiastic disciples, but it made one [apostate] traitor. No man could live near Him for three years without coming to hate Him if he did not love Him. Then, as ever, He was set for the fall and for the rise of many. He was the ‘savour of life unto life, or of death unto death

 

 

But be this as it may, we have here to do with the sudden revulsion of feeling which followed upon the accomplished act. This burst of confession does not sound like the words of a man who had been actuated by motives of mistaken affection. He knows himself a traitor, and that fair, perfect character rises before him in its purity, as he had never seen it before - to rebuke and confound him.

 

 

So this exclamation of his puts into a vivid shape, which may help it to stick in our memories and hearts, this thought - what an awful difference there is in the look of a sin before we do it and afterwards! Before we do it the thing to be gained seems so attractive, and the transgression that gains it seems so comparatively insignificant. Yes! and when we have done it the two change places; the thing that we win by it seems so contemptible - thirty pieces of silver! pitch them over the Temple enclosure and get rid of them! - and the thing that we did to win them dilates into such awful magnitude!

 

 

For instance, suppose we do anything that we know to be wrong, being tempted to it by a momentary indulgence of some mere animal impulse. By the very nature of the case, that dies in its satisfaction and the desire dies along with it. We do not wish the prize any more when once we have got it. It lasts but a moment and is past. Then we are left alone with the thought of the sin that we have done. When we get the prize of our wrong-doing, we find out that it is not as all-satisfying as we expected it would be. Most of our earthly aims are like that. The chase is a great deal more than the hare. Or, as George Herbert has it, ‘Nothing between two dishes - a splendid service of silver plate, and when you take the cover off there is no food to eat - such are the pleasures here

 

 

Universally, this is true, that sooner or later, when the delirium of passion and the rush of temptation are over and we wake to consciousness, we find that we are none the richer for the thing gained, and oh! so infinitely the poorer for the means by which we gained it. It is that old story of the Veiled Prophet that wooed and won the hearts of foolish maidens, and, when he had them in his power in the inner chamber, removed the silver veil which they had thought hid dazzling glory and showed hideous features that struck despair into their hearts. Every man’s sin does that for him. And to you I come now with this message: every wrong thing that you do, great or small, will be like some of those hollow images of the gods that one hears of in barbarian temples - looked at in front, fair, but when you get behind them you find a hollow, full of dust and spiders’ webs and unclean things. Be sure of this, every sin is a blunder.

 

 

That is the first lesson that lies in these words of this wretched [apostate] traitor; but again, here is an awful picture for US of the hell upon earth, of a conscience which has no hope of pardon. I do not suppose that Judas was lost, if he were lost, because he betrayed Jesus Christ, but because, having betrayed Jesus Christ, he never asked to be forgiven. And I suppose that the difference between the traitor who betrayed Him and the other traitor who denied Him, was this, that the one, when ‘he went out and wept bitterly had the thought of a loving Master with him, and the other, when ‘he went out and hanged himself had the thought of nothing but that foul deed glaring before him. I pray you to learn this lesson - you cannot think too much, too blackly, of your own sins, but you may think too exclusively of them, and if you do they will drive you to madness of despair.

 

 

My dear [Christian] friend, there is no penitence or remorse which is deep enough for the smallest transgression; but there is no transgression which is so great but that forgiveness for it may [after repentance] come. And we may have it for the asking, if we will go to that dear Christ that died for us. The consciousness of sinfulness is a wholesome consciousness. I would that every man and woman listening to me now had it deep in their consciences, and then I would that it might lead us all to that one Lord in whom there is forgiveness and peace. Be sure of this, that if Judas Iscariot, when his ‘soul flared forth in the dark died without hope and without pardon, it was not because his crime was too great for forgiveness, but because the forgiveness had never been asked. There is no unpardonable sin except that of refusing the pardon that avails for all sin.

 

 

II. So much, then, for this first picture and the lessons that come out of it. In the next place we take Pilate, as the representative of what I have ventured to call the shufflings of a half-awakened conscience.

 

 

‘I am innocent of the blood of this just Person says he: ‘see ye to it He is very willing to shuffle off his responsibility upon priests and people, and they, for their part, are quite as willing to accept it; but the responsibility can neither be shuffled off by him nor accepted by them. His motive in surrendering Jesus to them was probably nothing more than the low and cowardly wish to humour his turbulent subjects, and so to secure an easy tenure of office. For such an end what did one poor man’s life matter? He had a great contempt for the accusers, which he is scarcely at the pains to conceal. It breaks out in half-veiled sarcasms, by which he cynically indemnifies himself for his ignoble yielding to the constraint which they put upon him. He knows perfectly well that the Roman power has nothing to fear from this King, whose kingdom rested on His witness to the Truth. He knows perfectly well that un-avowed motives of personal enmity lie at the bottom of the whole business. In the words of our text he acquits Christ, and thereby condemns himself. If Pilate knew that Jesus was innocent, he knew that he, as governor, was guilty of prostituting Roman justice, which was Rome’s best gift to her subject nations, and of giving up an innocent man to death, in order to save himself trouble and to conciliate a howling mob. No washing of his hands will cleanse them. ‘All the perfumes of Arabia will not sweeten’ that hand. But his words let us see how a man may sophisticate his conscience and quibble about his guilt.

 

 

Here, then, we get once more a vivid picture that may remind us of what, alas! we all know in our own experience, how a man’s conscience may be clear-sighted enough to discern, and vocal enough to declare, that a certain thing is wrong, but not strong enough to restrain from doing it. Conscience has a voice and an eye; alas! it has no hands. It shares the weakness of all law, it cannot get itself executed. Men will get over a fence, although the board that says, ‘Trespassers will be prosecuted’ is staring them in the face in capital letters at the very place where they leap it. Your conscience is a king without an army, a judge without officers. ‘If it had authority, as it has the power, it would govern the world,’ but as things are, it is reduced to issuing vain edicts and to saying, ‘Thou shalt not,’ and if you turn round and say, ‘I will, though,’ then conscience has no more that it can do.

 

 

And then here, too, is an illustration of one of the commonest of the ways by which we try to slip our necks out of the collar, and to get rid of the responsibilities that really belong to us. ‘See ye to it’ does not avail to put Pilate’s crime on the priests’ shoulders. Men take part in evil, and each thinks himself innocent, because he has companions. Half-a-dozen men carry a burden together; none of them fancies that he is carrying it. It is like the case of turning out a platoon of soldiers to shoot a mutineer - nobody knows whose bullet killed him, and nobody feels himself guilty; but there the man lies dead, and it was somebody that did it. So corporations, churches, societies, and nations do things that individuals would not do, and each man of them - wipes his mouth and says, ‘I have done no harm.’ And even when we sin alone we are clever at finding scapegoats. ‘The woman tempted me, and I did eat is the formula universally used yet. The schoolboys excuse, ‘Please, sir, it was not me, it was the other boy,’ is what we are all ready to say.

 

 

Now I pray you, brethren, to remember that, whether our consciences try to shuffle off responsibility for united action upon the other members of the firm, or whether we try to excuse our individual actions by laying blame on our tempers, or whether we adopt the modern slang, and talk about circumstances and heredity and the like, as being reasons for the diminution or the extinction of the notion of guilt, it is sophistical trifling; and down at the bottom most of us know that we alone are responsible for the volition which leads to our act. We could have helped it if we had liked. Nobody compelled us to keep in the partnership of evil, or to yield to the tempter. Pilate was not forced by his subjects to give the commandment that it should be as they required. They had their own burden to carry. Each man has to bear the consequences of his actions. There are many ‘burdens’ which we can ‘bear for one another, and so fulfil the law of Christ’; but every man has to bear as his own the burden of the fruits of his deeds. In that harvest, he that soweth and he that reapeth are one, and each of us has to drink as we ourselves have brewed. You have to pay for your share, however many companions you may have had in the act.

 

 

So do not you sophisticate your consciences with the delusion that your responsibility may be shifted to any other person or thing. These may diminish, or may modify your responsibility, and God takes all these into account. But after all these have been taken into account there is this left - that you yourselves have done the act, which you need not have done unless you had so willed, and that having done it, you have to carry it on your back for evermore. ‘See thou to that,’ was a heartless word, but it was a true one. ‘Every one of us shall give an account of himself to God and as the old Book of Proverbs has it, ‘If thou be wise, thou shalt be wise for thyself: and if thou scornest, thou alone shalt bear it

 

 

 

III. And so, lastly, we have here another group still - the priests and people. They represent for us the torpor and misdirection of conscience.

 

 

‘Then answered all the people and said, His blood be on us and on our children They were perfectly ready to take the burden upon themselves. They thought that they were ‘doing God service’ when they slew God’s Messenger. They had no perception of the beauty and gentleness of Christ’s character. They believed Him to be a blasphemer, and they believed it to be a solemn religious duty to slay Him then and there. Were they to blame because they slew a blasphemer? According to Jewish law - no. They were to blame because they had brought themselves into such a moral condition that that was all which they thought of and saw in Jesus Christ. With their awful words they stand before us, as perhaps the crowning instances in Scripture history of the possible torpor which may paralyse consciences.

 

 

I need not dwell, I suppose, even for a moment, upon the thought of how the highest and noblest sentiments may be perverted into becoming the allies of the lowest crime. ‘O Liberty! what crimes have been done in thy name!’ you remember one of the victims of the guillotine said, as her last words. ‘O Religion! what crimes have been done in thy name!’ is one of the lessons to be gathered from Calvary.

 

 

But, passing that, to come to the thing that is of more consequence to each of us, let us take this thought, dear brethren, as to the awful possibility of a conscience going fast asleep in the midst of the wildest storm of passion, like that unfaithful prophet Jonah, down in the hold of the heathen ship. You can lull your consciences into dead slumber. You can stifle them so that they shall not speak a word against the worst of your sins. You can do so by simply neglecting them, by habitually refusing to listen to them. If you keep picking all the leaves and buds off the tree before they open, it will stop flowering. You can do it by gathering round yourself always, and only, evil associations and evil deeds. The habit of sinning will lull a conscience faster than almost anything else. We do not know how hot a room is, or how much the air is exhausted, when we have been sitting in it for an hour and a half. But if we came into it from outside we should feel the difference. Styrian peasants thrive and fatten upon arsenic, and men may flourish upon all iniquity and evil, and conscience will say never a word. Take care of that delicate balance within you, and see that you do not tamper with it nor twist it.

 

 

Conscience may be misguided as well as lulled. It may call evil good, and good evil; it may take honey for gall, and gall for honey. And so we need something outside of ourselves to be our guide, our standard. We are not to be contented that our consciences acquit us. ‘I know nothing against myself, yet I am not hereby justifiedsays the apostle; ‘he that judgeth me is the Lord And it is quite possible that a man may have no prick of conscience and yet have done a very wrong thing. So we want, as it seems to me, something outside of ourselves that shall not be affected by our variations. Conscience is like the light on the binnacle of a ship. It tosses up and down along with the vessel. We want a steady light yonder on that headland, on the fixed solid earth, which shall not heave with the heaving wave, nor vary at all. Conscience speaks lowest when it ought to speak loudest. The worst man is least troubled by his conscience. It is like a lamp that goes out in the thickest darkness. Therefore we need, as I believe, a revelation of truth and goodness and beauty outside of ourselves to which we may bring our consciences that they may be enlightened and set right. We want a standard like the authorised weights and measures that are kept in the Tower of London, to which all the people in the little country villages may send up their yard measures and their pound weights, and find out if they are just and true. We want a Bible, and we want a Christ to tell us what is duty, as well to make it possible for us to do it.

 

 

These groups which we have been looking at now, show us how very little help and sympathy a wounded conscience can get from its fellows. The conspirators turn upon each other as soon as the detectives are amongst them, and there is always one of them ready to go into the witness-box and swear away the lives of the others to save his own neck. Wolves tear sick wolves to pieces.

 

 

Round us there stand Society, pitiless and stern, and Nature, rigid and implacable; not to be besought, not to be turned. And when I, in the midst of this universe of fixed law and cause and consequence, wail out, ‘I have sinned a thousand voices say to me, ‘What is that to us? See thou to that And so I am left with my guilt - it and I together. There comes One with outstretched, wounded hands, and says, ‘Cast all thy burden upon Me, and I will free thee from it all.’ ‘Surely He hath borne our griefs and carried our sorrows Trust in Him, in His great sacrifice, and you will find that His ‘innocent blood’ has a power that will liberate your conscience from its torpor, its vain excuses, its agony and despair.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

784

 

MIRACULOUS GIFTS

 

 

By D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

AS the Age closes, few truths are more vitally important than all that God has said on the coming open battle of miracle between Heaven and Hell, and our preparation for this last conflict, and we do well to take a rapid, bird’s-eye view of all the facts, as related in history and as perfected in prophecy. There is perhaps no subject on which evangelical believers are more unscriptural, though utterly unconsciously so; and the great Conventions, with the admirable aim of a deeper sanctity, use language on the ‘baptism’ and the ‘filling’ of the Spirit which gravely obscures the original miraculous nature of the Church, and the coming miracles of God. The result is mental twilight. The miraculous design in the Church has been ignored and dismissed; or else, discerning the error, a graver danger has been fallen into - demonic miracles have been welcomed in the belief that they are Divine.* We need not remind our readers of the fact of unutterable gravity that an official Commission of the Church of England has reported in favour of Spiritualism, though the Report has not been published.

 

* The Montanists in the second century, the Camisards in the eighteenth century, the Irvingites in the nineteenth century, and the Petecostalists in this century - all have had among them true and devoted Christians, and all have had ‘gifts of tongues’; but none have miracles greater than, or different in kind from, the supernatural in the great demon movements of history - Witchcraft, Spiritualism, and Theosophy.

 

 

Pentecost

 

 

The bedrock fact underlying all is the presence of a Person of the Godhead on the earth. Christ had foretold it. “When the Comforter is come, whom I will send unto you from the Father, even the Spirit of truth, he shall bear witness of me” (John 15: 26); “if I go, I will send him unto you” (16: 7). The gathered Apostles witnessed the arrival. “Suddenly there came from heaven a sound as of the rushing of a mighty wind, and it filled all the house where they were sitting. And there appeared unto them tongues parting asunder, like as of fire; and it sat upon each one of them” (Acts 2: 2). The Holy Spirit, having thus arrived at Pentecost, remains, carrying out the whole work of God on earth for two thousand years, until, with the first rapt, He returns to Heaven.

 

 

The Baptism of the Spirit

 

 

This arrival of the Holy Ghost involved what is called ‘the baptism of the Spirit’. Our Lord foretold it. He charged the assembled Apostles to “wait for the promise of the Father; for John indeed baptized with water, but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost not many days hence” (Acts 1: 4). This ‘baptism’ is a ‘filling’: so we read at Pentecost, - “They were all filled with the Holy Spirit, and began to speak with other tongues, as the Spirit gave them utterance” (Acts 2: 4). Totally distinct from the ‘birth’ of the Spirit, or regeneration, which is internal and invisible, this baptism or filling is an ‘on-fall’, or immersion, of the Holy Ghost, falling upon the man, and always producing miracles. “The Holy Ghost fell on all them which heard the word, because on the Gentiles also was poured out the gift of the Holy Ghost; for they heard them speak with tongues” - here was the proof - “and glorify God” (Acts 10: 44). There is no record of the baptism or filling of the Spirit which was not accompanied by miracles: where there are no ‘signs’ there is no proof that the Spirit has fallen: the baptism is a ‘manifestation’ of the Spirit (1 Cor. 15: 7) - that is, the Spirit’s presence made visible and audible to the senses. This miraculous working of the Holy Spirit was but a fulfilment of our Lord’s words:- “These signs shall follow them that believe: in my name shall they cast out devils: they shall speak with new tongues: they shall take up serpents, and if they drink any deadly thing, it shall in no wise hurt them: they shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover” (Mark 16, 17).

 

 

The Miracle-endowed Church

 

 

The consequence of the baptism in the Spirit was a supernatural Church, endowed with miraculous orders and gifts. “God hath set some in the church” - with no hint whatever that it would be for only two hundred out of two thousand years - “first apostles, secondly prophets, thirdly teachers, then miracles, then gifts of healings, helps, governments, divers kinds of tongues” (1 Cor. 12: 28). Miraculous gifts were distributed throughout the assemblies. “To each one is given the manifestation of the Spirit to profit withal. For to one is given through the Spirit the word of wisdom; and to another the word of knowledge, according to the same Spirit; and to another gifts of healings, in the one Spirit; and to another workings of miracles; and to another prophecy; and to another discernings of spirits; and to another divers kinds of tongues; and to another the interpretation of tongues” (1 Cor. 12: 8). Thus we face the inexplicable fact that for at least eighteen centuries the Church has been devoid of all [instantaneous] miracles; and this can hardly have been the Divine plan, for it is elsewhere explicitly stated, - “The gifts and the calling of God are without repentance” (Rom. 11: 29); that is, His gifts may cease to operate; but it is not that He withdraws them [without having a justifiable reason for doing so!]*

 

[* NOTE: There are multitudes of regenerate believers today, who are disobedient, unrepentant, and apparently content to continue sinning wilfully against Him! They are regenerate believers who, over a period of time, have become apostate. They rejected God’s accountability truths and conditional promises: and they are now seeking to lead other Christians away from these truths! God’s presently unfulfilled prophetical teachings, have no place in their eschatology! For this reason God has given up to “… the lusts of their hearts unto uncleanness, that their bodies should be dishonoured among themselves: for they exchanged the truth of God for a lie, …”  “For this cause God gave them up unto vile passions: for their women changed the natural use into that which is against nature: and likewise also the men, leaving the natural use of the women, burned in their lust one toward another, men with men working unseemliness, and receiving in themselves that recompense of their error which was due:” (Rom. 1: 24-27, R.V.). cf. Acts 7: 51, 52; Jude 5, 7, 11, R.V.)].

 

 

Tests

 

 

But just here is slipped, in a warning that is critical and vital. Miracle is not confined to God: “our wrestling is not against flesh and blood, but against the principalities, against the powers, against the world-rulers of this darkness, against the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places” (Eph. 6: 12). Spiritualism itself at first put forward a claim to be Pentecost.* Even Antichrist will work “all signs and wonders” (2 Thess. 2: 9). Therefore, most strikingly, one of the nine miraculous gifts is the ‘discerning of spirits’: that is, the power to detect, supernaturally, whether a spirit communicating is good or evil. With all the other miraculous gifts, this discerning power has disappeared; but by the mercy of God two infallible tests are put into our uninspired hands - tests which appear to be unknown to the modern Church. (1) There is a test for the spirit. “Beloved, believe not every spirit, but try the spirits, whether they be of God. Every spirit that confesseth” - in answer to the challenge - “that JESUS CHRIST IS COME IN THE FLESH is of God” (1 John 4: 1). The reply to the challenge must be given by the spirit, not by the person on whom he has fallen. (2) A second test is for the inspired. “Now concerning the inspired,** brethren, I would not have you ignorant. No man speaking in the Spirit of God” - that is, no inspired man - “saith, Jesus is anathema; and no man [inspired] can say JESUS is LORD, but in the Holy Spirit” (1 Cor. 12: 1). All untested spirits must be utterly avoided. The great apostasy from the Church itself, by millions of Christians, is to be based on direct intercourse with ‘seducing’ spirits (1 Tim. 4: 1).

 

* See R. D. Owen’s Debatable Land Between This World and the Next.

 

** The word that follows “no man speaking” - proves that pneumatikon refers to inspired men, not inspired gifts: the speaker must say, “Jesus is Lordwhile provably under inspiration.

 

 

The Coming Outpour

 

 

The dispensation of the Church disappears, and the Holy Spirit, having returned to Heaven with the watchful (2 Thess. 2: 6), is in a position to be ‘out-poured’ once more, when “the seven Spirits of God [shall be] sent forth into all the earth” (Rev. 6: 5) * Pentecost is to be repeated, for the prophecy of the last outpour is quoted as having an earlier fulfilment in Pentecost. “This is that which hath been spoken by the prophet Joel: And it shall be in the last days, saith God, I will pour forth my Spirit upon all flesh” - all without distinction, not all without exception; “and your sons and your daughters shall prophecy: before the day of the Lord come” (Acts 2: 16). “The sending forth of the seven Spirits of God into all the earth is a full restoration of the entire ministry of the Holy Ghost. These seven Spirits of God are to he sent forth into all the earth: from this we see the coming of the great latter rain outflowing of the Holy Spirit which will restore the prophetic vision and bring about such a transformation in the ways and means of preaching that thousands of people, filled with the Spirit, will ‘prophesy’; that is, they will preach by direct inspiration; not only forthtelling by the power of the Holy Spirit, but also fore-telling events to come. Can we not see how this will be in the order of God as the last warning and instruction just before His awful judgments are to fall on the world? Therefore we can surely look right ahead for the greatest outflowing of the Holy Ghost the world has ever known” (W. C. Moore). In the words of Lange:- “When the waves of the last agony of a submerging world break, yet once more, and louder than ever, goes forth the call of a vast and infinite compassion

 

* The Holy Spirit could not now be sent into all the earth, for He is there at this moment: this proves that His coming temporary departure from earth (2 Thess. 2: 7) is a fact.

 

 

Millennial Gifts

 

 

All closes with a wonderful revelation: namely, that the coming Kingdom of the Lord on earth will be one of miraculous gifts lasting throughout the thousand years. A single phrase proves it: “THE POWERS OF TI1E AGE TO COME” (Heb. 6: 5): so characteristic are miracles of the coming Kingdom, so fully then in evidence, that they are the powers of the Age to Come. Their operation is not described; but the works of the Two Witnesses, who have “power to shut the heaven; and they have power over the waters to turn them into blood, and to smite the earth with every plague” (Rev. 11: 6), reveal them.

 

 

The Bible

 

 

One fact of enormous importance springs out of the original nature of the Church as God planned and made it. The Bible was born in an inspired Church. In assemblies where “men spake from God, being moved by the Holy Ghost” (2 Pet. 1: 21), the exact, God-given books of the Old Testament were finally determined, and all man-made apocrypha excluded; and the fresh inspirations that compose the New Testament were added, and closed: that is, we were given, for these two thousand years, the mind of God, revealed directly and infallibly and for ever.*

 

* “God has not thought fit by a perpetual miracle to preserve the text from transcriptional errors. Having by extraordinary revelation once bestowed the gift, He leaves its preservation to ordinary laws, yet by His secret providence furnishes the Church, its keeper and witness, with means to ensure its accuracy in all essentials (Rom. 3: 2). Criticism does not make variations, but finds them, and turns them into means of ascertaining approximately the original test. More materials exist for restoring the genuine text of the New Testament than precarious, makes almost certain the text” - CANON A. R. FAUSSET.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

785

 

WHO ARE THE SPIRITS

IN SPIRITUALISM?

 

 

 

“THE extraordinary growth of the movement,” says Mr. Frank T. Podmore,  “the number of its adherents, and their fidelity through evil and good report, has made Spiritualism an important historical fact* Thousands are conscious of movements propelled by unseen realities.

 

* Frank Podmore, Naturalization of the Supernatural, p. 172.

 

 

The Ghost in Man, the Ghost that once was Man,

But cannot wholly free itself from Man,

Are calling to each other through a dawn

Stranger than earth has ever seen; the veil

Is rending, and the Voices of the day

Are heard across the Voices of the dark.

 

 

But these facts, as also Tennyson’s lines, introduce us to an even weightier problem. Mankind is not without a history. What relation is borne to older supernatural facts, to embodied spiritisms of other generations, other climes, by this great revival of spiritual forces? Spiritualism has not the distinctness or the unity of a single revelation; rather, it appears as one aspect of a many-sided movement, linked on to curious displays of the supernatural in the present, and to strikingly similar developments in the past. On all hands is admitted the active existence of good and bad spiritual powers. To which does Spiritualism belong? Or is it a mixed agency? The Lord Jesus, accompanied by His apostles and prophets, was the channel of an harmonious revelation, backed by beneficent miracle and holy life: various occult practices, on the other hand, mixed with strange teachings and manifold uncleannesses, have also had root in the unseen, and revealed themselves to be witchcraft.* Under what heading must Spiritualism fall? To the Spiritualist himself this must be a question of the deepest moment. Holding loosely, perhaps, older forms of faith, facts, to him convincing, have crossed his vision; he thinks he has grasped a faith based on personal experiment; he rejoices in communion with loved ones, passed, hitherto, beyond his ken; and, though perplexed over many things curious and contradictory in his new sphere of experience, he is gladdened by optimistic messages and new-born assurances of the soul’s immortality. But it is obvious that all this rests on an assumption that the intercourse is really with the dead. What if the spirits’ claim to be the dead be falsified? What if other hands indite the script, other eyes direct the dark circle? Immortality would remain unproven; and, for the rest, the Spiritualist be a dupe of organised deception and systematic cunning; voices would speak but to allure; and crystals, let down before the eyes with visions of surpassing loveliness, prove, it may be, foolish dreams and opiate fantacies, the illusory portal to a lost world.

 

* The term is used here in its wider sense; as intercourse with evil powers, with whatever motives and aims; though with special reference to those mediaeval practices which, when spurious, were contemptible, and when real, were felt by all to be abhorrent. Demonic possession the Bible always regards as involuntary, pitiable, and not necessarily connoting great wickedness; sorcery, or witchcraft, it regards as voluntary and evil. “There shall not be found with thee an enchanter, or a sorcerer, or a charmer, or a consulter with a familiar spirit, or a wizard, or a necromancer” (Deut. 18: 10).

 

 

We appeal to the Spiritualist, as solemnly as we know how, to ponder deeply the problem of identity; for upon it much hinges. Unconscious of evil, and with laudable rectitude, it is possible to assimilate irretrievable error; and it is certain that no investigation is so fraught with the perils of ignorance as is this. Forcible objections render the hypothesis of the dead difficult of belief. (1) Why should death paralyse the memory, and frequently make the returning soul powerless even to spell his name? A Spiritualist, keenly sensible of this difficulty, offers an explanation which frankly admits the fact. “It would appear from the experience of others,” he says, “as well as from my own, that the memory of names, or of other words in themselves not suggestive of ideas, is a faculty almost exclusively confined to a material brain* The pseudo-Stainton Moses, after death, endeavours in vain to recall the names of his ‘controls’ in life**; and Mr. F. W. H. Myers has forgotten the existence of the Psychical Research Society which he helped to found.*** (2) The incompetence of returning spirits is proverbial. Homer cannot write passable Greek; Shakespeare spells, but in neither Elizabethan nor Victorian fashion; Newton is inaccurate in simple problems; even Tennyson charms no more. “The greater part of the phenomena observed,” says M. Camille Flammarion - “noises, movement of tables, raps, replies to questions asked - are really childish, puerile, vulgar: often ridiculous. Why should the souls of the dead amuse themselves in this way§

 

* Address, London SP. Alliance, 1890. ** Frank Podmore’s Modern Spiritualsim, vol. II. p. 346. *** Sir O. Lodge’s Founders of the S.P.R., p. 288. § Mysteries of Psychic Forces, p. 440: London, 1907.

 

 

The evidence presented by the so-called dead is nearly always faulty and inadequate.* Personation must be an ever-present danger so long as the sιance is open to spirits morally perverse. “A certain degree of moral perversity,” says Mr. Frank Podmore, “is a frequent and notorious characteristic of automatic expression** Here is the extraordinary admission of Professor Lombroso:- “If the medium is not specially wicked, he becomes so in the trance*** Helpless recipients, powerless to guard against imposture except by recalling incidents, which can be recalled by others, or noting mannerisms, which can be assumed, - we stand on the threshold of a domain, in which the history of each life is an unrolled map, and each soul the object of lengthened observation. (3) Is it wonderful that tricky spirits are known to masquerade as the dead? - “Vain creatures,” as Mr. Moses says, “strutting in borrowed plumes - Shakespeares who cannot spell; Bacons who cannot convey consecutive ideas; others are really actors of excellence, who play for a time with skill§ Imperfect actors we might rely on our own ability to expose; but how discover “actors of excellence,” masked in once familiar mannerisms, when, in an unguarded moment, we had thought our lost found, and heard, as we believed, voices that struck the deepest chords of our memories.

 

* Dr. Maurice Davies records a test case. “I was sent for by a lady who had been a member in my congregation, and who had taken great interest in these questions. She was suddenly smitten down with a mortal disease, and I remained with her almost to the last - indeed, I believe her last words were addressed to me, and referred to this very question of identification - she consulting me on the great problem she was then on the very point of solving! As soon as she had gone from us, I went home, and tried to communicate with her. I was informed that her spirit was present, and yet every detail as to names, etc., was utterly wrongMystic London, p. 387.

 

**Apparitions and Thought Transference, p. 95.

 

*** After Death, p. 121 : London, 1908.

 

§ Higher Aspects of Spiritualism, p. 66.

 

 

Nor are these emotions too sacred for mimicry by apish tricksters in the unseen. “For seven years,” says one once a Spiritualist, “I held daily intercourse with what purported to be my mother’s spirit. I am now firmly persuaded that it was nothing but an evil spirit and infernal demon, who in that guise gained my soul’s confidence, and led me to the very brink of ruin* One such exposure proves the possibility of others. Such an imposter, thinks Mr. Moses, acting with an air of sincerity, and even sublimity, must be as Satan, clothed in light.** Yet he also says, “If there be such a Devil as you postulate, I should be very anxious as to my future, not knowing what pranks such an omnipotent fiend might not elect to play with one who habitually meddles with his spiritual domain*** (4) It is a favourite argument with Spiritualists that the agency is as mixed in moral character as are the departed themselves. “We admit to the full,” says Light, “the reality of evil agencies in the unseen. We not only admit it, we assert it, we urge it. ... We never cease to advise inquirers to be on their guard, but we also never cease to remind them that a good God is over all; and, if a good God is over all, it is monstrous - it is, in a way, impious - to imagine that only the hosts of hell can reach us here §

 

* Mr. Miles Grant’s Spiritualism Unveiled, p. 40. “The frequency,” writes Mr. Massey, “of admittedly deceptive communications proves at least that there are mixed influences abroad, and that the hospitality of the medium’s spiritual neighbourhood is shared by very questionable guests.” Preface to Transcendental Physics, p. 33.

 

** Spirit Identity, p. 46.

 

*** Ib., p. 18.

 

§ May, 1896. The hosts of heaven are also round about us (Heb. 1,  7: 14) but, day and night, they serve God the Father (Matt. 18: 10); and the Father, with the blessed bands of unfallen angels, is approachable only through One (John 14: 6).

 

 

But it is also argued, both by spirits and Spiritualists, that purified spirits depart into “spheres” remote from earth; thus behind with men, are left guiltier spirits, intercourse with whom must obviously be unsavoury. Further, the notion of a mixed agency does not square with loftier claims of the spirits. Spiritualism is pronounced to be a “revelation, a religion, a means of salvation* If it claims to be all this, and is not, it is fraudulent; yet how substantiate such claims in face of the admitted preponderance of evil spirits, whose art may be beyond human capacity to gauge, and the cruelty of their malevolence beyond our conception? “I have listened,” says an experienced Spiritualist, “to communications about matters quite beyond the knowledge of anyone present at the circle which contained such a subtle mixture of truth and falsehood as to suggest the guile of the serpent, and these communications, when carefully analysed by the light of subsequent tests, were unmistakably designed, with a degree of cunning almost beyond mortal wickedness, to entrap men to the undoing of their very souls**

 

* Spirit Teachings, p. 128. It is so faulty a “revelation,” however, that Spiritualists admit it to be, as a revelation, valueless. “Absolute dependence,” says Dr. Wallace, “is to be placed on no individual communications” (Miracles and Modern Spiritualism, p. 220). “We may lawfully dispute,” the London Spiritualist Alliance is informed, “both the truth and the wisdom of their utterances; we must subject them to criticism, and judge for ourselves what their import and value are” (M. and Dr. Theobald, Address, Nov. 1888). “Do not believe everything you are told,” adds Mr. Moses (Conduct of Circles).

 

** Borderland, April, 1894.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

786

 

ATTAINING THE PRIZE

 

 

By G. H. LANG

 

 

 

IT being the case that the first resurrection, while open indeed to all, is a prize which must be attained, and which, like every prize, may be forfeited, it is at once made clear why in Rev. 20, 4: 6, where the two resurrections are set, one at the opening of the Millennial kingdom and the other at its close, it is said that “blessed and holy” is he that hath part in the former, including pre-eminently those who in varying degree had suffered for and with Jesus and for the word of God. And that some [regenerate] believers not accounted worthy of that resurrection, will rise in the second resurrection unto eternal life, though they will have missed reigning with Christ in His kingdom, fitly explains why at the final judgment the book of life will be opened and searched (Rev. 20: 11: 15). Were it known as a fact that no possessors of eternal life would or could be there this examining of the book of life would not be required, nor should we expect the statement that “if any was not found written in the book” he was cast into the lake of fire; for in that event the natural expression would be -“as their names were not found, etc.”

 

 

A correct understanding of future events is of high value in the life of the Christian, but it is not fundamental to the gospel, neither does any rearranging of the order or particulars of those events imperil the faith. Men of undoubted orthodoxy and greatly used of God have taken very divergent views on these topics, which teaches that great names cannot prove any one view to be the true meaning of Scripture. On the other hand, this divergence should assure toleration and earnest research, so that more light may be gained and ever closer agreement be reached.

 

 

It is worthy of mention that the late Mr. Hudson Taylor and Mr. R. C. Chapman held the view here advocated. In the Appendix to his small work on The Song of Songs, entitled Union and Communion (ed. 5, p. 83), Mr. Hudson Taylor wrote of such as “if saved, are only half-saved”: who are for the present more concerned about the things of this world than the things of God. To advance their own interests, to secure their own comfort, concerns them more than to be in all things pleasing to the Lord. They may form part of that great company spoken of in Rev. 7, 9: 17 who come out of the great tribulation, but they will not form part of the 144,000, ‘the first-fruits unto God and to the Lamb’ (Rev. 14, 1: 5). They have forgotten the warning of our Lord in Luke 21, 34: 36; and hence they are not ‘accounted worthy to escape all these things that shall come to pass, and to stand before the Son of ManThey have not, with Paul counted ‘all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus the Lord and hence they do not ‘attain unto’ that resurrection from among the dead, which Paul felt he might miss, but aimed to attain unto.

 

 

“We wish to place on record our solemn conviction that not all who are Christians, or think themselves to be such, will attain to that resurrection of which St. Paul speaks in Phil. 3, 11, or will thus meet the Lord in the air. Unto those who by lives of consecration manifest that they are not of the world, but are looking for Him, ‘He will appear without sin unto salvation.’”

 

 

Mr. Robert Chapman about the year 1896 issued a series of Suggestive Questions. Number 10 includes the following:- “Are not the redeemed in Rev. 4 and 5 the same with those in ch. 20, 4, “Thrones and they sat upon them”? (verse 5) ‘This is the first resurrection Is it not a resurrection of first-fruits?” Now in the essential nature of the case first-fruits are but a portion of the whole harvest, and so the Question proceeds:- “And ‘the rest of the dead’ (in the same verse), do they not include all the family of God? not the wicked dead only? Hence, in verse 12, ‘Another book was opened, which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books, according to their works’ (verse 15). ‘And whosoever was not found written in the book of life was cast into the lake of fire’.”

 

 

Further as to this last passage, the exact rendering in the Revised Version, “if any was not found written in the book of life he was cast into the lake of fire by its negative form strongly supports this view. If it should be said of the crowd at a platform barrier that, If any was found not to have a ticket he was refused admittance, no one would suggest the meaning that not one of all who were there had a ticket or was allowed to pass.

 

 

Now from verses 4 and 6 of Rev. 20, “they lived and reigned” and “Blessed and holy is he that hath part in the first resurrection ... they shall reign it is clear that all who rise in the first resurrection do reign, from which it certainly follows that such as are not accounted worthy to reign do not rise at that time. Who shall say to what large degree this searching, conscience-quickening belief contributed to the blamelessness of Mr. Chapman’s beautiful life? The doctrine of the coming of our Lord is in the Scripture so set forth as to promote holiness of life (1 John, 3: 2 Pet. 3, 11-14 : Pet. 1, 13). That line of exposition will be found most accordant with Scripture which makes the most imperative demand for holiness.

 

 

To gain that prize I towards that goal will struggle

Which God has set before;

To gain that prize ’gainst sin and death I’ll battle

And with the world, make war;

And if it brings me here but shame and troubles

And scorn, if pain life fills,

Yet seek I nothing of earth’s empty baubles;

My God alone my longing stills.

 

 

To gain that prize, to reach that crown I’m pressing

Which Christ doth ready hold;

I mean His great reward to be possessing,

His booty for the bold.

I will not rest, no weariness shall stay me,

To hasten home is best,

Where I some day in peace and joy shall lay me

Upon my Saviour’s heart and rest.

 

                                                                                                           (From the German).*

 

 

[* NOTE: This article is from Firstfruits and Harvest, obtainable from I.C.M. books, 115 Dunkirk Road, Lurgan, Craigavon BT 66 7AR.   Tel. 028383 321488. Orders at ICM Books @ icmbooks.co.uk]

 

 

*       *       *

 

 

FEAR

 

 

Our brethren who say that every [regenerate] believer will escape the Great Tribulation, and our other brethren who say that every [regenerate] believer will experience the Great Tribulation, both unwittingly jettison overboard the priceless dynamic of fear, which therefore is sadly lacking in nearly all Second Advent literature. No plot of ground is so carefully avoided as one in which lies an unexploded time-bomb, if it is known to be there. Scripture commands fear. “If ye call on him as Father, who without respect of persons judgeth according to each man’s work, pass the time of your sojourning in fear” (1 Pet. 1: 17). For there is a [future] ‘salvation’ [for those who are eternally saved. (See 1 Pet. 1: 5, 9, R.V.] - an escape from the perils of coming judgment [Rev. 3: 10. cf. Luke 21: 34-36)] - which is within our own grasp and dependant on our own efforts: “work our your salvation with fear and trembling” (Phil. 2: 12). So our Lord, though He constantly said, “Fear not” anything on earth including martyrdom, commands fear with awful emphasis. “I will warn you” - He is addressing disciples (verse 1) - “whom ye shall fear: Fear Him, which after he hath killed hath power to cast into hell [Gk. ‘Gehenna’]; YEA, I SAY UNTO YOU FEAR HIM” (Luke 12: 5, [A.V.]).

 

 

-------

 

 

ABUNDANT ENTRANCE

 

 

“So an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ” (2 Pet. 1: 11, [A.V.]). So many are satisfied to escape punishment and “get to heaven when they die” - saved as by fire; others are “holding their own” - keeping the pound carefully laid up in a napkin. Both classes are missing an abundant entrance and participation in the reward of the coming [messianic] Kingdom. “To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame and am set down with My Father in His throne” (Rev. 3: 21).

 

                                                                                                                             - The Alliance Weekly.

 

 

-------

 

 

SECOND ADVENT REFUSAL

 

 

Mr. Bamber - [in his booklets: ‘The Personal Return’ and ‘The Hour and the Man’] - puts on record his keen and devoted testimony to the Lord’s return. His own experience of the refusal of the Second Advent by the Church as a whole is pathetic. “One is truly conscious of a deep heart-break. I was brought up in a Baptist church, trained for the Baptist ministry, and amongst those of the Baptist faith and order I find spiritual accord, yet everywhere I go I am conscious that in the majority of Baptist churches Second Adventism is taboo. Any man who believes it must never press it in denominational circles. If our colleges refer to the subject of His glorious appearing, it is to treat it as some treat their poor relatives, or else to deny its truth altogether. For lack of this teaching in our churches in the power of the Spirit our congregations are being starved and our chapels are emptying

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

787

 

PEACE LIKE A RIVER

 

 

 

MR. SPAFFORD was a member of the Chicago bar and an elder of the Presbyterian Church. He had been successful in his legal profession, but had made some unfortunate investments, and when the financial panic of 1873 seriously disturbed the business of the country Mr. Spafford found that his savings of many years had been swept away. The members of his family were prostrated by this disastrous turn in their affairs, and he acceded to the wish of helpful friends that they should visit Europe and thus be removed for some time from the scenes of his financial ruin.

 

 

Mrs. Spafford and her four children took passage on the French liner to Havre, and the story of that voyage is one of the most appalling of the calamities of the sea. When in mid-ocean and in the blackness of a November night, the steamship collided with the Glasgow clipper Loch Earn and in twelve minutes the former went down, carrying to death 250 souls, and among them were Mr. Spafford’s four daughters. Mrs. Spafford sank with the vessel but floated again, and was finally rescued.

 

 

The saved were taken to Havre, and from that city she sent a message to her husband in Chicago:- “Saved, but saved alone. What shall I do?” This message of fearful import - “sufficient to drive reason from her throne” - was the first notice Mr. Spafford had that his dear ones were not as happy as when, he parted with them a few days before in New York.

 

 

In his unutterable sorrow Mr. Spafford did not chant a dirge to impossible hope. When he reflected that his property was lost in destruction’s waste, that his wife was painfully prostrated, and that his children were buried in the dark waves of the sea, there came from his heart a song of trust and resignation that has many times encircled the globe:-

 

 

‘When peace like a river attendeth my way,

When sorrows like sea billows roll,

Whatever my lot Thou hast taught me to say,

It is well, it is well with my soul

 

 

When Mr. Spafford returned from Havre with his invalid wife he said to his friends:- “I never felt more like trusting God than I do now

 

 

One Sunday evening a service of song was given in one of our large city churches at which the story of “It Is Well With My Soul” was told and the lines sung with great tenderness of expression by the audience and choir. Attending the service was a gentleman who had suffered financial reverses in the panic of 1893. When he heard, the story of Spafford’s heavy affliction and joined in singing the hymn so pathetically inspired, he said to his wife on returning home from the service:- “I will never again complain of my lot. If Spafford could write such a beautiful resignation hymn when he had lost all his children, and everything else save his wife and character, I ought surely to be thankful that my losses have been so light.” -

 

                                                                                                                The Christian Witness.

 

 

*       *       *

 

 

788

 

IS THE BIBLE THE WORD OF GOD?

 

 

By PERCY CRAWFORD

 

 

 

MY main premise in this discussion is, “that the Bible as we now have it, in its various translations and revisions, when freed from all errors and mistakes of translators, copyists, and printers, is the very Word of God and consequently without error

 

 

In other words, when God chose to use the personalities of Moses, Joshua, David, Malachi, Peter, James and John and the rest, he took their personalities and breathed through them inspiring them to write His Word. For instance, in 2 Samuel 23: 2 it is recorded that David said, “The Spirit of the Lord spake by me and His word was in my tongue These were the words of David as he lay dying. Peter said, “Holy men of God spake as they were moved [or ‘carried along’] by the Holy Ghost In 2 Timothy 3: 16 Paul says, “All scripture is given by inspiration of God Now I know that some of our more supposedly modern, thinking men say that the Bible contains the word of God. Some say they can accept the words of Jesus but none other. I maintain it is the Word of God, or it is not. If one part of the precious book is in error, then away with it. If it isn’t what it professes to be, I for one will take hands off and announce to the world that it is a fake. But it is in truth the Word of God and I believe so.

 

 

I

Because it is logical to expect God

 to reveal Himself to man in this way.

 

 

He could have used angels to speak from heaven. He could have caused writing to appear in the Heavens or could have spoken Himself with a loud voice. But how would you and I know that God really spoke? Instead, He did it in the logical way. He conveyed His thoughts through the medium of words. These two are inseparable, as a sum to its figures, as a tune to its notes, as the words to ideas. Over 3,000 times you’ll find the writer says, “Thus saith the Lord” or words to that effect. Suppose these men were liars, how do you account for the high type of moral and spiritual life? There’s only one way and that’s through the conception that these men were inspired, or God Breathed, conveying to man the plan and mind of God. Another reason I accept the Bible as the Word of God is that

 

II

The Bible claims so to be.

 

 

A man said to me a few years ago, when I didn’t know much about the Bible, “The Bible nowhere claims to be the Word of God.” I was stumped. But if I were to meet him now I would show him it does so claim. It claims it in 1 Cor. 14: 36; 2 Cor. 4: 2; Heb. 4: 12; Tim. 4: 5; Titus 2: 5; etc. Then too

 

III

Christ endorsed it as being the Word of God.

 

 

It is recorded in Luke 24: 27, “And beginning at Moses and all the prophets He expounded unto them in all the scriptures the things concerning himself He was the Son of God endorsing and putting His approval on the entire Old Testament, or the Bible of the Jews as we have it to-day. Again, before Jesus went up into heaven He said, John 14: 26, “The Holy Ghost whom the Father will send in my name, he shall teach you all things and bring all things to your remembrance whatsoever I have said unto you This was to be the work of the Holy Ghost, and how wonderfully and thoroughly He recorded the things in the gospels and the epistles for our learning. Another proof the Bible is the Word of God is

 

IV

Its fulfilled Prophecies.

 

 

A prophecy is easy to make, but it is another thing to have it come true. God’s prophecies always come true. He prophesied in Ezekiel 26: 3, 4 against the Gentiles, saying, - “Therefore thus saith the Lord God; Behold, I am against thee, O Tyrus, and will cause many nations to come up against thee, as the sea causeth his waves to come up. And they shall destroy the walls of Tyrus, and break down her towers: I will also scrape her dust from her, and make her like that top of a rock And it was not until 240 years after Nebuchadnezzar that Alexander the Great came. He came conquering and took the built-up part of the city of Tyre on the Mainland but could not get at the island. Finally he said and I quote him, “I will build a causeway two hundred feet wide right through the harbour to the island So great was the amount of material needed to build this causeway that the ruins of the mainland were all used and actually the rocks of the foundations were scraped so as to get all available material. Think of it! This was Alexander’s victory, but more than that, it was God’s. Scoffers may have sneered as they lived and died in the beautiful city of Tyre but God triumphed at last.

 

 

Then, too, His prophecy concerning the Messiah. In Isa. 7: 14 and Micah 5: 2 and Isa. 53 read it for yourself; you’ll see Jesus was prophesied minutely even 1,000 years before He did come and when He came, He fulfilled these and other prophecies in all details, even to the nails in His hands and His unbroken bones.

 

 

V

In the fifth place I maintain that if man wrote the Bible,

man could write a better one.

 

 

By that I mean if the Bible is a product of man’s genius, with God left out altogether, then if there has been any evolution or growth of man’s learning capacity, why doesn’t some professor from some of our great schools of learning write an entirely new Bible instead of tearing out a few pages of our present Bible? But they can’t do it. What man has made, man has improved. Take transportation for instance: The airplane, the locomotive, the automobile. Take our means of lighting. First we used a torch, then a candle, then a lamp with a wick, then gas jets, then Edison’s incandescent light bulb. That which man makes, man improves. If a man wrote the Bible and man only, man could improve upon it.

 

 

VI

The unity of the books of the Bible.

 

 

How wonderfully they dove-tail. Written as they were under God by over 35 different authors covering a period of some 1,500 years, the first man not seeing the last, yet when all these 66 books are brought together, all agree perfectly, not one conflicting with the other. How do you account for that? There’s but one answer and that is that God was in it.

 

 

The other day we had the honour of being shown through the Kaiser shipyards by the officials in Richmond and they took us through one of the Victory ships. Let us suppose parts of this ship were made in different States of the Union; the stern, coming from Oregon, the bow from California, the mast from Texas, the bridge from Florida, the Plates from the New England States, the cabins from Illinois, and when they were all brought together they fit perfectly. Oh, you’d say, there was a Master Architect, someone who drew up the blue prints, there was a Master Mind behind the whole thing and that’s true, a good deduction.

 

 

And so you must conclude in regard to the Scriptures. The Master Mind of God is in it.

 

                                                                                                               - The Christian Digest.

 

 

*       *       *

 

 

JUDGMENT

 

 

JUDGMENTS that have already fallen are an appalling revelation of the judgments to come. In 1902 the volcanic eruption of Mount Pelee, which buried 40,000 citizens of Martinique under the burning lava, was preceded by a long period of utter wickedness. The people blasphemously crucified a masquerade pig on the Good Friday immediately preceding the disaster. There are legends, now, of further blasphemous rites which are in progress when the ‘fire of the Lord out of Heaven’ was rained down. There seems to have been good ground for describing Martinique as the wickedest spot in the West Indies.

 

 

A traveller who wintered recently in the West Indies is authority for the following statement of present conditions [i.e. conditions during December 1943]:- “Since the overthrow of Martinique no one has been able to live on this island. Immediately after the eruption a rank growth of vegetation appeared, covering the place from the cap of the mountain to the shore line. When it was decided to take steps toward rebuilding the town, it was discovered that a curious and most poisonous kind of snake had taken possession and was running everywhere in this lush foliage, Efforts on the part of the Government to destroy these venomous creatures, were unavailing. The only way sightseers cab satisfy their curiosity is to hire a band of native ‘beaters’ so named because they go with tourists and drive the snakes back by violently thrashing the shrubs

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

789

 

THE GREAT TRIBULATION

 

 

BY G. H. LANG

 

 

 

Leaving the great multitude of details to be supplied by His hearers from the Old Testament scriptures, or to be learned from those later revelations which He knew they would receive when the Holy Spirit should declare unto them things that were to come, the Lord carries forward their thoughts to the crisis hour of that crisis epoch.

 

 

The Wild Beast is supreme. Using the combined weight and force of the ten-kingdom empire, he has constrained to acquiescence the remoter nations not actually members of that league; and dazzling and deceiving by the wonder of his arrival from death (Rev. 13: 3; 17: 8), he has secured the worship of the whole earth.

 

 

But there is a fly in the ointment - a Mordecai who has the effrontery to remain seated when all bow obsequiously before this Satan-exalted Human. This is intolerable; and those who persist in worshipping the true God and in keeping His laws, and those who, in addition to this, confess Jesus to be the true Lord of heaven and earth, these all must be exterminated.

 

 

The scheme for effecting this is simple, and fatally effective. Nebuchadnezzar shewed the way the last universal Emperor will perfect the method of the first. Let there be made an image of the Emperor, and let every person be required to worship it. Is he not the fit person to be honoured with divine worship? He is the embodiment of humanity, and is not humanity the full and final exhibition of the all-inclusive deity? Also, he is the head and concentration of the State, and there is nothing higher than the state: “the life of the state is the law of the state” is a saying as ruthless as it is ancient and pagan! Again, he is the supreme incarnation of Satan, the god and prince of this world! On every account he ought to be worshipped! So the edict is issued that henceforth, not for thirty days only but for evermore, no worship or prayer shall be offered to any god save to the Beast only.

 

 

And if any of these pestilential Jews or Christians will not render this homage they shall be immediately subjected to an universal commercial boycott, and it shall be illegal to buy from or sell to them; and also they shall fall under sentence of death. Nor shall there be any evading of these measures; for as soon as one has performed the required act of worship he shall be branded upon the right hand or the forehead with a mark distinctive of the beast, and whoever does not exhibit the sign, and will not receive it, shall thereby stand condemned (Rev. ch. 13).

 

 

But hold! there is an obstacle to this measure. The Beast, for purposes of his own, had made with the Jewish people a solemn treaty for seven years, and but half the period has expired (Dan. 9: 27; Isa. 27: 14-22) Pashaw Popes have broken them with impunity, why should not emperors do so? Moreover, there is abundant and ancient precedent to show that faith need not be kept with heretics. Enforce the decree; set up the image; and let it be placed in the court of the temple of Jehovah in the holy City itself. That is the Jewish national and religious centre, and thence the yet more hateful Christian religion took its rise. There, on the great inaugural day of the perfected world-religion, shall the Beast himself take his seat, “giving himself out that he is God”, and “exalting himself above all that is called God or that is an object of worship” (Dan. l1: 36, 37; 2 Thess. 2: 4). Make the sacrifice to Jehovah to cease by force (Dan. 9: 27)! let the soldiery of the fourth empire again slaughter the worshippers before the altar! spare no violence or indignity to enforce uniformity of religion!

 

 

But hark! What is this majestic voice that rings around the whole earth, drowning the voices of the heralds that in every city are simultaneously proclaiming the deity of the Emperor? It is an angel flying in mid heaven, “saying with a great voice, If any man worshippeth the Beast and his image, and receiveth a mark upon his forehead or upon his hand, he also shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God, which is prepared unmixed in the cup of His anger; and he shall be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels, and in the presence of the Lamb: and the smoke of their torment goeth up for ever and ever; and they have no rest day and night, they that worship the Beast and his image, and whoso receiveth the mark of his name” (Rev. 14: 9-11). Thus, as godlessness reaches its climax, God once more warns His foes, if perhaps some may repent. And perchance there are those who do so; for some who never openly professed faith in Christ, yet befriend His brethren during the ensuing reign of terror, and are accepted of Him at His return (Matt. 25: 24-36). But almost all submit to the Beast, join him in persecuting the saints, and incur the threatened eternal doom.

 

 

Thus the abomination that maketh desolate, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, is standing where it ought not, even in the Holy Place, and like as the net is suddenly thrown over the unsuspecting bird, so has come upon men as a snare that day of “great tribulation such as hath not been from the beginning of the world until now, no, nor ever shall be” (Matt 24: 1-22; Lk, 21: 14-20).

 

 

The evangelist Luke records an important detail. Perhaps fearing violent resistance from the Jews, or to overawe them into submission, or to be prepared to take advantage of any pretext that may justify an early massacre, the Beast has begun beforehand to concentrate troops around Jerusalem. To such as remember and believe the words of Christ, the commencement of this encirclement will be the definite sign that the worst of the trouble is imminent: “when ye shall see Jerusalem being encircled [kuktoumenen, the present participle] with armies, then know that her desolation is at hand” (Lk. 21: 20). This will be the signal for instant flight at the utmost speed, and without regard to sacrifice of goods or even clothing; and sorry will be the plight of any unable to hasten (Matt. 24: 17-19; Mk. 13: 14-17). How terrible will be the lot of those entrapped in the city, upon their refusing to adore the Beast, may be inferred from the fact that life on the bare mountains, unrelieved by customary comforts and full of uncertainty as to its necessaries, is yet greatly to be preferred.

 

 

In this awful emergency the hated fugitives have but one resource - PRAYER: the Lord adds, “PRAY YE”. And an altogether striking hint of both the limit and the power of prayer is here given. Prayer cannot avail to avert this fearful era: the end of the age must come, and cannot but be of this character, for a consumption [of the lawless] is strictly decided upon, overflowing with righteousness: “for a consummation, and the strict decision, shall the Lord, Jehovah of hosts, make in the midst of all the earth” (Isa. 10: 22, 23 see R.V., with Variorum Bible). But prayer has such unique influence that it can affect the matter of whether the flight must be in the inclement winter season, when rains make the mountains almost impossible as a refuge, or at a lesser rigorous time of the year; and prayer can avail to secure that the escape shall not have to be on a sabbath, when only a very short journey would be feasible in a land where no provisions could be purchased by the way, nor transport or help be hired, nor other hindrances be wanting, by reason of the bulk of the inhabitants scrupulously observing the Sabbath. Well will it be if saints, before that emergency bursts, are practised in the use of this mighty weapon All-prayer, and, in view of the predicted crisis, have controlled these particular circumstances by believing intercession.

 

 

Objection has been taken to the application of this scripture to the literal future temple of God at Jerusalem.

 

 

1. It has been asserted that the term “temple” here used, namely, Sanctuary, naos, cannot be properly applied to any shrine erected by man. But it is so used in Matt. 23: 16 (twice), 17, 21, 35; 26: 61; 27: 5, 40, 51; Mk. 15: 29, 38; Lk. 1: 9, 21, 22; 23: 45; John 2: 20; Rev. 11: 1, 2: in all eighteen times. Obviously there is nothing to forbid Paul so using it when the subject required, though naturally enough he more often employed it in its spiritual sense since the spiritual temple of God, the Church, was his usual topic.

 

 

2. That there will be a temple at Jerusalem prior to Christ’s descent is clear from several passages.

 

 

1. Dan. 9: 27, The Desolator of Jerusalem will make sacrifice and oblation to cease. It is a fixed principle with the Jewish race that a temple, and this at Jerusalem, is indispensable to sacrifice. The Law (Deut. 16: 11-7) strictly prohibits the offering of sacrifices elsewhere than at the gate of the house of God; hence no sacrifices have been offered by Jews since the destruction of the temple, A.D. 70.

 

 

2. The prophecy of Joel unmistakeably applies to the day of the Beast. It is declared that “the day of the Lord is at hand” (1: 15.) and that the day is mentioned again in 2: 11. The restoring of temporal prosperity to the land and people is pictured in 2: 18-27, the last verse showing that the Lord is now in the midst of Israel, and affirming that henceforth His “people shall never be ashamed”, which marks this as the permanent, final restoration of Israel. Then follows the blessing of “all flesh” (2: 28, 29). Ch. 3 amplifies the details of the judgments that the Lord will inflict at that era upon enemies of His people, and again He is described (verse 17) as now “dwelling in Zion”, and it is guaranteed that never again shall aliens over-run Jerusalem. Now in the description of the famine and invasion that will immediately precede the advent of the lord, there are references to acting priests (11: 9; 2: 17), to the meal and drink offerings (1: 9, 13; 2: 14), and to a fast to be solemnized “in the house of Jehovah your God”, that house being further mentioned in 1: 9, and 1: 16; while in 2: 15-17, the fast is further described, and the priests are pictured as weeping “between the porch and the altar”.

 

 

3. That the “abomination that maketh desolate” had a foreshadowing in the acts of Antiochus Epiphanes, B.C. 110, did not hinder the Lord from declaring (Matt. 24: 15; Mk. 13: 14) that the fulfilment of that prophecy lay in the future; and the setting up of that abomination is to be accompanied by the enforced cessation of sacrifice, by the profanation of a “sanctuary”, a “holy place” (Dan. 9: 27; 11: 31), all implying a temple then standing.

 

 

4. As we have before seen, Rev. 11: 2, refers to the treading down of the Holy City by the Beast, and this passage speaks positively of “the temple of God”, “the altar”, the “worshippers”, and the surrounding “court”. That the city is Jerusalem is clear from verse 8, it being the place “where also their Lord was crucified”, and by it being identified with the Jerusalem of Isaiah 1: 10, by being called spiritually by the name that the prophet had applied metaphorically, “Sodom”.

 

 

5. But it is asked: if it be allowed that a temple will be erected, is it conceivable that the Holy One of Israel, should acknowledge it as his sanctuary seeing (a) that it will be built by an unbelieving people, and (b) that this is the age of Israel’s national rejection by Him?

 

 

But let it be observed (a) that the temple of Christ’s day was built by a most monstrously wicked man, Herod the Great, and he moreover an alien by race, and that it was ruled by rationalists and hypocrites and profaned by officially-recognized merchant robbers; and yet the Lord spoke of it as “My Father’s house”. As to (b) it should be noted that the end of the [present evil] age will be the very close of the Lo ammi period (Hos. 1: 9), and a transition epoch. God will then be definitely dealing with the nation to turn them to Himself, and as a result there will be a perceptible turning of heart to Him on the part of many. It is only the majority of Israel, not the whole nation, that will covenant with the Beast: “he shall make a firm covenant with the many” = the majority (Dan. 9: 27); and it is ever God’s way to regard mercifully a godly minority (Gen. 18: 32; Jer. 5: 1); and so this minority at that time we read: “they shall call on My name, and I will hear them” (Zech. 13: 9).

 

 

6. But it is objected that the Lord Jesus upon leaving the temple for the last time, formally rejected the place, saying, “Behold, your house is left unto you desolate”, and that so no temple can be properly called the temple of God until the people accept Jesus as the Messiah, crying, “Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord” (Matt. 23: 38, 39).

 

 

To this we answer (a) that God does most distinctly term that temple which, as above shown, is to be built “the house of Jehovah” and “the house of God” (Joel 1: 14, 16), even as He speaks of Jerusalem at that period as “My holy mountain” (Joel. 2: 1) and the “holy city” (Rev. 11: 2), for it is sacred, and this perpetually, not because Israel dwells there, but because Jehovah has chosen it, and set it apart, as His centre on earth.

 

 

(b) Moreover, what is the true force of the word “desolate” which Christ applied to the house? The answer is given by the next words: “your house is left unto you desolate, FOR ye shalt not see me henceforth”. This necessarily means; My personal, bodily presence shall once again be seen in this house; for there was not, nor had there ever been, any other divine presence in that temple. Scripture speaks of five temples at Jerusalem. (1) That of Solomon. (2) That of Zerubbabel, built on the return from Babylon (Ezra, Nehemiah, Haggai). (3) That of Herod, which Christ left. (4) that under discussion, to be erected in the days of the end. (5) That Millennial temple to be built by Messiah (Zech. 6: 12, 13; Ezek. ch. 40-47: 12). In the first the Shechinah glory dwelt (1 Kin. 8: 10, 11), but left it at the time of the destruction of that house by the Chaldeans (Ezek. chs. 9-11). That glory never has returned, and was not known in the second or third temples; so that those two houses were not dwelt by the God of Israel personally, and therefore He could not in that sense be said to leave them desolate, that is, unoccupied. Yet they were owned as being His house, though He was not in residence; and so therefore can be that one which is to be erected.

 

 

7. There seems not to be any proper sense in which the Man of Sin can be said to seat himself in the Church of God. That a Person is in view we cannot now discuss, but we consider it to be beyond question. The Christians on the earth at any given time are not in N.T. viewed as an organized body and are not called ‘the temple of God’... Antichrist certainly could not in any conceivable sense ‘take his seat’ in the Church the body of Christ, which church while it is complete in the purposes of God, will not be manifested till the revelation of the Lord Jesus, 2 Thess. 1: 7, 10, cp. Col. 3: 4, the time of his destruction, 2 Thess. 1: 8. And if he were to assert himself in any one company of Christians, he would command only local and limited attention, whereas it is implied in the passage that “he will occupy the world-stage and exert a world-wide influence”. (Hogg and Vine).

 

 

As no Christian ecclesiastical edifice is ever contemplated in the New Testament, no such sense can be in view, and the term “temple of God” precludes the thought of any heathen building.

 

 

It remains only to take the term as we have before done, and after all, such an act of blasphemy as this enthronization in the sanctuary of God is no more than a natural and to be accepted climax in the career of one as bold, and proud, and ambitious. It will befit the era and the person, as well as the scheme of Satan.

 

 

*       *       *

 

 

THE REBUILDING OF THE TEMPLE

 

 

“It is of solemn significance that this article appeared in a Jewish national paper”*

 

[* From February 1955 issue of D. M. Panton’s ‘Evangelical Magazine’, DAWN.]

 

 

 

THERE has been much ado about the lack of formal religious life in the new State of Israel, and many are the “missionaries” from our own American Jewish community who desire to establish synagogues throughout the land of Israel in the hope that they will arouse the Yishuv (the Jews who have settled in Israel) to a great spiritual awakening.

 

What these well-intentioned members of our community fail to realise is that the synagogue performs a vital function in the Diaspora (dispersion), where it is the very heart, centre, and source of Jewish endeavour. However, in Israel where the whole land is a Beth Knesset, a synagogue cannot possibly have the same meaning.

 

What Israel needs is the Temple! It is time to build a new Temple in Israel - the Third Temple - the one that will mean to modern Israel what the ancient Temples meant for more than the thousand years of their existence.

 

 

All Jerusalem is Holy! This new Third Temple of our people, as long as it is built in Jerusalem, would stir world Jewry with all the dreams and longings of the ages. It would be dedicated to God in the spirit of Solomon’s dedication. “And My House shall be called a House of Prayer for all peoples

 

 

The glowing Menorah (candlestick) would once more give light. Mighty symphonies and glorious choirs would there dedicate their songs to God. It would be a place of prayer and meditation, a place of beauty and serenity, a place of memories of our past and dreams of our future, a place where all that occurred would be, not of a secular nature, but on the highest religious plane - devotion and dedication to the service of God.

 

 

Once again on the glad Festivals of Succoth, Passover and Shavuot, joyful pilgrims would come from all over Israel and from all over the world to Jerusalem - to the Temple!

 

It is time to build that Temple! The youth of Israel might resent a Synagogue as did their fathers and mothers, but a Temple, never.

 

The world is sick with its philosophies of materialism, and our youth, yes, our modern youth, seeks for God timidly, shyly, ashamed to frankly express its need. Israel needs a Temple! The Jews of the world need a Temple! Who knows but all humanity will better be able to understand the spirit of our people when they see rising upon the hills of Zion the rebuilt Temple whose memory is almost as sacred to them as it is to us.

 

                                                                                     - The National Jewish Post.

 

 

-------

 

 

PERHAPS TODAY

 

 

THE great event of the coming of the long-expected Lord may take place this day; there is absolutely nothing to hinder it happening any moment; what if it happened the very next moment?

 

 

To some, to those who are not ready, it will be an awful moment; an awful coming, an awful separation, an awful suddenness, an awful disappointment; but to those who are ready, what a glorious coming what a glorious reunion! what a glorious change! what a glorious moment! That glorious moment when the thundering shout of God’s archangel will burst asunder the vaulted doors of the damp cold chambers of the grave, and snap for ever the mouldy chains of death, and the dead in Christ shall on their immortal wings ascend to the land of radiant glory and delight.

 

 

That glorious moment when the angelic trump shall strike its sweetest strain, that magic and magnetic chord that will suddenly and completely draw the living saints from the world of care and sorrow to that endless summer clime!

 

 

That glorious moment when the everlasting gates of glory, upon their gigantic and eternal hinges, shall suddenly swing open and admit to their future happy home, the Redeemed - the Bride - the Queen of Glory.

 

 

“Surely I come quickly. Amen. Even so, come, Lord Jesus

 

                                                                                                      - GWILYM I. FRANCIS.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

790

 

PRAYING FOR THE ADVENT

 

 

By D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

PROBABLY no generation since our Lord ascended has had such urgent reasons as our own for praying for our Lord to come back: certainly none of us have had such urgent reasons in our lifetime. “God works according to the prayers of His people,” said Evan Roberts; and the date of the Advent is a loose end which prayer can effect. Since God has made all His actions in this poor world to depend on faith and prayer, God may be depending on us for the Advent much more than we dream. “The Lord Himself,” in the words of Canon Simpson, “would never have bidden us pray, ‘Thy kingdom come,’ if those times and seasons, which no man knows, were so irrevocably fixed that our efforts could not hasten or retard the wheels of His chariot.” If the Jewish disciple, by praying that his flight might not be on a Sabbath or in winter could so modify that date as to change it not only by the day of the week but by the season of the year, much more is it in the power of the Church, and therefore our glorious responsibility, to “hasten the coming of the day of God

 

 

The Holy spirit

 

 

First we learn what is the mind of the Holy Ghost. “The Spirit and the Bride say, Come” (Rev. 22: 17). This is (so far as we recollect) the only recorded prayer of the Spirit: He who prays “with groanings that cannot be uttered”, and when they are uttered, their summary is, Come. The Spirit has a myriad ways of affecting the world for good, yet His prayer is, Come: He knows the inexhaustible resources, the unrevealed powers, the secret plans of God, yet His prayer is, Come: the Holy Ghost knows no solution to the problems of the universe except the Second Advent of Christ, and it is His only supreme prayer. Thus the fuller we are of the Holy Spirit of God, the surer we are to pray the prayer.

 

 

The Saviour

 

 

Next, we learn the mind of our Lord. “When ye pray, say, Thy kingdom come Now it is true that this prayer for the Kingdom, and therefore for the King, involves the coming first of the judgments which precede it, and perhaps this is one reason why we shrink from the prayer: nevertheless no prayer is so comprehensive of the world’s need. In the words of Dr. E. P. Crown:- “In this prayer is summed up all that the Christian here can desire - the destruction of the power of Satan; the deliverance of the creation from the bondage of corruption; the banishment of sin and sorrow from the individual and from the world; the restoration of all things; the establishment of the Kingdom of righteousness; the beholding by Jesus in fulness of the travail of His soul, the bestowment upon Him in completeness of promised reward Or, in the words of Lord Shaftsbury, who wrought more social benefit to his generation than any other man:- “There is no remedy in all this mass of misery, but the return of our Lord Jesus Christ. Why do we not plead for it every time we hear the clock strike

 

 

The Apostles

 

 

We learn, next, the mind of the Apostles. Jesus says, “Yea, I come quickly.” “Amen John cries, “Come, Lord Jesus” (Rev. 22: 20). It is the last prayer from an Apostle’s lips, the last and crowning prayer of the Bible. As Dr. Talmage puts it:- “There may be many years of hard work before the consummation, but the signs are to me so encouraging that I would not be unbelieving if I saw the wing of the apocalyptic angel spread for its last triumphant flight in this day’s sunset; or if tomorrow morning the ocean cables should thrill us with the news that Christ the Lord had alighted on Mount Olivet to proclaim universal dominion. O you dead Churches, wake up! O Christ, descend! Scarred temple, take the crown! Bruised hand, take the sceptre! Wounded foot, step the throne! Thine is the Kingdom!”

 

 

The Churches

 

 

Next, we learn the mind of the Churches. “The Spirit and the Bride say, Come All sections of the Church - the Roman Faber, the Greek Chrysostom, the Anglican Fletcher of Madebey, the Puritan Baxter, the Presbyterian McCheyne, the Methodist Wesley, the Baptist Spurgeon, the Plymouth Brother Darby - all have uttered this prayer, which has never ceased all down the ages. But only when John wrote did the Bride, as a whole, thus pray: there is not a Church in Christendom: (except the Plymouth Brethren) that would corporately pray this prayer today. “‘Surely I come quickly’,” says Sir Robert Anderson, “are Christ’s last recorded words, but their fulfilment awaits the response of His people, ‘Amen, Come, Lord Jesus’ How impressive, therefore, it is that the Holy Spirit immediately adds, “and he that heareth” - he who has the hearing ear because he has the overcoming life - “let him say, Come “Hardly had our Lord reached the threshold of the house of the Father than He shouted back, Surely I come quickly: nor does the Church enter into the rapture of her hopes until she brings herself to respond, ‘Amen, even so come, Lord Jesus’” (Dr. Seiss).

 

 

Ourselves

 

 

Next, we learn our need. It is our peril that we are so concerned with the doctrine that we forget the prayer. In 24 volumes of The Quarterly Journal of Prophecy (1849 to 1873) there is not a single article on Prayer for the Coming. His coming quickly is the speed of desire. In the words of W. Lincoln:- “Many Christians do not realize that the Lord is waiting until He is invited to return by His own: we only need to be urged; He does not.” Let us learn to say, with Puritan Baxter:- “Master, O Saviour, the time of Thy return! Delay not, lest the living give up their hopes; delay not, lest earth should grow like Hell, and Thy Church be crumbled to dust. Oh, hasten that great resurrection day, when the graves that received but rottenness, and retain but dust, shall return Thee glorious stars and suns. Thy desolate Bride saith, Come. The whole creation saith, Come, even so come, Lord Jesus.” “The whole creation groaneth and travaileth in pain waiting “for the revealing of the sons of God” (Rom. 8: 19).

 

 

The Bridegroom and the Bride

 

 

A whole book of the Bible is reserved as an embodiment of the heart-cry for each other of the Bride and the Bridegroom. The waiting Bride suddenly cries: “The voice of my beloved! behold, he cometh, leaping upon the mountains, like a gazelle or a young hart” (Song of Songs 2: 8) - the two loveliest and swiftest creatures of the mountains. And He replies: “Arise [resurrection] my love, my fair one, and come away [rapture]. For lo, the winter is past, and the time of the singing of birds is come O my dove that art in the clefts of the rock, in the covert of the steep place” - on the precipitous summit of the Parousia. And then she cries back, in words that end the Song:- “Make haste, my Beloved, and be Thou like to a gazelle or a young hart” - for swiftness - “upon the mountains of spices.” In the words of McCheyne:- “The day of eternity is breaking in the east. On, brethren, do you know what it is to long for Himself - to cry, “‘Make haste, my Beloved’?”

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

791

 

THE SERMON ON THE MOUNT

 

 

By ROBERT GOVETT, M.A.

 

 

(Continued from Matt.7: 21)

 

 

 

WE return to the plea of the parties before us. They urge, that they have confessed the name of Jesus prominently and powerfully. They have done so in three ways; all of them commanding the utmost attention: for all suppose the exercise of supernatural power.

 

 

“Did we not in thy name prophesy

 

 

This does not mean “preach”: though many, seeing that prophecy has not abode in the church, would crush the word, till it mean this only.

 

 

“Everyone therefore who shall confess me, him will I confess also before my Father which is in heaven” (Matt. 10: 32). “Also I say unto you, Whosoever shall confess me before men, him shall the Son of Man also confess before the angels of God” (Luke 12: 8).

 

 

On this they take their stand. They had confessed the name of Christ on earth. They had acknowledged His future glory as their hope. Must He not therefore own their names, and admit them into that kingdom, of which they had been such eminent witnesses?

 

 

But Jesus, impelled by a sense of duty, and by the force of the principles of the kingdom, would refuse their plea. He will tell them plainly, “I never knew you

 

 

The statements on which their plea for entrance is founded Jesus does not deny. They were true. But He will not own them as His servants. Jesus never approved them; never confessed them as His. From that, I suppose, it follows, that these are unconverted men. Their acts of power could only have been done by power from Himself. “But if any have not the Spirit of Christ, he is none of His” (Rom. 8). If they were Christ’s, He must have known them. “I am the Good Shepherd, and know my sheep, and am known of mine” (John 10: 14; 2 Tim. 2: 19; Gal. 4: 9).

 

 

From the particulars of this case I gather, that these are Jewish disciples of Jesus, who arise after the Church is rejected. For, as far as we learn, after the Church began to exist on the day of Pentecost, no person who was not truly a believer in Jesus, received the supernatural gifts. Simon the magician was near to receiving them; but was refused, as having no part or lot in the matter, because his heart was not right in the sight of God (Acts 8).

 

 

The unbelieving sons of Sceva the Jew used the name of Christ in exorcism, but did not prevail over the spirit; on the contrary, the evil spirit prevailed against them (Acts 19).

 

 

But the gifts of miracle and inspiration will be again bestowed, specially on believers of Israel, when the gospel of the kingdom is sent forth; just before the end comes (Matt. 24: 14). It is of some of these then, I believe, that our Lord is speaking.

 

 

Observe next:-

 

 

II. The Judge’s decision

 

 

What is our Lord’s sentence?

 

 

“Depart from me, ye workers of lawlessness

 

 

To those who are to enter the kingdom, Jesus says, “Come, ye blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom But to these the rejected, He says, “Depart from me Their plea is set aside; because, though workers of miracles in Christ’s name, they were not workers of righteousness (Psa. 15: 2). The will of God is far more truly done by holiness, than by miracle.

 

 

This is a reference to the Psalms, which utter many a loud voice against “the workers of iniquity” (Psa. 28; 36: 7-12; 64; 92). In the 101st Psalm Jesus, as son of David, declares the sentence of admission or exclusion, and gives specimens of the works of iniquity or lawlessness, which will shut out.

 

 

“I will set no wicked thing before mine eyes: I hate the work of them that turn aside; it shall not cleave to me. A forward heart shall depart from me: I will not know a wicked person. Whoso privily slandereth his neighbour, him will I cut off: him that hath an high look and a proud heart will not I suffer. Mine eyes shall be upon the faithful of the land, that they may dwell with me: he that walketh in a perfect way, he shall serve me. He that worketh deceit shall not dwell within my house: he that telleth lies shall not tarry in my sight. I will early destroy all the wicked of the land; that I may cut off all wicked doers from the city of the Lord” (3-8).

 

 

Confirmatory is the witness of the New Testament. “It is a faithful saying: For if we died with him, we shall also live with him. If we suffer, we shall also reign with him: if we deny him, he also will deny us. If we believe not, yet he abideth faithful: he cannot deny himself ... Nevertheless the foundation of God standeth sure, having this seal, The Lord knoweth them that are his. And, Let everyone that nameth the name of Christ depart from iniquity. But in a great house there are not only vessels of gold and of silver, but also of wood and of earth; and some to honour, and some to dishonour. If a man therefore purge himself from these, he shall be a vessel unto honour, sanctified, and meet for the master’s use, and prepared unto every good work” (2 Tim. 2: 11-13, 19-21).

 

 

Here then is a case of exclusion; and not a singular one. “Many” will stand in this predicament. It is a very strong case by which to exhibit the principles of admission and of shutting out. If those miraculously gifted, and employed in furthering by acts of power the interests of the kingdom, will yet be excluded, it, of course, settles the case of all nominal Christians, who have no such power of miracle. These evil doers are held, righteously held, by our Lord to have worked against the kingdom far more than they wrought for it. For the millennial kingdom is not, primarily and characteristically, a kingdom of power. Its power is subordinate to its holiness. “For the kingdom of God is not meat and drink; but righteousness, and peace, and joy in the Holy Ghost” (Rom. 14: 17). ’Tis the “kingdom of heaven “the kingdom of God the kingdom of “the saints.” Again and again therefore we [regenerate Christians] are warned, that unrighteous persons shall not enter in (1 Cor. 6; 2 Tim. 4: 18; Eph. 5: 5; Gal. 5: 19, 21).

 

 

Workers of iniquity (or lawlessness) build up Satan’s kingdom by their spirit and deeds of evil, far more than they pull it down by acts of power. Such men therefore take Balaam’s place. “I shall see him, but not now: I shall behold him, but not nigh: there shall come a star out of Jacob, and a sceptre shall rise out of Israel, and shall smite the corners of Moab, and destroy all the children of Sheth” (Num. 24: 17).

 

 

They appeal to their public and supernatural confession of Christ’s name, and to the will of the Father, done by miracles. Jesus refuses them as unacknowledged by Himself, and counteracting the main will of His Father, which is holiness. “Thy will be done on earth, as it is in heaven How is it done there? In holiness.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *      *      *

 

 

792

 

THE CHURCH IN THE LAST CRISIS

 

 

By LEONARD RAVENHILL

 

 

 

“THEN the word of the Lord came unto me, saying, Before I formed thee ... I ordained thee a prophet unto the nations.

 

 

“Then said I, Ah, Lord God! behold, I cannot speak: for I am a child. But the Lord said unto me, Say not, I am a child: for thou shalt go to all that I shall send thee, and whatsoever I command thee thou shalt speak.

 

 

“Be not afraid of their faces: for I am with thee to deliver thee, said the Lord.

 

 

“Then the Lord put forth his hand, and touched my mouth. And the Lord said unto me, Behold, I have put My words in thy mouth.

 

 

“See, I have this day set thee over the nations and over the kingdoms, to root out, and to pull down, and to destroy, and to throw down, to build and to plant” (Jeremiah 1: 1-10).

 

 

 

When Jesus the Son of God began his ministry, they identified him with Jeremiah. Jeremiah had lived 800 years before and yet when Jesus came some said, He was “Jeremias, or one of the prophets” (Matt. 16: 14).

 

 

Why was Jesus like Jeremiah? Why was Jeremiah like Jesus? Because Jeremiah was a man of sorrows and acquainted with grief. There is nothing human to compare with the lamentations of Jeremiah. Dante said they were the greatest things he had ever read.

 

 

In the first chapter and the twelfth verse, Jeremiah says this in his Book of Lamentations, “Behold, and see if there be any sorrow like unto my sorrow In the ninth chapter of Jeremiah he begins in the first verse by saying this, “Oh that my head were waters, and mine eyes a fountain of tears, that I might weep day and night for the slain of the daughter of my people

 

 

You can take people as dull as myself and put us through the machinery and process of a Bible school and turn us out like they turn out Ford cars in Detroit. Every one would be stamped almost with the same thing on them. We would have almost the same intonation of voice. But only the Holy Ghost can make men weep!

 

 

Jeremiah carried this nation upon his heart. He was a man of sorrows. “Oh, that my head were waters He was no play actor. He came to this distressed nation, a selected man of God. He was ordained to be a prophet, not a preacher. The preacher says almost apologetically, “In my opinion.” That is what the preacher says. The prophet says, “Thus saith the Lord

 

 

God raised Jeremiah up to be against everybody - the priests and the people, the pastors and the whole population. God made him to pull down and to pull up and to root out and to destroy. And he had a sense of the magnitude of his task. That is why he was so burdened. That is why he was a man of sorrows. The whole nation lay on his heart. And he knew the only need, the only hope of that nation was the mercy of God and the nation’s return to Him. We do not these days see much burden like this, do we?

 

 

It amazes me very often how dry our eyes are. We can see whole nations go down. We never saw the decline and fall of the Roman Empire, but we are seeing before our eyes these days the decline and fall of many nations.

 

 

Wrong Emphasis

 

 

Of course, in these days, the whole emphasis is on the love of God. The heart of the Eternal is most wonderfully kind. We picture the father of the prodigal son. As though God were much kinder than He used to be, and His justice not quite the same - His anger moderated. As though He can look upon sin now, and wink at iniquity! These are the days in which we never say anything nasty about the folk around about us in false doctrines!

 

 

It seems the emphasis in the churches these days is not on how much we can carry, but on how little we can carry - not how much we can do, but how much we can shrink from doing.

 

 

One day David Garrick, the great Shakespearean actor was going down a street and there standing at the corner was a man yearning over the people. David Garrick said, “I stood on the outside of the crowd, but I found myself imperceptibly working myself in, until I stood right under that man, and there came down from his breast hot tears

 

 

Garrick said that a woman pointed her shaking, withered finger at the man and said, “Sir, I have followed you since you preached this morning at seven o’clock and I have heard you preach five times in the streets of this city, and five times I have been wet with your tears. Why do you weep

 

 

The man that preached was George Whitefield. He was severely cross-eyed. This man was burlesqued on the English stage. He was tied up with immorality, though he was as pure as an angel. This man was denounced from almost every pulpit in England. Yet five times that day he had preached in the streets and five times his hot tears had wet the woman who stood beneath him listening to his message.

 

 

David Garrick said, “I listened to George Whitefield, and as I listened to him I saw his passion and his earnestness. I knew that he meant that without Christ men would die.” “As I listened to him,” he said, “when he came to the place where he could say nothing more, he reached up those mighty arms, and his voice seemed almost like a thunder storm, and he yearned over that people and said, ‘Oh!’”.

 

 

Why, he would break an audience with that word. When George Whitefield said, “Oh!” men bowed before the Holy Ghost like corn bows under the wind. David Garrick said, “I would give my hand full of golden sovereigns if I could say ‘Oh!’ like George Whitefield.” “Then,” he continued, “I would be the greatest actor that the world has ever known

 

 

But you cannot play act with God. You may string together a lot of nice words in a prayer meeting, but it is brokenness and contrition that God wants. Jeremiah did what we fail to do. He identified himself with the sin of the nation. The people flirted with Almighty God. They had forgotten His mercy. I believe unless very quickly we have a Holy Ghost revival we are going to see the vials of God’s wrath poured out. “He will not always chide Do you know that California has more broadcasts in six days than the rest of the whole world has in six months! You have churches nearly on every street corner in America.

 

 

According to the Alliance Weekly, America is going to spend $250,000,000 on new churches during the next year. The plans are already laid. You might well ask the question, “What manner of churches will they be?” According to the way they are running most of the altars in those churches we will never see a penitent seeker. Most of those churches will be a corpse. They will be a tomb, instead of a womb, because they have no prayer in them.

 

 

“Oh that my head were waters ... mine eyes a fountain of tears, that I might weep day and night for the slain of the daughter of my people

 

 

I am no longer nervous about embarrassing folk. It would be very interesting to know how many of us in our praying this week have shed any tears over this poor, lost, frightened, frustrated generation.

 

 

Take the political situation - it does not matter whom you put into office. Conditions are too bad to be redeemed by any political effort. I think if I could only pray one prayer I would pray this - that God would give to this generation ten thousand Jeremiahs - not pleasant men to listen to, not pleasant men to look upon.

 

 

We need men who gaze upon God, and who gaze upon the sin of the world. As Jeremiah looked upon the sin of the nation, his heart was full of pain and anguish and sorrow and travail.

 

 

Oh, the situation in the world is grievous! It is heartbreaking. But I sometimes wonder if the greatest tragedy in the world is not the church of Jesus Christ, and not the world itself! I sometimes wonder if instead of feeding sheep, we are not looking for goats, scapegoats, particularly. We are prepared to say the condition of the world this day is due to Communism. It is not, Communism has come because of the unbelief and the backslidden condition of the church of Jesus Christ. And you find that Communism prospers most where Roman Catholicism has held dominion. I am quite convinced that the whole problem of the world just now, in all its upheaval, in all its chaos is due to the backslidden state of the church of Jesus Christ, its utter prayerlessness and its utter passionlessness. The situation is grievous.

 

 

Alexander Whyte says, “What is needed is not just a preacher, but a prophet who can disturb the godly!” Disturb the godly! Could you take these words and pin them on your heart and say to Almighty God, “Look, this is the very language of my spirit. Behold and see if there be any sorrow like unto my sorrow. I have no happiness in living while people are dying without Christ

 

 

Jeremiah was a prophet. He did not dishonour the pulpit. Jeremiah never moved about in theological twilight. Jeremiah did not do some kind of spiritual juggling act to fascinate the people. Jeremiah did not deal in philosophical uncertainties. Jeremiah was essentially the prophet of sin and the prophet of the human heart. He said, “The heart is deceitful above all things, and desperately wicked: who can know it” (Jeremiah 17: 9). I have heard people say I do not know my own heart. God can reveal our hearts to us.

 

 

Bunyan said, “When God showed me John Bunyan as God saw John Bunyan, I no longer confessed I was a sinner, but I confessed that I was sin from the crown of my head to the soles of my feet. I was full of sin

 

 

We need Jeremiah! Oh, that God, in these last terrible seconds of this dispensation, would send us out some men of the calibre of John the Baptist and Jeremiah-pleading prophets. Have you a passionate love for souls? Are you keeping your end up in the work of the Lord? Are you praying? Are you travailing? The harvest will soon be past. The clock is running out on us. It is nearer the end than we know.

 

 

Shall we pray? “Our heavenly Father, we look to Thee and pray for those who have heard Thy Word so often, and yet are unmoved. We pray for those. Thy people, backslidden in heart, their Bibles an opened, with grass grown over the way to the Prayer Closet. Our eyes have no vision. Our souls have no passion. We have no intensity. Thou art not our First Love. Self is our first love. Oh, Lord, wilt Thou move upon us for Thy Sake”!

 

                                                                           - Herald of His Coming.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

793

 

THOUGH YOUR SINS BE AS SCARLET

 

 

By LIONEL P. COECKELBERGHS

 

 

 

LAST December the owner of the six-apartment building in which we reside changed building managers. It was not long before we realised that the occupants of the five other apartments were trying to influence her against us, as had been true in the case of each preceding manager. Because of what we had suffered in the past, my wife was disturbed and fearful. As we have been expecting to move, I told her not to worry.

 

 

The first time I met the new manager she was standing in the street talking with one of our neighbours. She was smoking. Her face was hard and it was easy to detect that she was unhappy.

 

 

Immediately the Spirit of God prompted me to visit her at the first opportunity and witness to her of the Lord Jesus Christ.

 

 

When I visited the lady a couple of days later I had quite a long talk with her about the way, the truth and the life. I learned that her life had been one of trouble and suffering. Her husband is an officer in the French army and is in Indochina.

 

 

She said that if I had come to teach her religion, I should not waste my time. She had left her religion because it had never done her any good and was no help to her, and so she was through with religion.

 

 

“Madam, do you believe in the existence of God?” I asked.

 

 

“Oh, yes, sir,” she replied firmly, “but as God will never have anything to do with me, all that I retain of my former religion is belief in His existence.”

 

 

“Do you have any interest in becoming acquainted with God?” I replied.

 

 

“Who or what will ever bring me into the presence of God but death

 

 

“The Bible can reveal God to you,” I said.

 

 

“Oh!” she said, “I heard that once during my captivity in Germany

 

 

I said to her in German, “Do you also speak German, Madam

 

 

Quick as a flash she took a step backwards and fixed her eyes on me with such a fearful expression on her face that I lost my power of speech. And as she kept staring at me, tears coursed down her cheeks. As I tried to break the painful silence, she rushed at me and, while pushing me towards the door, she cried out in an anguished voice, “Sir, do not say anything more to me now. Please go!” Before I fully realised what was happening I was standing outside in the hall.

 

 

The only thing to do was to make my way to our apartment. I could not understand her strange behaviour. She did not seem angry. I wondered whether after all I had done the right thing by visiting her and I feared that she might create new difficulties for us because of the prejudice against us which the other tenants had tried to create in her mind.

 

 

The Second Visit

 

 

The Lord, however, made it clear to me that I should see her again as soon as possible. But perhaps I would have put off the second visit indefinitely if God had not impressed upon me daily the conviction that I should visit her quickly. When I called upon her the second time I was surprised to be kindly received, but she offered no excuse for her strange behaviour at the conclusion of my previous visit.

 

 

We had quite a long talk about the Bible and how the gospel is able to change lives and make everything new for those who are in Christ. She requested a Bible, but quickly added that I should not expect her to visit our church because as soon as a permanent manager for our building could be found she expected to take over the management of a hotel on the Belgian seacoast. A few days later she came to our apartment to ask for the promised Bible. As an extra copy was not available just then, I gave her a New Testament.

 

 

Although she had been a school-teacher, she had never read the Bible. But from that day she began searching the Scriptures, and as her negotiations for assuming the management of a hotel on the seacoast hindered her spiritual progress for several weeks, she finally gave up the idea and concentrated upon seeking the only way of escape from her troubles. She said, “I have worked beyond my strength during the last few years that I might forget the past and find peace.” I enquired whether I could help her, but received no answer.

 

 

Reading the Bible

 

 

When I called upon her again I found that she was reading the Bible. In the course of our conversation I ventured to say that if she continued searching the Scriptures so earnestly she would soon experience the new birth. “Oh sir,” she said, “this must already have taken place, for I do not recognise myself any more

 

 

At the very next service in our meeting hall she surrendered to the Lord. But there was one thing about her conversion that astonished me greatly, namely that she manifested no joy. Because she had been so very unhappy, I expected her to pass from darkness to light with rejoicing.

 

 

Since she trusted Christ as her Saviour, she attended services quite regularly, but there was no evidence of joy in her life. True, she suffered from a chronic headache, but that would be insufficient reason for her to be constantly cast down. When I asked her what was the matter, she shook her head as she replied that she would never be able to continue fellowshipping with the happy saints in our little church. “They are happy because God has forgiven them and they know it. But He will never forgive me and I know it, too” she said. In vain I tried to reason with her.

 

 

When she called upon us next she was pale and trembling. Embracing my wife, she said between sobs, “Help me! Help me! I see him again as he lies in his own blood. Chase him away from me! Help me

 

 

“But you don’t need to be afraid now since you have become a Christian. The Lord will take care of you,” we assured her.

 

 

“No! No! I cannot be a Christian, for I killed a man during the war. They supplied me with the weapon and told me to kill him, and I did it! Who shall deliver me from my blood red sins?” she cried out.

 

 

She continued: “in the interest of what was explained to me as a most urgent cause, I committed this crime. The first words that my victim said to me when I made his acquaintance were exactly those which you used the first time you came to my apartment and asked me in German, ‘Do you also speak German, Madam?’ Now you will understand my strange behaviour that day and will pardon me for having pushed you out of the apartment.

 

 

“During the last four years I have been unable to sleep. I have worked beyond my strength. I have smoked incessantly. I have had injections of morphine regularly to deaden the feeling of remorse, but nothing has helped me. I cannot sleep, and if I should chance to slumber for a moment I see my victim standing before me as soon as I open my eyes. On one occasion I was placed in an institution for the mentally afflicted for three months. If I do not obtain relief very soon I will lose my mind or commit suicide. If you can, help me!” she cried out as she wept bitterly. We were deeply moved by her distress.

 

 

Going to the living room the three of us knelt in prayer and then I went through the Scriptures with her, starting with the vengeance of Moses against the Egyptian whom he killed. I pointed out David’s great sin in being responsible for the death of Uriah, whom he arranged to have killed by the Ammonites, and how that God, after David’s repentance, forgave him. Then I told of one of the malefactors crucified with Christ receiving everlasting life when he repented on the cross.

 

 

Though your sins he as scarlet ...

 

 

I referred to the account of Saul consenting to the death of Stephen, the first Christian martyr, and of Christ's appearance to Saul on his way to Damascus to persecute the Christians, and mentioned that this man became the mighty Apostle Paul, the minister to the Gentiles. I read the words of Isaiah 1: 18, “Come now, and let us reason together, saith the Lord: though your sins be as scarlet, they shall be as white as snow; though they be red like crimson, they shall be as wool

 

 

Finally I asked her to read for herself the words of 1 John 3: 20: “For if our heart condemn us, God is greater than our heart, and knoweth all things Through her tears she read the verse over and over again, and then repeated, “He knows all! He knows all! All! He knows that they placed in my hand that weapon

 

 

Her voice had changed. She no longer wept in despair. We realized that the accusing devil had lost all his power over her during the reading of the mighty word of God. When I asked her whether she now had boldness to stand in the presence of the Lord, she replied, “Yes.” I told her to continue reading, beginning at 1 John 3: 21, and just as she was to start reading the twenty-fourth verse the Holy Spirit filled her heart with such great joy that she spontaneously began praising and thanking the Lord Jesus for His wonderful love and goodness. How wonderful it was to hear her praising the Lord as her Saviour!

 

- The World Christian Digest.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

794

 

WHAT IS COMMUNISM?

 

 

 

WHAT is Communism, anyway? What are the beliefs, principles, and practices of this force that is spreading like wild-fire over the face of the earth? A good answer is found in House Report No. 2, of the Seventy-sixth Congress, First Session, under the heading, “Investigation of Un-American Activities and Propaganda

 

 

“Communism may be defined as an organized movement which works for the overthrow by force or violence of the government of countries which are yet not under the control of the Communists, and establishment in place thereof (a) a regime termed proletarian dictatorship, and (b) an economic system based upon the substitution of communal ownership of property for private ownership.

 

 

“Communism is a world-wide political organization advocating: (1) the abolition of all forms of religion; (2) the destruction of private property and the abolition of inheritance; (3) absolute social and racial equality; (4) revolution under the leadership of the Communist International; (5) engaging in activities in foreign countries in order to cause strikes, riots, sabotage, bloodshed, and civil war; (6) destruction of all forms of representative or democratic government, including civil liberties, such as freedom of speech, of the press, and the assemblage; (7) the ultimate objective of world revolution to establish the dictatorship of the so-called proletariat into a universal union of Soviet socialist republics with its capital at Moscow; (8) the achievement of these ends through extreme appeals to hatred.

 

 

“It follows, therefore, that Communism is diametrically opposed to Americanism. It also follows that a scheme or philosophy of government or a teaching which embraces all or any essential part of the principles of Communism is un-American

 

 

May I suggest that you re-read this quotation before continuing. Every statement in this definition is based on written declarations made by leaders of the Communistic movement. Not one word in this quotation mistates or over-emphasizes a principle or practice of Communists.

 

 

Communism and Socialism

 

 

Communism and Socialism are the same under different names and working in a little different way to accomplish the same goal. Morris Hilquist, International Secretary of the Socialist party and head of the legal department of the Soviet Bureau in the United States (1919), spoke with authority when he said:

 

 

“It is high time that the American public abandon the myth of ‘diverse meanings of socialism’ and the ‘diverse kinds of socialism’. There is not, and probably never was, a theory and movement of more striking uniformity than the theory and movement of Socialism. The International Socialist movement is all based on the Marxian programme and follows substantially the same methods of propaganda and action. There is no such thing as European socialism or American socialism. There is only one kind of socialism the world over - International Socialism, which means everywhere the same

 

 

Proof of the sameness of these two “isms” is seen in the fact that the present Russian government, which is recognized everywhere as the seat of Communism, is officially named the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics - U.S.S.R. Those who say they are for Socialism but are opposed to Communism are ignorant of what Socialism is, for the two are the same in principle and purpose.

 

 

Claim Bible Basis

 

 

It would seem impossible for any sensible loyal American - certainly not a religionist - to embrace Communism. And yet some religious leaders are open advocates of this godless system. They think it accordant with Bible teaching. Nothing is further from the truth. The passage usually cited is Acts 4: 32-37 where the early Church had community of goods for awhile. Read the passage: it nowhere says what it is usually made to say. It plainly recognizes the rights of the individual to his own property: “And the multitude of them that believed were of one heart and of one soul; neither said any of them that ought of the things which he possessed was his own; but they had all things common” (Acts 4: 32).

 

 

Each individual voluntarily shared his own with all others in the church.

 

 

Acts 5: 1-11, which is a part of the passage above, shows that property was privately owned, and rightly so. You remember that Ananias and his wife sold their property, and claimed to put all the price in the common treasury of the church, but did not. Speaking by the Holy Spirit, Peter said: “Ananias, why hath Satan filled thine heart to lie to the Holy Ghost, and to keep back part of the land? While it remained, was it not thine own? and after it was sold, was it not in thine own powerThis teaches that the property was rightly Ananias’, and that he was not compelled by any principle to put it into the common fund.

 

 

Dr. R. V. Clearwaters rightly analyzes this communal incident in the following words:

 

 

“Acts 4: 32-37 records what some moderns cite as the New Testament sanction of communism. Let us analyze the passage: 1. They were all believers in the Lord Jesus Christ, and they were not atheists, agnostics, and rationalists. 2. They voluntarily sold their personal possessions which were not confiscated by any power of man or God. 3. The price each received for his possessions he voluntarily laid at the Apostles’ feet, and no one was compelled to surrender his wealth. 4. The Apostles, officials of the church, distributed the money according to the needs of the poor, and the State had no part in its use or distribution.

 

 

“The inspired writer takes six verses to tell the story of this New Testament experience in Christian communism. The same inspired writer takes eleven verses following to tell the story of the insincerity, condemnation, and death of two insincere cult members. Apparently the Christian profession of Ananias and Sapphira was insincere, and this insincerity was disclosed by a revelation of their dishonesty with money. Whatever Christian communism was in the New Testament, it seems to have been wrapped up in a sheet and carried out with the lifeless bodies of Ananias and Sapphira. It is not mentioned again in the New Testament

 

 

The willingness of the early Christians to share with each other expresses what should always be our attitude toward our brethren when circumstances require it, but it seems evident that God did not intend what they did to become a pattern for world economics. The idea of all having an equal share is a wonderful Utopian dream, but it has never worked and never will until Christ “takes over” this world. The plan brought poverty, even to the early saints; for, ere the plan had been in operation long, Paul was passing the hat to feed “the poor saints in Jerusalem

 

                        - Christ for the World Messenger.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

795

 

MORE ABUNDANCE

 

 

By WILLIAM ARTHUR

 

 

 

FOR depth of spirituality and amazing comprehensiveness we know of no greater prayer than that of the Apostle Paul in Ephesians 3: 14-20. We have:

 

 

A Wonderful Experience Prayed for

 

 

Spiritual strength. “Strengthened with might by His Spirit in the inner man

 

 

An indwelling Christ. “That Christ may dwell in your hearts by faith

 

 

Establishment in love. “Rooted and grounded in love that is, having your root and foundation in love.

 

 

Increase of knowledge in the love of Christ. “May be able to comprehend with all saints what is the breadth, and length, and depth, and height

 

 

For the fulness of God. “That ye might be filled with all the fulness of God

 

 

What amazing provisions and possibilities are involved in the above most remarkable prayer!

 

 

Adam Clarke says: “To be filled with God is a great thing; to be filled with the fulness of God is still greater; but to be filled with all the fulness of God utterly bewilders the sense and confounds the understanding

 

 

In view of this exalted state of grace no wonder the hungry soul cries out:

 

Eager for Thee, I ask and pant;

So strong the principle divine

Carries me out with sweet constraint,

Till all my hallowed soul is Thine;

Plunged in the Godhead’s deepest sea,

And lost in Thy immensity.

 

 

But wonderful as this experience is, we have a more wonderful possibility of attaining it. If you ever feel the poverty of human language you feel it here. The apostle piles up a six-fold affirmation:

 

 

1. God is able to do.

 

 

2. All that we ask or think.

 

 

3. Above all that we ask or think.

 

 

4. Abundantly above all that we ask or think.

 

 

5. Exceedingly abundantly above all that we ask or think.

 

 

According to the power which worketh in us

 

 

Here you have mountain piled upon mountain, as when the ancient giants essayed to scale the heavens. There is nothing like it in the entire Word of God.

 

 

“Able to do exceeding abundantly” (or, superabundantly, above the greatest abundance). In commenting on the above words, Adam Clarke says: “We can ask every good of which we have heard; every good which God has promised in His Word; and we can think of, or imagine goods and blessings beyond all that we have either read of or seen: yea, we can imagine good things to which it is impossible for us to give a name! we can go beyond the limits of all human descriptions; we can imagine more than God has specified in His Word; and can feel no bounds to our imagination of good, but impossibility and eternity; and after all, God is able to do more for us than we can ask or think

 

                                                                 - Herald of His Coming

 

 

*       *       *

 

 

WATCHING FOR THE ADVENT

 

 

By A. V. RYN

 

 

IT is the divine cure for heart trouble: “I go to prepare a place for you; and I will come again and receive you unto Myself; that where I am there ye may be also” (John 14: 1-3).

 

 

It is the prescription for permanent joy: “And ye now therefore have sorrow, but I will see you again, and your heart shall rejoice; and your joy no man taketh from you” (John 16: 22).

 

 

It is the incentive to remember Him each Lord’s day, for “as often as ye eat this bread and drink this cup, ye do show the Lord’s death, till He come” (1 Cor. 11: 26).

 

 

It holds out the bright prospect of absolute conformity to Christ; “our conversation (our citizenship) is in heaven, from whence also we look for the Saviour, the Lord Jesus Christ” (Phil. 3: 20-21).

 

 

It is our deliverance from divine wrath poured out on this world: “we wait for His Son from heaven, Whom He raised from the dead, even Jesus, the Deliverer from the wrath to come” (1 Thess. 1: 10).

 

 

It is a source of deepest comfort, “we which are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds” (1 Thess. 4: 16-18).

 

 

It teaches the believer to live a Christ-honouring life, “for the grace of God that bringeth salvation hath appeared to all men, teaching us that, denying ungodliness and worldly lusts, we should live soberly, righteously and godly in this present world. Looking for that blessed hope and the glorious appearing of the great God and our Saviour Jesus Christ” (Titus 2: 11-13).

 

 

It introduces pure, holy living, “but we know that, when He shall appear, we shall be like Him, for we shall see Him as He is. And every man that hath this hope in Him purifieth himself, as He is pure” (1 John 3: 2-3).

 

 

“Even so, Come Lord Jesus! Amen

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

796

 

THE JOY OF THE SON

 

 

By C. A. COATES

 

 

JOHN 15: 11; 17: 13

 

 

 

In venturing to suggest the consideration of the joy of the Son one is conscious of very limited capacity, and this creates a great sense of dependence. But there is something peculiarly attractive in the subject itself, and especially when we see how the Lord’s words to His own, and even His words to the Father, were uttered for the purpose of making His joy known to us so that it might be in us. This applies particularly to what fell from His lips after the Supper, as recorded in John 13-17. No doubt the company amongst whom He was represented the assembly, and what the Lord said in their midst. He said as having the assembly in view, so that we see here the kind of spiritual impressions which would accompany the presence of the Lord in the assembly. An honoured servant of the Lord used habitually to read these chapters before being found with his brethren “in assembly.”

 

 

When we see that the Lord’s intent in what He said was that His joy might be in the saints of the assembly it gives a distinctive character to all His utterances, and concentrates all the varied rays of divine light which shine in those utterances in one bright focus. They are all to make known to us the joy of the Son, and to put it in us - that is, in those who compose the assembly. One wonders whether we have quite seen it all as centring in this?

 

 

This stands in very intimate relation to our knowledge of the Father. These chapters bring out clearly that the joy of the Son is to take a place with the Father outside the world in which His own can have a place with Him. It is the joy of His love to have our companionship in that place. He “came to earth to make it known, that we might share His joys The true blessedness of our place with the Father is wonderfully enhanced as we see it to be the joy of the Son to go and prepare it for us. All is looked at in John 14: 2, 3, as the Son’s doing - the place prepared, the coming again, the reception to Himself, the being with Him - all is done by the Son, and He would have us to know that His joy consists in having brought it about. There would be no Father’s house without the Son, and no revelation of God as Father without the Son. The Son’s joy will be to have His own in the place in the Father’s house which He has Himself prepared, and to which He Himself will receive them. If it is the Son’s joy to do it all how great the Father’s joy in it all! Everything in His house speaks to Him of the One whom He loves, and into whose hand He has given all things. In all this there will be full joy for the Father and the Son.

 

 

Then He speaks (John 14: 6-11) of the Father having seen in Him. This, too, was His joy. He was in the Father drawing all from Him, and He would have us to believe Him that this was so, but if not to believe Him for the work’s sake themselves. This would lead us to consider the works done by Jesus - particularly in this gospel - as the Father’s works. The Father would bring in fulness of joy where it had to be admitted that there was no wine, chapter 2. The Father would answer a heart in sorrow by relieving it of its distress, chapter 4. The Father would relieve man of all his weakness, chapter 5 and satisfy his hunger, chapter 6, and give him sight, chapter 9, and bring him out of death’s domain, chapter 11. The conditions here brought out what the Father was in a way it could not be known in heaven. All that was the Son’s joy. We learn the Father here in Jesus. We must not look at the varied conditions which He met in His blessed pathway here merely as the result of man’s sin - though that they surely were - but as opportunities for the Son to have joy in expressing the Father. His purposes of love were not seen in the works, but in giving men a part and place with the Son in the Father’s house. But His revelation in grace as the Father was seen in Jesus here, so that the gospels stand alone in a peculiar glory which will never be seen in the same way again. There were three-and-a-half years during which the Father was seen in Jesus, and did works which brought out His blessed nature and character in presence of all the evil conditions here. The Father was seen by mortal eyes. The immense character of the revelation may be gathered from the fact that, if all the things Jesus did had been written one by one, John supposed that not even the world itself would contain the books written. My impression is that it is all written in heaven in the hearts of those who saw the works done. We have only a very small part recorded of what Jesus did as having the Father abiding in Him to do the works, but not a bit of the mighty volume will be lost, and all went to make up the joy of the Son.

 

 

His doing whatsoever we shall ask in His name that Father may be glorified in the Son (John 14: 13, 14) is another element in His joy. It is part of His joy that His obedient lovers should have the Comforter. Then He has joy in coming to His saints so that they are not left orphans during the time of His absence from the world, and He has joy in manifesting Himself to faithful hearts. Then in chapter 15 His joy lies in the fact that He becomes the Source of fruit for the Father. The vine being used in this connection suggests that the fruit which the Father delights in is the joy of His saints - this is the new wine which cheers God and man (Judges 9: 13). This would be confirmed by the Lord’s words, “that my joy may be in you, and your joy be full As this comes about I believe the Father’s portion is secured.

 

 

Another element in the Lord’s joy is the delight He has in loving His own complacently. “As the Father has loved me I also have loved you: abide in my loveJohn 15: 9. This is clearly a complacent love, for it is as the Father has loved Him. It is therefore conditional; it was so even in His case. “If ye shall keep my commandments, ye shall abide in my love, as I have kept my Father’s commandments and abide in his loveverse 10. He has a peculiar joy in His saints as those who keep His commandments: obedient lovers are the only ones who afford Him this joy, or who really abide in His love. Nothing ought to affect our hearts more than to think we can minister to His joy, and, in so doing, have His joy in us. He looks that we shall be powerfully affected by the thought of His joy, and that it shall be in us as a mighty influence, bringing about that our joy is full. It must be admitted that very few saints know what it is habitually to have their joy full. Our feebleness in service and testimony largely results from our lack of this. All believers have some joy but God’s thought is that our joy should be full, and that it should be consequent on the joy of the Son being in us.

 

 

Then the Lord would have us to regard His wonderful words to the Father in chapter 17 as an utterance of joy, having for its object that His joy may be fulfilled in us. “And these things I speak in the world, that they may have my joy fulfilled in themverse 13. One would not think of attempting to compass all that constitutes the joy of the Son as referred to here, but we may note some of its deep springs.

 

 

In the first place He asks to be glorified that He may glorify the Father. He speaks from the standpoint of having glorified the Father on the earth, and completed the work which the Father gave Him to do. He had brought to completion what could be done on earth, but He had before Him a continuous glorifying of the Father which required that the Father should glorify Him in order that He should bring it about. It is now as glorified that He gives effect to every thought of divine love, and thus glorifies the Father. The Father has given Him authority over all flesh in view of full blessing being brought in for men. The divine position at the present time is that the Son has rights in grace over all flesh. The bearing of Jesus being glorified is as wide for blessing as was the bearing of Adam’s sin. The Father can be known in full blessing in spite of sin and death having come in. Looking at things as they are publicly here we might think that sin, or death, or Satan had authority over all flesh, but it is the Son who has it, and He is exercising it in giving life eternal to all that the Father has given Him. A sovereign act of the Father is needed to secure to the Son a company to whom He gives life eternal. This is the Son’s joy, too, as we may see in Luke 10: 21: “I praise thee, Father, Lord of the heaven and of the earth that thou hast hid these things from wise and prudent, and has revealed them to babes

 

 

The Father is glorified as men are brought into the knowledge of Himself in the infinite grace which can set aside the power of sin and death, and bring in life eternal. At the very beginning God thought of something superior to a life of innocence amidst the good of the garden of Eden, for He put the tree of life in the midst of the garden. But the fulfilment of what was promised, if we may so say, in the tree of life awaited the coming of Jesus Christ as the Father’s sent One. Then the Father was glorified on the earth in respect of all that had come in, so that He might be known in the supremacy of His grace, not only atonement to cover sin, but all done to disclose the Father. Eternal life and sonship for men are two great thoughts of divine love, and it is the joy of the Son to secure them. They have been brought into manifestation in Christ, but were not available for men in their full blessedness until He was glorified, because neither could be the portion of men without the Spirit.

 

 

It is the joy of the Son to be glorified as Man along with the Father with the glory which He had along with the Father before the world was, John 17: 5. That glory was not new to Him, for He had it before the world was, but it was new that He should have it as Man. It was the Father’s prerogative to confer it upon Him as One who had become flesh, but who was now going to the Father. It was to add its ineffable lustre to Him as Man; it was now to be brought into conjunction with all that He had accomplished on behalf of the Father, and with all that He would accomplish as the Father’s glorified One. That glory is now His in the mediatorial position, as having had it accorded to Him by the Father, and it is a deeply essential element of His joy.

 

 

As regards the men given Him out of the world by the Father it was His joy to have manifested to them the Father’s name. Manifesting refers to what He set before their eyes in His own blessed Person; the Father’s name was objectively presented to them in its fulness of grace in the Son, for it had been given to Him for revelation, verse 11. Manifesting would refer to what they saw. He said, “The Father who abides in me, he does the workschap. 14: 10. What a manifestation there was in them! But making known the Father’s name would refer, I think, to what they heard. He communicated to them the words which the Father had given Him (v. 8); as a result those spiritual communications they kept the Father’s word, and knew that all things that the Father had given Him were of the Father. They had received the communications, and knew truly that He came out from the Father, and they had believed that the Father sent Him.

 

 

The “men” saw in Jesus One who was in relationship with God as His Father, and they had a sense that the Father’s love rested upon Him. The last verse of the chapter shows that the making known of the Father’s name brings the love with which He loved the Son into those to whom it is made known, and they are to have such a glory that the world will know that the Father has loved them as He loved Christ.

 

 

It is clear that keeping the Father’s word, and knowing as in verses 7 and 8, conveys the thought of great spiritual intelligence. I believe in saying these things the Lord is anticipating the Spirit’s day, and the result of the Spirit’s formation. The “men” were, in His eye, representatively, the assembly - all that should believe through their word being linked up with them in the Lord’s mind and heart. Had He been thinking of them as not having the Spirit, there would surely have been some reference to the Spirit in the prayer.

 

 

The Lord would have all this known as His joy. All that is in the prayer with reference to the men given Him is covered by life eternal, sonship, and glory. He would have our hearts penetrated and permeated by the knowledge that His joy is found in these things being secured to His own. But it is a joy that is not complete apart from these things having their full place with us. So He says, “that they may have my joy fulfilled in them That is to say, that His joy is brought to completion in His own as they take in the great thoughts of divine love.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

797

 

THE JUDGMENT SEAT OF CHRIST

 

 

By D. M. PANTON, B.A.

 

 

 

THE burning heart of all Christian responsibility looms immediately ahead -THE JUDGMENT SEAT OF CHUST. “Wherefore we make it our aim” - the word means to love and seek for honour (Lange) in what Bengel calls the sole legitimate ambition in the world - “to be well-pleasing unto Him; for” - as the fountain of motive in all holy ambition - “we must” - as a necessity inherent in Divine justice; for the vindication of God’s holiness, and for the satisfaction of our own highest and holiest instincts - “all” - even all apostles, all prophets, all martyrs- “be made manifest” - to our own consciences, to all the world, and above all to the [Righteous] Judge; a complete manifestation of all that has transpired within us, or in the external life (Lange) - “before the judgment seat of Christ; that each one may receive” - the technical word for receiving wages (Dean Alford) - “the things done in the body” - therefore thoughts and words as well as deeds, since the brain and the tongue are thus also involved - “according to the things that [plural] he hath done” - works exactly regulating reward: not according to the things that Christ did in His body; nor according to things done out of the body after death - “whether it [the award] be good or bad” (2 Cor. 5: 10). In the words of Lange: - Paul’s tireless aim to please Christ “can only be fulfilled by his being found approved at that tribunal where he and his fellow believers are shortly to appear; for every action of God’s children during their bodily life must there be judged according to the law of strict righteousness, and each believer must be rewarded according to his good or evil conduct

 

 

For the sweep of the decree as quoted from Isaiah is absolutely universal - “every knee shall bow, and every tongue shall confess to God. So then” - since it is universal and the Church is, therefore, not exempt - “each one of us must give account of himself to God” (Rom. 14: 11). Nor could it be otherwise. In view of the chaos of conflicting creed and conduct - the bitter controversies, the personal quarrels, the excommunications and anathemas - all denial of a judgment seat is inherently incredible and impossible: there must be a judgment seat; and there is. Molinos, the Quietist, when condemned as a heretic and led away to his prison cell - “We shall meet again,” said the old man to his judges, “in the judgment day; and then it will appear on which side, on yours or mine, is truth.” Furthermore, it rests upon the oath of God. “By myself have I sworn, the word is gone forth from my mouth in righteousness, and shall not return” - the decree establishing it is as irrevocable as the life of God - “that unto Me every knee shall bow, every tongue shall swear” (Isa. 45: 23). So then, says the Apostle (Rom. 14: 10), let us forbear to judge, for we shall be judged, and, therefore, the bedrock of all our action is to be the approval of our Divine Judge. “We labour” (A.V.) - “we strive” (Alford) - “we are eager” (Stanley) - “we make it our aim” (R.V.) - “we are ambitious (R.V., margin) “to be well-pleasing unto Him. For we must all be made manifest before the judgment seat of Christ” (2 Cor. 5: 10).

 

 

The tribunal, before which disciples appear, is peculiar. (1) It is a Bema,* not a Thronos; a judgment seat for the investigation of disciples,** not a throne for the arraignment of rebels: for the Judge (2 Tim. 4: 8) is “a certain king, which would make a reckoning with his servants” (Matt. 18: 23). It is the first of our Lord’s three judgments (Rom. 14: 12; Matt. 25: 31; Rev. 20: 12) on His return; and judgment begins “at the house of God” (1 Pet. 4: 17). (2) Thus those examined are Christians only. “We all” - i.e., “them that are sanctified in Christ Jesus, called to be saints, with all that call upon the name of our Lord in every place” (1 Cor. 1: 2): it is a final investigation of the whole Church of God. No Book of Life is produced, for it is no judgment of the lost: “the wicked shall not stand [or, rise] in the judgment ... of the righteous” (Ps. 1: 5). Nor (3) is it a judgment for life. “He that heareth my word and believeth on Him that sent me, hath eternal life, and cometh not into judgment, but hath passed out of death into life” (John 5: 24; Rom. 8: 1). The believer was crucified with Christ, and on Calvary exhausted the penalties of Hell [i.e., after resurrection in ‘the lake of fire’ (Rev. 20: 15, R.V.)]: on that ground he can be judged no more. (4) The process is individual: “so then each one of us shall give account of himself to God” (Rom. 14: 12). “We” - it is Christian; “must” - it is inevitable; “all” - it is universal; “made manifest” - it is public; “judgment seat” - it is judicial; “stand” - it is - [in‘Hades’ (Matt. 16: 18; Lk. 16: 23; Acts 2: 27, 34: after Death (Heb. 9: 27, R.V.) before (2 Tim. 2: 18, R.V.)] - resurrection; “each” - it is individual; “give account” - it is responsibility; “to God” - it is Divine.

 

* The portable tribunal carried about with him by a Roman magistrate.

 

** Churches are judged now (Rev. 2: 5). The Church is never judged corporately - as the Body or Bride - either here or hereafter; but disciples, apart from their collective standing, in their individual responsibility as servants, must render account. So the Church, as an entity, is never named in the Apocalypse, except once (Rev. 22: 17), where the reference is to the present Age; nor do the children of God appear as aught but “servants” throughout that book of judgment, except once (Rev. 21: 7), when the Millennial Age has passed into the Eternal. The fact that the judgment of the [unregenerate, regenerate and apostate (Num. 16: 26; 1 Cor. 5: 13)] ‘wicked’ is by itself, separated by a thousand years (Rev. 20: 17), reveals that in 2 Cor. 5: 10, “it is genuine Christians of whom Paul is speaking; all whose shortcomings and failures will one day be exposed, and who therefore make it their aim to avoid such defects” (“International Critical Commentary”). Individual judgment is not possible for believers as such, for in justification [by faith] no [regenerate] believer differs from any other; but individual judgment as servants yields a variety of adjudication as infinite as the service and the sanctification.

 

 

The procedure is revealed as exclusively judicial: “that each one may receive the things done Not, that each may receive something from God, but “that each may receive the things” he himself has “done”: it is not a general granting of glory, irrespective of service., but an exercise of the Divine Law, - “as he hath done, so shall it be done to him” (Lev. 24: 19). “Be not deceived” - is a word to disciples - “God is not mocked: for whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap” (Gal. 6: 7). Paul puts it with exquisite clearness, and twofold emphasis. “Whatsoever good thing” - for a judge approves - “each one doeth, the same shall he receive again from the Lord, whether he be bond or free” (Eph. 6: 8): on the other hand - “Ye serve the Lord Christ. For he that doeth wrong” - for a judge censures - “shall receive again for the wrong that he hath done: and there is no respect of persons” (Col. 3: 25).

 

 

The evidence wholly decides the award: “whether it [the award] be good or bad” The Greek points to the award: “that each may receive according to the things done, whether it” - i.e., what he receives - “be good or bad Reward (as distinct from salvation, which is through faith, against deserts) is strictly defined by [our] works. So Paul says: “With me” - as an example and model to all Christians - “it is a very small thing” - it is a matter of the least importance - “that I should be judged of you” (1 Cor. 4: 3) - the Church of Christ. “All that are in Asia turned away” from Paul (2 Tim. 1: 15). When his priestly executioners brought Savonarola to the stake, they cried: “We excommunicate you from the Church militant here upon earth“But not from the Church, triumphant in heaven answered the lonely hero. Men may not judge me, the Apostle says; but then neither do I judge myself: it is not because I am infallible that I rate human judgment so lightly, but because neither they nor I are competent to judge. “Yea, I judge not mine own self” - I cannot pass, even on myself, the final judgment - “for I know NOTHING against myself”; I am conscious of no sin; “yet am I not hereby [for all that] justified” - found blameless, irreproachable, a perfect steward. So Paul now administers the great heart-tonic: he takes our wrist, like a master-surgeon, and with his hypodermic syringe inserts beneath the skin perhaps as powerful a heart-strychnine as we have ever known. “HE THAT JUDGETH ME IS THE LORDA believer’s friends may over-praise him, and his critics over-blame; the world will totally misunderstand him in any case; his own conscience may flatter: the Lord only can appraise us exactly, and judge to a nicety. “Wherefore judge nothing” - pass no final sentence - “before the time” - our judgment must come - [or may come, - after being judged, by our Lord Jesus Christ as ‘accounted worthy’ (Ezek. 3: 18, 20. Cf. Luke 20: 35, R.V.)]; but its time, its season, is not yet: “until the Lord come” - to judge. If even my own conscience, knowing my motives and inner life, must be set aside as a judge, of how much less value is the praise or blame of men, whose judgment is purely external; and if an enlightened conscience ruled by Scripture does not condemn, the sharp criticisms of men need not unduly depress. Early in the last War a young man sat at a table in a London restaurant. Two young ladies, seated at another table, watched him for a few minutes, whispering together; and then, approaching him, offered him a little box. He opened it, and in it lay - a white feather.* “How strange,” he remarked, “that I should receive two such gifts in one day: this morning I received the Victoria Cross at Buckingham Palace If we are clear in the forum of conscience, we may have good hope that we shall be clear at the bar of God. “Beloved, if our heart condemn us not, we have boldness toward God” (1 John 3: 21). “Let them say what they will,” said a good man now gone to his rest; “they cannot hurt me: I live too near the Great White Throne for that

 

 

[* Keep in mind: “It is forbearance when opposed that commends the truth professed - G. H. Lang.]

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

798

 

RIGHTLY DIVIDING THE WORD OF TRUTH

 

 

By ERNEST J. LONG

 

 

 

IN these days of declension and widespread departure from the truth of God, the task of the Christian teacher is one of grave and growing responsibility. Happy the man who, in his ministry of the Word, can affirm with the utter sincerity of the Apostle Paul:- “I do not handle the word of God deceitfully, but, by manifestation of the truth, commend myself to every man's conscience in the sight of God” (2 Cor. 4: 2). Paul’s dying commission to Timothy was - “preach the Word Now that is surely another way of saying, “declare the whole counsel of God without fear, and without reservation.

 

 

This is no light undertaking. It commits us to declare not only pleasing truth, but pungent truth; though most of us certainly need the bracing tonic - if not the outspoken rebuke - more than we need the soothing syrup! Natural eloquence, and a novel message - particularly if it flatters the carnal man - may fill a church, but it will never glorify Christ.

 

 

Now Paul, who is our pattern, was no mere man-pleaser. “If I yet pleased man he said, “I should not be the servant of Christ” (Gal. 1: 10). It mattered little that his carnal critics said of him, - “His bodily presence is weak, and his speech contemptible”: in other words, “he has neither personality nor eloquence.” Here is Paul’s rejoinder to such critics (I am giving the virile rendering of Weymouth):- “We are not cowards ... we practice no cunning tricks, nor do we adulterate God’s message. But by a full, clear statement of the truth we strive to commend ourselves in the presence of God to every man’s conscience.”

 

 

It is tremendously reassuring to remind ourselves that God has foreseen the exceptional difficulties and dangers of these last days, and has made the fullest provision for our needs. It is as true today as when Peter wrote his Second Epistle that “His divine power hath given unto us ALL THINGS that pertain unto life and godliness” (2 Pet. 1: 3); and although we may be standing upon the very brink of the great apostasy - the general landslide from ‘the Faith’ - there are certain things which, if we do them (says Peter), “WE SHALL NEVER FAIL For not only is our faith sustained and buttressed by “exceeding great and precious promises but all the resources of the Godhead are, through the Holy Spirit, constantly available to us. The grace of God, the power of God, and the truth of God are at the disposal of the Lord’s children in every age: and let us remember that the grace that saves also suffices; the power that keeps also enables; the truth that sanctifies also equips.

 

 

Then, too, it is greatly reassuring to remember that not only is the Truth of God constant and invariable in every age, but that error itself, even so-called “modern” error, is no novelty, that it should take us by surprise. I believe the devil exhausted his ingenuity centuries ago; for all pseudo-modem cults, stunt religions, spiritisms, tongues’ movements and the rest are simply ancient errors in modern guise - reappearances, recrudesences of early heresies that assailed the Christian Church in the days of Paul and John, of Tertullian and Chrysostom, Augustine and Cyprian. Were any of these saints and worthies in the world today, they could immediately and infallibly pigeon-hole such re-hashes as Christian Science (falsely so-called), Millennial Dawnism, Buchmanism, and a score of other “ismsSuch “isms,” alas! have split up, not merely Christiandom, but often the Church of God itself into water-tight compartments of intolerant and mutually exclusive little coteries.

 

 

In this age, as in every age, there is only one type of Christian who is carried away by every new stunt religion; and that is the Christian who does not know his Bible. The devil comes not always as a roaring lion, neither do his emissaries always appear as fairly obvious wolves in sheep’s clothing. They often turn up like silver-tongued angels of light, complete with frock-coat and bed-side manner, and they look upon the Christian who does not know his Bible as their lawful prey.

 

 

Now let us bear in mind, in view of all this, that the Bible is not only up-to-date, up-to-the-minute; it is over a thousand years ahead of the daily newspaper and of current error. We may therefore accept Paul’s advice to Timothy, the young teacher, as the safest possible guide in these days when Satan is making a final, large-scale, and alas! highly successful onslaught upon the citadel of the Church’s faith.

 

 

First of all, in his Second Letter to Timothy (1: 13) Paul reminds Timothy that truth is neither fluid nor flexible. It is not something that you can conveniently pour into any mould, or press into any shape. The “whole counsel of God therefore, cannot receive a purely denominational impress. The exact opposite is the case. Truth is itself a mould, a matrix, an exact pattern or form: the truth of God is expressed in words: so the doctrine of Verbal Inspiration is simply the obvious insistence that infallible truth can only be expressed in infallible words. And so Paul urges (verse 13 of 2 Tim. 1) - “Hold fast the form of sound words.” “Hold tenaciously” - never for a moment relax your grip - “the form, the pattern, the inspired outline, of the sound doctrine, the wholesome teaching, which you have heard from my lips

 

 

“To differ from Paul is to confess oneself in error”: to hearken to Paul is to sit at the feet of Christ; for the great

apostle was Christ’s chosen vessel and mouthpiece for the transmission to His Church of precious revelations of divine truth that had been kept secret from the foundations of the world.

 

 

Later on, in his Second Letter to Timothy, the last that Paul ever wrote, he underlines the duty and responsibility of the Christian teacher in these words:- “Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the Word of Truth” (2: 15). The context is illuminating. In the previous verses Paul condemns those that “strive about words to no profit”; whilst in the following verse he condemns “profane and vain babblings that increase unto more ungodliness To modernize the language and clarify the point at issue, with younger readers especially in view, may I say that here, as ever, the truth is indicated as a mean - a sane, wise, spiritual mean - between two extremes.

 

 

In verse 14 Paul is warning against a narrow rigidity. In verse 16 he is opposing a wanton laxity. There is a narrowness that begets exclusivism, and there is a broadmindedness that leads to ungodliness. Both are abhorrent. In verse 14 there is “strife about words,” Bible readings in which verbal polemics degenerate into wordy contentions, clamorous strife, open discord; with the inevitable result that the faith of those who listen is either unsettled or even completely overthrown. Narrow-minded intolerance, masquerading as orthodoxy, was in the Church in Paul’s day: it is with us still. In verse 16, on the other hand, there is a laxity in the pulpit that goes to more and more daring lengths of impiety. Such loose teaching, says Paul, destroys the hearer like a deadly gangrene that eats deeper and deeper. And Hymenaeus and Philetus - [both disbelievers and deniers of a future “Salvation of SOULS” (1 Pet. 1: 5, 9, R.V.); and of an Intermediate State and Place of the Dead, presently waiting the time of their individual Resurrection from “HADES” (Matt. 16: 18; Acts 2: 31, 34, R.V.)] - are also with us still.

 

 

What, then, is Paul’s ideal for Timothy, for you, for me? Listen:- “Study” (strive; be diligent; seek earnestly - [with the Holy Spirit’s help, for a mind free from all traditional errors of interpretations and denominational traditions] -) “to show thyself approved unto God” (to commend yourself to God; to “set yourself in God’s presence as one who has been tested, and proved worthy by trial”; that is what the words mean); “a workman that needeth not to be ashamed” (one who needs not blush for his work); “RIGHTLY DIVIDING THE WORD OF TRUTH

 

 

*       *       *

 

 

INTERCESSION

 

 

IN God’s wonderful and gracious economy, prayer has a very definite place of value. For just as the sun effects evaporation, and the wind transports the blessing of fruitful rain, so the operation of God’s love upon our grateful and responsive hearts means help and cheer to the needy. Corresponding blessings we enjoy through those who pray for us - and we feel uplifted and encouraged when they write or tell us of their prayerful remembrance. Prayer, not merely begging or pleading, but the warm and lively interest of the heart, is the soul’s “out-breathing,” its effusion, radiation, and is likened to incense, perfume, fragrance caught and conveyed by angels (Acts 10: 3-4; Rev. 5: 8; 8: 3) in refreshing, vivifying power, pleasing God and helping our fellow men.

 

“Intercession” is not forced or strained. Our gracious Lord does not have to wring reluctant concessions from an alienated Deity on our behalf. He intercedes or intervenes not as a mediator in a quarrel, but as an intermediary and go-between for those already accepted in the Beloved One. Besides, love is “easy to be entreated,” like a kindly compassionate father, a tender devoted mother. The Lord Jesus has had all things given into His Hand, and His intercession is really transmutation or transmission of the Divine blessing, as the rays of the Sun of Righteousness through the Spirit-taking of the things of Christ - convey to us every good and perfect gift.

 

We, too, as intercessors, must outbreathe love and joy and every blessing in His Name, unwearyingly to refresh the weary, and to water our own souls, to His Glory.

 

                                                               - A. G. TILNEY.

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

799

 

THE KINGDOM OF THE THOUSAND YEARS

 

 

 

ALL of the problems that are raised by the questions concerning the Millennial Kingdom have been subjects for study by the leaders in Christian thinking since the beginning of our era. One of those who has gathered up the results of the study of these men is Nathaniel West. He has assembled into his volume, The Thousand Years in Both Testaments, an astounding wealth of information on the points at issue.*

 

[*NOTE: Nathaniel West’s book is available from:- icmbooksdirect.co.uk

 

First of all, let us mention, though with all too much brevity, some of the characteristics of the 1,000 years, as Dr. West has tabulated them.

 

 

(1) Satan, with his evil angels, will be imprisoned in the Abyss for the 1,000 years. His power over man and the nations will be broken (Isa. 24: 21, 22; 17: 1; Rev. 20: 1).

 

 

(2) Antichrist’s kingdom, overthrown for ever, and the kingdoms of this world with it, shall never be revived, nor antichrist and his confederates ever reappear to dwell upon the earth (Isa. 24: 21, 22; Rev. 19: 20; 20: 10).

 

 

(3) There shall be but one kingdom in that day, the Kingdom of Christ, to which all the nations of the earth shall be obedient (many references).

 

 

(4) There shall be but one religion, that of Christ.

 

 

(5) All idols shall be destroyed.

 

 

(6) All Israel shall be holy to the Lord; and this means, not the Christian Church, nor the nations, but the Jewish people as such, the natural seed of Abraham.

 

 

(7) War shall exist no more.

 

 

(8) Harmony shall be restored in creation, between man and man, and a covenant of peace be made between man and the lower animal world.

 

 

(9) The Land of Israel shall be transformed from barrenness into beauty, and made fruitful, glorious and free from plague, and populated by a happy and blessed people; the people to whom by right it belongs.

 

 

(10) Patriarchal years will return, in which a man 100 years old shall be esteemed a child (Isa. 65: 20-22). The risen saints “neither marry nor are given in marriage” (Matt. 22: 30); but the unglorified are a “blessed seed and their offspring with them” (Isa. 65: 23).

 

 

(11) Israel and Judah, or twelve-tribed Israel, shall be re-united in their own land, and be a blessing to all mankind.

 

 

(12) Jerusalem and Mount Zion, by means of physical convulsion and geological changes suddenly effected through disruption, depression, fissure and elevation, at the Lord’s appearing, shall be exalted, or “lifted high,” above the surrounding hills, and the adjacent region be reduced “to a plain,” like the Arabah, or Ghor, that runs from the slopes of Hermon to the Red Sea (Isa. 64: 14; Micah 1: 3, 4; Judges 5: 4, 5; Psalm 97: 4, 5; Ex. 19: 18, 24; Hab. 3: 6, 10; Nah. 1: 5, 6; Matt. 27: 51, 52; Isa. 40: 13; 2: 2; Mic. 4: 1; Zech. 14: 4, 5, 10, 11; Jer. 31: 38-40).

 

 

(13) The City itself shall be built again, broadened, enlarged, and adorned with the wealth of the nations, and the Temple made glorious by the “precious things” of mankind.

 

 

(14) The “Outcast of Israel” and the “Dispersed of Judah gathered to enter the Kingdom, will return to their fatherland from the East, the West, the North, the South, to sit down with Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, conducted thither by Gentile hands, and presented as a holy Offering to the Lord Himself, revealed in His glory.

 

 

(15) Ten men, of all nations, that is, a large number - in token of their recognition of what the Lord in His glory does for the Jew in the hour of his final deliverance - will “take hold of the skirt of a Jew then honoured beyond all others, and, detaining his step, beseech his favour, as he moves to the Holy City. The wiping away of the reproach of Israel brings the national conversion of the Gentiles, international concerts of prayer, and the concourse of men to the Throne of Jehovah to worship before the Lord.

 

 

(16) A perennial stream of living water shall flow from the Temple Rock toward the Mediterranean and the Dead Seas, carrying life wherever it goes.

 

 

(17) A re-distribution and division of the Holy Land shall be made according to the 12 tribes of Israel.

 

 

(18) There will be a cessation of sorrow, tears and death for God’s people in that age.

 

 

(19) There will be a sevenfold fulness and increase of light, solar and lunar, in that day.

 

 

(20) There will be a restoration of Samaria, Sodom and Gomorrah, less guilty than Jerusalem, in that day, and an alliance among them all in covenant holiness, humility and knowledge of the Lord.

 

 

(21) A yearly concourse of people from all nations shall go to Jerusalem to worship.

 

 

(22) Israel shall be a priestly nation, as well as royal, in the presence of all nations, offering perpetual spiritual sacrifice to God through Jesus Christ, an example of religious devotion to the whole world.

 

 

(23) The Jewish People and their Land, long divorced and desolate, shall be remarried with grand solemnities, as a new bride to the Lord, over whom He will joy with singing, and He will rest in His love.

 

 

(24) Around the land of Israel thus glorious, and the Holy City, now the light of the world because of the glory of Christ, within it and on it, the nations of earth shall dwell in obedient and willing submission, and, blessed in Abraham’s seed, and free from Satanic domination, enjoy the Millennial age of righteousness, peace and rest.

 

*       *       *

 

 

RESPONSIBILITY

 

 

“Any scheme of prophetical teaching which serves to slacken the witness of Christians in this apostate age, or to undermine their faith, or to develop the attitude of pessimistic ‘laissez faire’ among them, deserves to be received with suspicion. It has bad flavour. It is subtly dangerous.”

 

                                                             - EDWIN ORR.

 

 

-------

 

 

PROPHECY

 

 

The Prophetic News (Jan. 1942) reminds us that in the sixteenth century Nostradamus (Micheal de Nostredame) among other remarkable predictions foretold that in 1940 Europe would be in arms, the war beginning in ‘August, 1939,’ when a German dictator, ‘Hister,’ would plunge all Europe into war, which would close in 1944. If some of the predictions of Nostradamus really did occur - including, it is said, the Armada and the execution of Charles I - it is an outstanding fulfilment of Jehovah’s word: - “If there arise in the midst of thee a prophet, and he give thee a sign or a wonder, and the sign or the wonder come to pass, when he spake unto thee, Let us go after other gods, thou shalt not hearken unto the words of that prophet” (Deut, 13: 1). But the prediction of ‘Histler’ is also peculiarly illuminating: for like all Spiritualistic or Pentecostalist ‘prophecies,’ it is not prophecy at all, since prophecy is an exact unfolding of the future; while here the close yet inexact date and name indicate a shrewd prediction based on facts which, unknown to man, are known  (though imperfectly) to the spirit world.

 

 

-------

 

 

ADVENT

 

 

The Angles said to the Apostles:- “This Jesus shall so come in like manner as ye beheld him going into heaven” (Acts 1: 11) - that is, bodily, visibly, exactly as He went. “A spirit hath not flesh and bones as ye see me have” (Luke 24: 39). Do our readers realise what keen evangelical Christians can say of this return which is to be identical with the ascent? The Free Presbyterian Magazine (Jen., 1942) writes:- “This popular present-day dispensational false doctrine, relative to the supposed pre-Millennarian Second Advent of Christ, is but a side track cast up by the Devil. Indeed it has so permeated the Evangelical section of the Church of the Grace of God. It is a crudely carnal, Christ-dishonouring, un-Scriptural theory of the Second Coming of Christ which cannot be too frequently exposed or too severely condemned, while we patiently wait for the glorious spiritual millennial reign of Christ world-wade.”

 

 

-------

 

 

SLEEP

 

 

We quote this not in order to comment on the spirit of it - which would require a grave comment - but only to prove what ought to be obvious: namely, that dear and earnest children of God such as these, who have suffered great loss in defending the fundamentals of the Faith, themselves expressly deny that they are ‘watching’ for the Second Advent, and therefore (it is obvious) must incur the consequences of unwatchfulness. The implicit assumption of dominant prophetic study that all believers are ‘watching’ is at once proved false, and topples over like a house of cards. It is impossible to ‘watch’ for an event which is totally denied. “If thou shalt not watch, I will come as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will arrive over  [see Greek] thee” (Rev. 3: 2) - Christ will have arrived in the clouds while the unwatchful are unrapt. Dr. Chafor names an aged negro who, when asked what value his belief in Christ’s soon coming was in his life, said, “I’m sitting with my feet untangled,”

 

 

-------

 

 

READY

 

 

Mr. Lindsay Glegg, in his A Comfort or a Craze? Gives an excellent parable of the ready saint. “When France declared war in 1870 Moltke was awakened at night and told of the fact. He said coolly to the official who aroused him: ‘Go to the pigeon-hole No, -, in my safe, take a paper from it and telegraph as there directed to the different troops of the Empire.’ He then turned over and went to sleep, and awoke at his accustomed hour in the morning. Everyone else in Berlin was very much excited, but Von Moltke took his morning walk as usual, and a friend who met him said: ‘General you seem to be taking it very easy, aren’t you afraid of the situation? I should think you would be very busy.’ “Ah,’ replied Von Moltke, ‘all my work for this time has been done beforehand and everything that can be done now has been doneHe was ready: are we?”

 

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

800

 

WILL BELIEVERS HAVE PART

IN THE THOUSAND YEARS

 

 

By ROBERT GOVETT, M.A.

 

 

 

Doctrines are being now taught, in relation to the Kingdom of God, which seem to call for immediate rebuke from Scripture. The doctrines refer to the Kingdom of God, or the Kingdom of Heaven. Statements are now made to believers such as the following - ‘You have nothing to do with the Kingdom of God. You are not to seek it; for three reasons -

 

 

1. It is earthly and Jewish.

 

 

2. We are not to seek it, for we are in the kingdom already! And the entrance to it is of pure grace. It is not a time of reward for good works, or of punishment for evil ones.

 

 

3. All believers of the Church must enter the kingdom of glory; or, You must teach, that the Bride of Christ will be a mutilated bride.’

 

 

Let us then look at what the Scriptures of the New Testament say. It will not be difficult to overthrow these doctrines from the words of our Lord Jesus Christ. But here we are met by exceptions taken against some of the witnesses.

 

 

‘You must not argue from our Lord’s Sermon on the Mount. It was never intended for the Church! The Church was not then thought of. Nor from the Epistle to the Hebrews. Epistles of Paul, who alone preached the Church as the Body and Bride of Christ, are able to decide this matter. The Sermon on the Mount was meant to be a guide only to a Jewish remnant, to rise after the Church of Christ has been removed from the earth.’

 

 

1. When witnesses are present in court, of great and decisive weight against one of the parties in a suit, it is no wonder if exceptions are taken. The assertion that the Sermon on the Mount was not meant for the Church of Christ has never been proved, and, I suppose, never will. It is the Lord’s instruction to His disciples after their baptism. And, I suppose, baptism belongs to believers of the Church. “The Church” is thrice named by the Lord in Matthew, and authority is given to it. First Peter, after his confession of faith in Christ, the Son of God, is assured that on (Christ) the Rock, the Redeemer would build His Church; and the gates of the place of departed spirits [i.e., disembodied souls] - ‘Hades’ - should one day lose their power to detain those who are in Christ. It is after the First Resurrection that the Saviour speaks of the coming Kingdom: and the decisions of apostles regarding entry there into, or exclusion from it, shall, by the Lord at His coming, be reaffirmed: Matthew 16:13-20.

 

 

2. Again, our Lord, in Matthew 16: 24-27, speaks of the Kingdom, and enjoins a seeking of it at any present cost of life; while in Matthew 18: 17 & 18 He extends to the small assemblies of believers about to rise, the same power which he had by anticipation given to Peter.

 

 

3. If a brother should refuse to own an offence given to one of the Assembly, Christ says, If he shall neglect to listen to the two or three witnesses who have investigated the affair, “Tell it unto the Church (orAssembly); but if he neglect to hear even the Church (Greek), let him be unto thee as a heathen man, and a publicanMatthew 18: 15-20.

 

 

4. When at Pentecost the Holy Ghost descended to raise up the Church as Christ’s Body, the new Assembly at once observed the commands of Christ, given in the Gospels. Peter called on inquirers, desiring to know how they might escape being treated as the foes of Christ, to repent and be immersed - each individual of them. They would then be sealed by the Holy Ghost, and some of His gifts would be bestowed. By faith and immersion three thousand joined the disciples that day. They were then led on, “and continued steadfastly in the apostle’s doctrine, and in the fellowship of the breaking of bread, and in the prayers Moreover, at once rich disciples sold house and land, and distributed to those who were poor: Matthew 19: 27; Acts 2: 45; 4: 33 and 5: 11. In the case of Ananias and Sapphira, Peter used the keys of the Kingdom to lock against the two the entrance thereinto. And Paul turned the key against the incestuous Corinthian. But on his repentance, the locked door was opened anew, and he proceeded onward on his way to the hope set before him: 1 Corinthians 5 and 2 Corinthians 2: 5-11.

 

 

With regard to the Hebrews, I think I have proved in my book, ‘Christ Superior to Moses and Aaron,’ that none but Paul could have written it. At all events, it is an inspired letter, addressed to believers in Christ, as the three following texts will prove.

 

 

Hebrews 4: 3 “For we believers are entering into the rest

 

 

Hebrews 10: 22 “Let us draw near with true heart in fulness of faith, having had our hearts sprinkled from an evil conscience, and the body bathed in clean water Here are faith, pardon, immersion. (Greek.)

 

 

Hebrews 10: 38 & 39 “Now the righteous by faith shall live; but if he draw back, My soul hath no pleasure in him. But we are not (men) who draw back unto perdition [destruction]; but who believe to the saving of the soul

 

 

I shall then with a good conscience quote the words both of Paul and of the Lord Jesus to believers as decisive, in relation to the way of obtaining the millennial kingdom. Let us then inquire about the way of entrance. These brethren say: ‘We are not to seek the Kingdom, (1) Because it is JewishDoes our Lord say so?

 

 

a. “Seek ye first the Kingdom of God and His righteousness [obedience to the Sermon on the Mount], and all these things shall be added to youMatthew 6: 33.

 

 

b. “Rather seek ye the Kingdom of God; and all these things shall be added to youLuke 12: 31.

 

 

c. “Know ye not, that they who run in the stadium (race-course) run all indeed, but one (only) obtaineth the prize. Run as they do, that ye may obtain it1 Corinthians 9: 24.

 

 

d. “This one thing I do, forgetting indeed the things behind, but stretching after those in front, I press on to the goal, for the prize of our calling above, by God in Christ Jesus. Let us therefore, as many as are adults, be thus minded:” (Greek) Philippians. 3: 14. “If by any means I may attain to the (select) resurrection that is from among the deadPhilippians 3: 11.

 

 

Those who desire further evidence may look at 1 Thessalonians 2: 11 & 12; 2 Thessalonians 1: 4 & 5.

 

 

2. But opponents have a second reason why Christians should not seek the kingdom. ‘Seek not! We are in the kingdom already!’ Colossians 1: 12 & 13.

 

 

This is an odd reason to follow after the declaration, that the Kingdom of God is Jewish and earthly! Has then our Heavenly Father set His sons of “the higher heavenly calling” - in that kingdom which is Jewish and earthly? What is the meaning of the immersion commanded? It is death with Christ to earth and Moses; and resurrection with Christ to what is heavenly: Colossians 2. & 3. On which more will have to be said.

 

 

The true statement is, that the millennial kingdom of God has two great divisions, answering to His two people. Firstly, one people of the flesh, and of the earth; secondly, the other, of the Spirit, and of the heaven. The one people is begotten according to the flesh; the other is a second time begotten of the Spirit, and born out of water.

 

 

a. “For it is written, that Abraham had two sons; one of the slave-woman (Hagar), and one of the free-woman (Sarah). But the one from the slave-woman was begotten according to the flesh; but the one from the free-woman, by the promise. Which things are to be allegorized, for these (women) are two Covenants: one from Mount Sinai, begetting into slavery, which is Hagar. For the (word) Hagar is Sinai, a mount in Arabia, and answereth to the present Jerusalem, for she is enslaved with her children. “But the Jerusalem which is above, is the free-woman, who is our mother. “Now we brethren, as Isaac was, are the children of the promise. But as then, he that was begotten according to the flesh, persecuted him that was (begotten) according to the Spirit, so it is now. But what saith the Scripture? “Cast out the slave-woman and her son; for the son of the slave-woman shall not inherit with the son of the free-womanGalatians. 4: 22-30. See Greek, and Revised Version.

 

 

There are then two covenants or testaments, two births, two cities - (1) Jerusalem of earth, and (2) Jerusalem of heaven - and two heritages, distinct from each other. The Christian’s is the heavenly kingdom, to which God is inviting him - 1 Thessalonians 2: 11 & 12 - and the heavenly country, of which Jerusalem above is the centre. Believers, by turning to circumcision and Moses, might forfeit their standing and hope: Galatians 5: 1.

 

 

At the end of this evil age, “The Son of Man shall send forth His angels, and they shall gather together out of His Kingdom all stumbling-blocks, and those who do iniquity; and shall cast them into the furnace of fire: there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth

 

 

Here is the kingdom of “the Son of Man which is the earth: Psalm 115: 16 and Psalm 8. But what have we next? “Then shall the righteous shine out like the sun in the Kingdom of their Father. He that hath ears to hear, let him hearMatthew 13: 41-43. Here is the other department of the millennial kingdom - the heavenly - wherein lies the inheritance of those begotten from above. The kingdom which Paul so earnestly sought and will attain, is the heavenly. “The Lord shall deliver me from every evil work, and preserve me unto His heavenly kingdom2 Timothy 4: 18.

 

 

3. In 1 Corinthians 15 Paul adds, that the approved out of the earthly people and out of the heavenly shall both be in the one kingdom of God; but they will have different kinds of bodies. This is in answer to the question - “How are the dead to be raised up? With what kind of body are they to come

 

 

The apostle’s answer is in general, that God has varieties of bodies in His power - power too to change one body for another. There are different kinds of bodies on earth; the body of man differs from that of cattle, from that of fish, and of birds. There is also a marked distinction between the bodies of earth, and those of the heaven.

 

 

“There are also heavenly bodies and earthly bodies; but the glory of the heavenly is one, and that of the earthly is another. There is one glory of the sun, and another glory of the moon, and another glory of the stars; for star differeth from star in glory. So also is the resurrection of the dead1 Corinthians 15: 35-42. The apostle is showing that the saints’ present bodies are not fit for the millennial kingdom; not even the bodies of the living; how much less those of the dead, corrupting in the tomb!

 

 

“Flesh and blood (the bodies of living saints) cannot have part in the Kingdom of God; nor (can) corruption (the bodies of the dead saints) enjoy incorruption” - the kingdom of the thousand years, and eternal life after it. These necessary changes God will surely bring in, to take effect in an instant, by Almighty power. And what, then, is his conclusion?

 

 

“So then, my beloved, become steadfast, immovable, always abounding in the work of the Lord, knowing that your labour is not in vain in the Lord1 Corinthians 15: 47. This passage, then, is opposed to two other principles of opponents - (1) We are diligently to seek the Kingdom; and (2) reward of the saints’ diligent service is certain.

 

 

But on behalf of these views a text is presented by them “Giving thanks to the Father, who has made us meet to be partakers of the inheritance of the saints in light. Who delivered us from the power of darkness, and translated us into the Kingdom of the Son of His loveColossians 1: 12 & 13.

 

 

Now are these words intended to carry with them the assurance of entry into the millennial kingdom of glory, after passing before the judgment-seat of Christ? By no means! What follows?

 

 

I. “And you, that were sometime alienated and enemies in your mind by wicked works, yet now hath he reconciled in the body of His flesh through death, to present you holy and blameless and unreproved in His sight: IF ye continue in THE FAITH grounded and settled, and be not moved away from THE HOPE of the Gospel which ye have heardColossians 1: 21-23.

 

 

II. “Beware lest any spoil (strip) you through philosophy and vain deceit, after the tradition of men, after the rudiments of the world, and not after ChristColossians 2: 18. “Ye are complete in Him, who is the Head of all principality and powerColossians 2: 10 - having the circumcision wrought by Christ without human hands; a circumcision which removes the body of the flesh. “Buried with Him in the immersion, in which also ye were raised with Him by faith in the operation of God, who raised Him from the deadColossians 2: 12. This immersion most of the opponents have not obeyed - though it is the foundation of the inspired argument here. As dead with Christ to Moses, and risen with Him, care not if the men of law condemn you, as non-observant of the festivals of Israel: Colossians 2: 16.

 

 

III. “Let none cheat you of your reward by affected humility and worship of angelsColossians 2: 18. If you died with Christ from the rudiments of the world, why, as if you were alive in the world, should you be subject to the ritual commands of any mere man? Colossians 2: 20. Their obedience to Christ’s command of immersion is the way in which the apostle shows them their freedom from Moses’ law, and much more from the merely human precepts of the errorist of their neighbourhood. As risen with Christ in His ordinance received by faith, seek the things above - and be looking for His appearing, who is our Life, and with whom you shall be manifested in glory: Colossians 3: 1-4.

 

 

But here an opponent pleads against any submission to the ordinance then observed. ‘Baptism is, indeed, the mark of dutiful obedience; but the non-fulfilment of it will carry with it no penalty, since we are not under law, but under pure grace.’ What, then, says Paul about the position of the Christian as now under grace? “Sin shall not have dominion over you: for ye are not under law, but under grace. What then? Shall we sin, because we are not under law, but under grace? God forbidRomans 6: 14 & 15.

 

 

He goes on to say, that if, after taking your place and privileges as a believer, you obey sin instead of righteousness, you will, in the coming day, be adjudged to be the servants of sin, and receive its wages: Romans 6: 16. Once you were slaves of wickedness, but you professedly left that, to become servants of righteousness: Romans 6: 17, 18. You served sin fully then; serve righteousness fully and exclusively now. You did not serve sin by halves then; serve not Christ by halves now. Looking back over your past career of ungodliness, is there ought of which you can boast? The end of such things is death: Romans 6: 19-21.

 

 

“But now being made free from sin, and become servants of God, ye have your fruit unto holiness, and the end eternal [Gk. ‘aionios’] life. For the wages of sin is death; but the gift of God is eternal life in Jesus Christ our LordRomans 6: 22 & 23. In regard of Christ’s entrance-rite Scriptures teach, that the absence of [believers’] baptism will exclude from the kingdom of God.

 

 

“And all the multitude that heard Him, and the publicans justified God, being baptized with the baptism of John. But the Pharisees and lawyers rejected the counsel of God against themselves, being not baptized by himLuke 7: 29, 30.

 

 

b. “Jesus answered, Verily, verily, I say unto thee, Except a man be begotten out of water and the Spirit, he cannot enter into the Kingdom of GodJohn 3: 5 (Greek).

 

 

c. “We were buried with Him (Christ) by immersion into death, in order that, as Christ was raised up from the dead by the glory of the Father, even so we also should walk in newness of life. For IF we became grown together in the likeness of His death, why we shall also be of the (first) resurrection:” (Greek) Romans 6: 4, 5. Will there be no punishment to the disobedient?

 

 

d. “That servant which knew his Lord’s will, and prepared not himself, neither did according to His will, shall be beaten with many stripesLuke 12: 47. Present excommunication is a witness to future exclusion from the [millennial] Kingdom.

 

 

e. “Do not ye judge them that are within? Them that are without God will judge. Therefore put away from among yourselves that wicked person1 Corinthians 5: 12, 13 (Greek). The next chapter says:

 

 

f. “Know ye not, that unrighteous persons shall not inherit (have part in) the Kingdom of God? Be not deceived, neither fornicators, nor idolaters, nor adulterers, nor effeminate, nor abusers of themselves with mankind, nor thieves, nor covetous, nor drunkards, nor revilers, nor extortioners, shall inherit (have part in) the Kingdom of God. And such were some of you; but ye were washed, but ye were sanctified, but ye were justified in the name of the Lord Jesus, and by the Spirit of our God1 Corinthians 6: 9-11 (Greek).

 

 

These then who were baptized and justified, having the beginning of sanctification, were no hypocrites, who had crept in unawares. Yet the apostle does not recall his word - “Nay, ye are doing wrong, and defrauding, and that your brethren1 Corinthians 6: 8. But there is one plea which forms the citadel of opponents. ‘Then you believe in a mutilated Bride - a thing abhorrent to God and to His Son!’ Not so! The Bride shall be presented, at length, in full completeness. But WHEN?

 

 

You teach, that it will be presented in perfection as soon as Christ appears, and that the Church will, with Jesus the Lord, reign over the earth during the millennium. Will you please prove this from the New Testament? Observe that the Bride of the Apocalypse, with one exception - Revelation 22: 17 - (and that named after the prophecy is finished, and the Judgment Day is past) - is NOT THE CHURCH. I shall startle some; but I affirm that Paul in his epistles never speaks of the Church as “THE BRIDE OF CHIRIST What then is the Bride of the Apocalypse? The city of God, abode of the saved, risen from the dead.

 

 

I. “And there came unto me one of the seven angels which had the seven vials full of the seven last plagues, and talked with me, saying, ‘Come hither, I will show thee the Bride, the Lamb’s wife. And he carried me away in the Spirit (and set me) on a great and high mountain, and showed me the city, the holy Jerusalem:’” Revelation 21: 9, 10. And what says Christ in His epistles to the Seven Churches? He makes promises, not to the Church as a body; but only to the Conquerors among [within] the Churches.

 

 

II. “I will kill her (Jezebel’s) children with death (pestilence); and all the churches shall know that I am He who searcheth the reins and hearts; and I will give to each of you according to your worksRevelation 2: 22, 23.  [The establishment, who allow women to teach from the Holy Scriptures today, would do well to heed this severe warning from the Head of the Church! - D. M. Panton.]

 

 

III. “And he that overcometh, and keepeth My works unto the end, to him will I give power over the nations. And he shall rule them with a rod of iron, as the vessels of a potter shall they be broken to shivers; even as I received of My FatherRevelation 2: 26, 27. The style of doctrine I am opposing insists on the privileges of the Corporation, THE CHURCH, to which, if once you belong, all is well. ‘The rapture of the Church,’ ‘the glory of the Bride of Christ,’ and so on, are much on their lips. Now this is not the style of the New Testament; but it dwells rather on individual responsibility, and the award to be rendered to each believer.

 

 

Therefore “For the Son of man is as a man taking a far journey, who left his house, and gave authority to his servants, and to each his work, and commanded the porter to watch. Watch ye thereforeMark 13: 34, 35. Secondly “Repent, and be immersed, every one of youActs 2: 38. Thirdly “Each shall receive his own reward, according to his own labour1 Corinthians 3: 8. Finally “The day of wrath and revelation of the righteous judgment of God, who will render to each according to his deedsRomans 2: 5, 6. These are a specimen. In conclusion, as faith is necessary to obtain eternal life, so “WALK” (or sanctification) is necessary to entrance into the [millennial] Kingdom. On this many texts may be cited; I will content myself with four.

 

 

1. “Let us walk honestly, as in the day; not as rioting and drunkenness, not in chambering and wantonness, not in strife, and envying. But put ye on the Lord Jesus Christ, and make not provision for the flesh, to fulfil the lusts thereofRomans 13: 13.

 

 

2. “I, therefore, the prisoner of the Lord, beseech you that ye walk worthy of the vocation wherewith ye are called, with all lowliness and meekness, with all longsuffering, forbearing one another in love; endeavouring to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peaceEphesians 4: 1-3.

 

 

3. “Each shall receive his own reward, according to his own labour1 Corinthians 3: 8.

 

 

4. “As ye have, therefore, received Christ Jesus (as) the Lord, so walk ye in Him. Rooted and built up in Him, and stablished in the faith, as ye have been taught, abounding therein with thanksgivingColossians 2: 6, 7.

 

 

For Scripture points out a number of sins which will exclude from the [messianic] kingdom. There are several texts addressed to believers, which declare that some shall not enter the kingdom. I need not quote them all.

 

a. Unbelief in the millennium. “Verily I say unto you, Whosoever shall not receive the Kingdom of God as a little child, shall not enter thereinMark 10: 15; Luke 18: 17.

 

 

b. “Not every one that saith unto Me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of Heaven, but he that doeth the will of My Father which is in heaven. Many will say unto Me in that day, ‘Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied in Thy name, and in Thy name cast out devils? And in Thy name done many wonderful worksAnd then I will profess unto them, I never knew you: depart from Me, ye that work iniquityMatthew 7: 21-23.

 

 

c. “For this is the will of God, even your sanctification, that ye should abstain from fornication, that every one of you should know how to possess his vessel in sanctification and honour. Not in the lust of concupiscence, even as the Gentiles which know not God: that none go beyond or defraud his brother in the matter: because that the Lord is the Avenger of all such, as we have forewarned you and testified. For God hath not called us unto uncleanness, but unto holiness. He therefore that despiseth, despiseth not man, but God, who hath also put within us His Holy Spirit1 Thessalonians 4: 3-8. This passage just precedes the account of the descent of the Lord Jesus, to take to His presence the living and the dead of believers.

 

 

d. The unforgiving, far from entering the kingdom, shall be sorely punished. “So likewise shall My heavenly Father do also unto you, if ye forgive from your hearts not each his brother their trespassMatthew 18: 35.

 

 

e. Something in high estimation now among men will then exclude. The rich young man turned away from Christ’s call.

 

 

f. “Then said Jesus unto His disciples, ‘Verily I say unto you, That a rich man shall hardly enter into the kingdom of heavenAnd again I say unto you, ‘It is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle, than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God’: Matthew 19: 23, 24.

 

 

INSINCERITY OF THE DOCTRINE

 

 

Firstly doctrine of the Lord Jesus and his apostles is, that His people are to be holy, of which His sending the Holy Spirit to dwell in them is the proof: Romans 5: 5; 8: 2-11. Secondly the doctrine of Paul is, that the coming Day of God’s judgment on the living will affect “every soul of man that doeth evil,” with “indignation and wrath, tribulation and anguishRomans 2: 8. We are therefore to abstain from sin, and to do that which is good. “For Christ our Passover is crucified for us, therefore let us keep the feast, not with old leaven, nor with the leaven of malice and wickedness; but with the unleavened bread of sincerity and truth1 Corinthians 5: 7, 8. “Follow peace with all, and the holiness without which none shall see the Lord

 

 

But the plain English of this wicked system is: ‘Keep up appearances; but know, that Christ died to grant license to the Church to sin Paul could say: “Having therefore the promises, dearly beloved, let us cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and spirit, perfecting holiness in the fear of God:” 2 Corinthians 7: 1. But this doctrine removes the fear of God, and practically opens the door to sin, declaring, with Satan in Eden, “Ye shall not surely die ‘Disobedience to Christ will entail no penalty!’

 

 

If this scheme of doctrine were laid before an honest man of the world, he would be apt to say: ‘If these be the principles of Christ, as accepted by His advanced followers, I had better remain a son of Adam the first! Doctrine so corrupt must inevitably lead on to corruption in practice.’

 

 

MAY THE LORD AWAKEN HIS TRUE HEARTED ONES

 

TO STAND ALOOF FROM EVIL,

 

AND PURSUE AFTER HOLINESS!

 

 

*       *       *       *       *       *       *

 

 

THE END